DEAN WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES
N-1A EL, 1994-06-09
Previous: DEAN WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES, N-8A, 1994-06-09
Next: AGWAY INC, S-8, 1994-06-10



<PAGE>
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 9, 1994

                                                        REGISTRATION NO.:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------

                                   FORM N-1A

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933                     /X/

                         PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.                         / /

                        POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.                         / /

                                     AND/OR

              REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY
                                  ACT OF 1940                                /X/

                                AMENDMENT NO.                                / /

                            ------------------------

                DEAN WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES
                        (A MASSACHUSETTS BUSINESS TRUST)

               (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN CHARTER)

                             TWO WORLD TRADE CENTER
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10048
                    (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE)

       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (212) 392-1600

                              SHELDON CURTIS, ESQ.
                             TWO WORLD TRADE CENTER
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10048
                    (NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                    COPY TO:

                            DAVID M. BUTOWSKY, ESQ.
                             GORDON ALTMAN BUTOWSKY
                             WEITZEN SHALOV & WEIN
                              114 WEST 47TH STREET
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036
                            ------------------------

                 APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING:
   As soon as practicable after effective date of this registration statement

PURSUANT  TO RULE  24F-2 UNDER  THE INVESTMENT  COMPANY ACT  OF 1940, REGISTRANT
HEREBY ELECTS  TO REGISTER  AN INDEFINITE  NUMBER OF  ITS SHARES  OF  BENEFICIAL
INTEREST WITH $0.01 PAR VALUE. THE AMOUNT OF THE REGISTRATION FEE IS $500.00.
                            ------------------------

    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THE  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                DEAN WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES

                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET

                                   FORM N-1A

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM                                                                           CAPTION
- ----------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>
PART A                                                                       PROSPECTUS
 1.  .........................................  Cover Page
 2.  .........................................  Prospectus Summary
 3.  .........................................  Not applicable
 4.  .........................................  Investment Objectives and Policies; The Fund and its Management;
                                                 Cover Page; Investment Restrictions; Prospectus Summary
 5.  .........................................  The Fund and Its Management; Investment Objectives and Policies
 6.  .........................................  Dividends, Distributions and Taxes; Additional Information
 7.  .........................................  Purchase of Fund Shares; Prospectus Summary
 8.  .........................................  Redemption of Fund Shares
 9.  .........................................  Not Applicable

PART B                                                           STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
10.  .........................................  Cover Page
11.  .........................................  Table of Contents
12.  .........................................  The Fund and Its Management
13.  .........................................  Investment Practices and Policies; Investment Restrictions; Portfolio
                                                 Transactions and Brokerage
14.  .........................................  The Fund and Its Management; Trustees and Officers
15.  .........................................  The Fund and Its Management; Trustees and Officers
16.  .........................................  The Fund and Its Management; Custodian and Transfer Agent;
                                                 Independent Accountants
17.  .........................................  Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
18.  .........................................  Description of Shares of the Fund
19.  .........................................  Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares; Financial Statements
20.  .........................................  Dividends, Distributions and Taxes
21.  .........................................  Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares
22.  .........................................  Performance Information
23.  .........................................  Experts; Financial Statements
</TABLE>

PART C

    Information  required  to be  included  in Part  C  is set  forth  under the
appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C of this Registration Statement.
<PAGE>
                      PROSPECTUS DATED              , 1994

                DEAN WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES
                TWO WORLD TRADE CENTER, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10048
                        (212) 392-2550 OR (800) 526-3143

    DEAN  WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES (the "Fund") is an open-end
diversified investment company  which is intended  to provide a  broad range  of
investment  alternatives with its twelve separate  Portfolios, each of which has
distinct investment objectives and policies.

    - THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
    -THE NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
      SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
    - THE DIVERSIFIED INCOME PORTFOLIO
    - THE BALANCED PORTFOLIO
    - THE UTILITIES PORTFOLIO
    - THE DIVIDEND GROWTH PORTFOLIO
    - THE VALUE-ADDED MARKET PORTFOLIO
    - THE CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO
    - THE AMERICAN VALUE PORTFOLIO
    - THE GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
    - THE DEVELOPING GROWTH PORTFOLIO
    - THE EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

    There can be no assurance that  the investment objectives of the  Portfolios
will  be  achieved.  SEE  "Prospectus Summary"  and  "Investment  Objectives and
Policies."

    AN  INVESTMENT  IN  THE  MONEY  MARKET  PORTFOLIO  IS  NEITHER  INSURED  NOR
GUARANTEED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE PORTFOLIO WILL
BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN A STABLE NET ASSET VALUE OF $1.00 PER SHARE.

    THE  EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO MAY INVEST UP  TO 35% OF ITS TOTAL ASSETS IN
HIGH RISK DEBT  SECURITIES WHICH  ARE UNRATED  OR RATED  BELOW INVESTMENT  GRADE
(SUCH  SECURITIES ARE COMMONLY KNOWN AS "JUNK BONDS"). IN ADDITION, INVESTORS IN
THE EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO SHOULD BE COGNIZANT OF THE FACT THAT  INVESTMENTS
IN  EMERGING MARKET COUNTRIES INVOLVE CERTAIN SPECIAL RISK FACTORS AND THEREFORE
MAY NOT BE SUITABLE FOR ALL INVESTORS.

    SHARES OF THE PORTFOLIOS OF THE FUND ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF,  OR
GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK, AND THE SHARES ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY
THE  FEDERAL DEPOSIT  INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE  FEDERAL RESERVE  BOARD, OR ANY
OTHER AGENCY.

    Currently, shares  of  the Fund  will  be sold  only  to (1)  Hartford  Life
Insurance  Company to fund the benefits  under certain flexible premium deferred
variable annuity contracts it issues, and  to (2) ITT Hartford Life and  Annuity
Insurance  Company to fund the benefits  under certain flexible premium deferred
variable annuity contracts it issues.  The variable annuity contracts issued  by
Hartford  Life Insurance  Company and  ITT Hartford  Life and  Annuity Insurance
Company (the "Companies")  are sometimes  referred to as  the "Variable  Annuity
Contracts"  or the "Contracts." In the future,  shares may be sold to affiliated
or non-affiliated entities of the Companies. The Companies will invest in shares
of the Fund in  accordance with allocation  instructions received from  Contract
Owners,  which allocation rights are further described in the Prospectus for the
Variable Annuity  Contracts. The  Companies  will redeem  shares to  the  extent
necessary to provide benefits under the Contracts.

    This  Prospectus sets forth concisely the information you should know before
allocating your investment under  your Contract to the  Fund. It should be  read
and  retained for  future reference.  Additional information  about the  Fund is
contained in the Statement of Additional Information, dated             ,  1994,
which  has been filed with the Securities  and Exchange Commission, and which is
available at no  charge upon request  of the  Fund at the  address or  telephone
numbers  listed above. The  Statement of Additional  Information is incorporated
herein by reference.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED UPON  THE
  ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY      OF  THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE
                        CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                           --------------------------

              DEAN WITTER INTERCAPITAL INC. -- Investment Manager

    This Prospectus must be accompanied by a current Prospectus for the Variable
Annuity Contracts issued by Hartford Life Insurance Company or ITT Hartford Life
and Annuity Insurance Company. Both Prospectuses should be read and retained for
future reference.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary/2
The Fund and its Management/7
Investment Objectives and Policies/8
  The Money Market Portfolio/8
  The North American Government Securities Portfolio/9
  The Diversified Income Portfolio/13
  The Balanced Portfolio/16
  The Utilities Portfolio/17
  The Dividend Growth Portfolio/19
  The Value-Added Market Portfolio/20
  The Core Equity Portfolio/21
  The American Value Portfolio/22
  The Global Equity Portfolio/24
  The Developing Growth Portfolio/24
  The Emerging Markets Portfolio/26
  General Portfolio Techniques/30
Investment Restrictions/47
Determination of Net Asset Value/48
Purchase of Fund Shares/49
Redemption of Fund Shares/49
Dividends, Distributions and Taxes/50
Performance Information/51
Additional Information/51
Appendix--Ratings of Investments/53

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                <C>
The                The Fund is organized as a Massachusetts business trust and is an open-end
Fund               diversified management investment company. The Fund is comprised of twelve
                   separate portfolios: the Money Market Portfolio, the North American Government
                   Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio,
                   the Utilities Portfolio, the Dividend Growth Portfolio, the Value-Added Market
                   Portfolio, the Core Equity Portfolio, the American Value Portfolio, the Global
                   Equity Portfolio, the Developing Growth Portfolio and the Emerging Markets
                   Portfolio (see pages 8 through 30). The Trustees of the Fund may establish
                   additional Portfolios at any time. To the extent that shares are sold to the
                   Companies in order to fund the benefits under Contracts, the structure of the
                   Fund permits Contract Owners, within the limitations described in the Contracts,
                   to allocate the investments underlying the Contracts in response to or in
                   anticipation of changes in market or economic conditions. See the Prospectus for
                   the Variable Annuity Contracts for a description of the relationship between
                   increases or decreases in the net asset value of Fund shares and any
                   distributions on such shares, and benefits provided under a Contract.
                   Each Portfolio in managed for investment purposes as if it were a separate fund
                   issuing a separate class of shares of beneficial interest, with $.01 par value.
                   The assets of each Portfolio are segregated, so that an interest in the Fund is
                   limited to the assets of the Portfolio in which shares are held and
                   shareholders, such as the Companies, are each entitled to a pro rata share of
                   all dividends and distributions arising from the net investment income and
                   capital gains, if any, of such Portfolio (see pages 49 and 51).
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment         Each Portfolio has distinct investment objectives and policies, and is subject
Objectives and     to various investment restrictions, some of which apply to all the Portfolios.
Policies           The MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO seeks high current income, preservation of capital
                   and liquidity by investing in the following money market instruments: U.S.
                   Government securities, obligations of U.S. regulated banks and savings
                   institutions having total assets of more than $1 billion, or less than $1
                   billion if such are fully federally insured as to principal (the interest may
                   not be insured) and high grade corporate debt obligations maturing in thirteen
                   months or less (see pages 8-9). The NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
                   PORTFOLIO seeks to earn a high level of current income while maintaining
                   relatively low volatility of principal, by investing primarily in investment
                   grade fixed-income securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S., Canadian or
                   Mexican governments (see pages 9-13). The DIVERSIFIED INCOME PORTFOLIO seeks, as
                   a primary objective, to earn a high level of current income and, as a secondary
                   objective, to maximize total return, but only to the extent consistent with its
                   primary objective, by equally allocating its assets among three separate
                   groupings of fixed-income securities. Up to one-third of the
</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                <C>
                   securities in which the Diversified Income Portfolio may invest will include
                   securities rated Baa/BBB or lower (see pages 13-16). The BALANCED PORTFOLIO
                   seeks to achieve high total return through a combination of income and capital
                   appreciation, by investing in a diversified portfolio of common stocks and
                   investment grade fixed-income securities (see pages 16-17). The UTILITIES
                   PORTFOLIO seeks to provide current income and long-term growth of income and
                   capital by investing in equity and fixed-income securities of companies in the
                   public utilities industry (see pages 17-19). The DIVIDEND GROWTH PORTFOLIO seeks
                   to provide reasonable current income and long-term growth of income and capital
                   by investing primarily in common stock of companies with a record of paying
                   dividends and the potential for increasing dividends (see pages 19-20). The
                   VALUE-ADDED MARKET PORTFOLIO seeks to achieve a high level of total return on
                   its assets through a combination of capital appreciation and current income, by
                   investing, on an equally-weighted basis, in a diversified portfolio of common
                   stocks of the companies which are represented in the Standard & Poor's 500
                   Composite Stock Price Index (see pages 20-21). The CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO seeks
                   long-term growth of capital by investing primarily in common stocks and
                   securities convertible into common stocks issued by domestic and foreign
                   companies (see pages 21-22). The AMERICAN VALUE PORTFOLIO seeks long-term
                   capital growth consistent with an effort to reduce volatility, by investing
                   principally in common stock of companies in industries which, at the time of the
                   investment, are believed to be undervalued in the marketplace (see pages 22-23).
                   The GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO seeks a high level of total return on its assets
                   primarily through long-term capital growth and, to a lesser extent, from income,
                   through investments in all types of common stocks and equivalents (such as
                   convertible securities and warrants), preferred stocks and bonds and other debt
                   obligations of domestic and foreign companies and governments and international
                   organizations (see page 23). The DEVELOPING GROWTH PORTFOLIO seeks long-term
                   capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks of smaller and
                   medium-sized companies that, in the opinion of the Investment Manager, have the
                   potential for growing more rapidly than the economy and which may benefit from
                   new products or services, technological developments or changes in management
                   (see pages 24-26). The EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO seeks long-term capital
                   appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in
                   emerging market countries. The Emerging Markets Portfolio may invest up to 35%
                   of its total assets in high risk fixed-income securities that are rated below
                   investment grade or are unrated (commonly referred to as "junk bonds") (see
                   pages 26-30).
                   Contract Owners should review the investment objectives and policies of the
                   Portfolios carefully to consider their ability to assume the risks involved in
                   allocating the investments underlying the Contracts (see pages 8-47 and "Special
                   Risk Considerations" below).

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special            The Money Market Portfolio invests solely in U.S. Government securities, high
Risk               quality corporate debt obligations and obligations of banks and savings and loan
Considerations     associations having assets of $1 billion or more and certificates of deposit
                   which are fully insured as to principal; consequently, the portfolio securities
                   of the Portfolio are subject to minimal risk of loss of income and principal.
                   The Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase
                   agreements. Although the Money Market Portfolio will attempt to maintain a
                   constant net asset value per share of $1.00, there can be no assurance that the
                   $1.00 net asset value can be maintained. The net asset value of the shares of
                   each of the other Portfolios will fluctuate with changes in the market value of
                   its portfolio holdings. Dividends payable by each Portfolio will vary in
                   relation to the amounts of dividends and/or interest paid by its securities
                   holdings. The North American Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified
                   Income Portfolio and the Balanced Portfolio may invest in mortgage-backed and
                   asset-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayments
                   or refinancings of the mortgage pools underlying such securities which may have
                   an impact upon the yield
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                <C>
                   and the net asset value of the Portfolio's shares. Asset-backed securities
                   involve risks resulting from the fact that such securities do not usually
                   contain the complete benefit of a security interest in the related collateral.
                   Each Portfolio other than the Money Market Portfolio may invest, to a different
                   extent, in foreign securities. The foreign securities markets in which the
                   Portfolios may invest pose different and generally greater risks than those
                   risks customarily associated with domestic securities and markets including
                   fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, foreign tax rates and foreign
                   securities exchange controls. The North American Government Securities Portfolio
                   may invest a significant portion of its assets in securities issued and
                   guaranteed by the governments of Canada and Mexico. The Canadian mortgage-backed
                   securities market is of recent origin and is less well developed and less liquid
                   than the U.S. market. It should be recognized that the Canadian and Mexican debt
                   securities in which the Portfolio will invest pose different and greater risks
                   than those customarily associated with U.S. debt securities, including (i) the
                   risks associated with international investments generally, such as fluctuations
                   in foreign currency exchange rates, (ii) the risks of investing in Canada and
                   Mexico, which have smaller, less liquid debt markets, such as limited liquidity,
                   price volatility, custodial and settlement issues, and (iii) specific risks
                   associated with the Mexican economy, including high levels of inflation, large
                   amounts of debt and political and social uncertainties. The North American
                   Government Securities Portfolio may employ the use of interest only and inverse
                   floater classes of collateralized mortgage obligations. Each Portfolio may enter
                   into repurchase agreements. The North American Government Securities Portfolio,
                   the Diversified Income Portfolio and the Balanced Portfolio may utilize the
                   speculative technique known as leverage through the use of reverse repurchase
                   agreements and dollar rolls, which entail additional risks; the Developing
                   Growth Portfolio may seek to enhance its capital appreciation by leveraging its
                   investments through purchasing securities with borrowed funds. Certain of the
                   high yield, high risk fixed-income securities in which the Diversified Income
                   Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may invest are subject to greater
                   risk of loss of income and principal than higher-rated lower yielding
                   fixed-income securities; investors in these Portfolios should carefully consider
                   the relative risks of investing in high yield securities (commonly referred to
                   as "junk bonds") and should be cognizant of the fact that such securities are
                   not generally meant for short-term investing. The Utilities Portfolio will
                   concentrate its investments in utilities securities. The public utilities
                   industry has certain characteristics and risks, and developments within that
                   industry will have an impact on the Utilities Portfolio. The value of public
                   utility debt securities (and, to a lesser extent, equity securities) tends to
                   have an inverse relationship to the movement of interest rates. The American
                   Value Portfolio's emphasis on "undervalued" industries reflects investment views
                   frequently contrary to general market assessments and may involve risks
                   associated with departure from general investment opinions. The North American
                   Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Balanced
                   Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may
                   enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts. The investment by the
                   Emerging Markets Portfolio in emerging market country securities involves
                   certain risks not typically associated with investing in securities of United
                   States issuers, including (i) potential price volatility and reduced liquidity
                   of securities traded on emerging market country securities markets, (ii) in some
                   cases, lack of satisfactory custodial arrangements and delays in settlement of
                   securities transactions in emerging market countries, (iii) generally higher
                   brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on securities exchanges in
                   emerging market countries, (iv) political and economic risks, including the risk
                   of nationalization or expropriation of assets, higher rates of inflation and the
                   risk of war, (v) currency fluctuations and devaluations in the value of the
                   foreign currency in which the Portfolio's investments are denominated, (vi) the
                   cost of converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars and (vii) restrictions on
                   foreign investment
</TABLE>
                                       4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                <C>
                   and on repatriation of capital invested in emerging market countries. In
                   addition, accounting, auditing, financial and other reporting standards in
                   emerging market countries are not equivalent to U.S. standards and, therefore,
                   disclosure of certain material information may not be made and less information
                   may be available to investors investing in emerging market countries than in the
                   United States. There is also generally less governmental regulation of the
                   securities industry in emerging market countries than in the United States.
                   Moreover, it may be more difficult to obtain a judgment in a court outside the
                   United States. Many of the emerging market countries in which the Emerging
                   Markets Portfolio may invest may be subject to a greater degree of economic,
                   political and social instability than is the case in the United States and
                   Western European countries. The North American Government Securities Portfolio,
                   the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio, the American Value
                   Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may
                   enter into various options and futures transactions; each of these Portfolios
                   and the Value-Added Market Portfolio may write call options on securities held
                   in its portfolio without limit. Certain of the Portfolios of the Fund may
                   experience high portfolio turnover rates with corresponding higher transaction
                   expenses.
                   Contract Owners are directed to the discussion of repurchase agreements (page
                   39), reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls (page 39), mortgage-backed
                   securities (page 30), asset-backed securities (page 33), foreign securities
                   (page 34), Canadian government securities (page 11), Mexican government
                   securities (page 12), leveraging (page 25), lower-rated securities (page 38),
                   public utilities securities (page 19), forward foreign currency exchange
                   contracts (page 35), emerging market country securities (page 27), portfolio
                   trading (page 45), options and futures transactions (page 42), warrants (page
                   42), zero coupon securities (page 41), when-issued and delayed delivery
                   securities and forward commitments (page 40) and "when, as and if issued"
                   securities (page 40), concerning risks associated with such securities and
                   management techniques. The Fund is a single diversified investment company,
                   consisting of twelve Portfolios, and each Portfolio itself is diversified.
                   Diversification does not eliminate investment risk.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment         Dean Witter InterCapital Inc., the Investment Manager of the Fund, and its
Manager            wholly-owned subsidiary, Dean Witter Services Company Inc., serve in various
                   investment management, advisory, management and administrative capacities to
                   investment companies and other portfolios with assets of approximately $
                   billion at             , 1994 (see page 7).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management         The Investment Manager receives monthly fees at the following annual rates of
Fee                the daily net assets of the respective Portfolios of the Fund: Money Market
                   Portfolio --    %; North American Government Securities Portfolio --    %;
                   Diversified Income Portfolio --    %; Balanced Portfolio --    %; Utilities
                   Portfolio --    %; Dividend Growth Portfolio --    %; Value-Added Market
                   Portfolio --    %; Core Equity Portfolio --    %; American Value Portfolio --
                      %; Global Equity Portfolio --    %; Developing Growth Portfolio --    %; and
                   Emerging Markets Portfolio --    %. The management fees for the Balanced
                   Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio, the Dividend Growth Portfolio, the Core
                   Equity Portfolio, the American Value Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and
                   the Emerging Markets Portfolio are higher than those paid by most investment
                   companies (see page 7).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sub-Adviser        TCW Funds Management, Inc. (the "Sub-Adviser") has been retained by the
                   Investment Manager to provide investment advice and manage the portfolios of the
                   North American Government Securities Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio, the Core
                   Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio, subject to the overall
                   supervision of the Investment Manager. The Sub-Adviser also serves as adviser to
                      investment
</TABLE>

                                       5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                <C>
                   companies for which Dean Witter Services Company Inc. serves as manager, and, at
                               , 1994, had approximately $    billion under management or committed
                   to management in various fiduciary or advisory capacities, primarily from
                   institutional investors (see page 7).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sub-Advisory       The Sub-Adviser receives monthly fees from the Investment Manager equal to    %
Fee                of the Investment Manager's monthly fee in respect of each of the North American
                   Government Securities Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio, the Core Equity
                   Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio (see page 8).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders       Currently, shares are sold only to (1) Hartford Life Insurance Company for
                   allocation to certain of its separate accounts to fund the benefits under
                   certain flexible premium deferred variable annuity contracts it issues, and to
                   (2) ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company for allocation to certain of
                   its separate accounts to fund the benefits under certain flexible premium
                   deferred variable annuity contracts it issues. Such separate accounts are
                   sometimes referred to individually as an "Account" and collectively as the
                   "Accounts." The variable annuity contracts issued by Hartford Life Insurance
                   Company and ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company (the "Companies")
                   are somtimes referred to as the "Variable Annuity Contracts" or the "Contracts".
                   Accordingly, the interest of the Contract Owner with respect to the Fund is
                   subject to the terms of the Contract and is described in the Prospectus for the
                   Contracts, which should be reviewed carefully by a person considering the
                   purchase of a Contract. The Prospectus for the Contracts describes the
                   relationship between increases or decreases in the net asset value of Fund
                   shares and any distributions on such shares, and the benefits provided under a
                   Contract. The rights of the Companies as shareholders of the Fund should be
                   distinguished from the rights of a Contract Owner which are described in the
                   Contract. In the future, shares may be allocated to certain other separate
                   accounts or sold to affiliated or non-affiliated entities of the Companies. ITT
                   Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company is a wholly-owned indirect
                   subsidiary of Hartford Life Insurance Company. As long as shares of the Fund are
                   sold only to the Companies, the term "shareholder" or "shareholders" in this
                   Prospectus shall refer to the Companies (see page 49).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchases and      Shares of the Fund are sold and redeemed at net asset value, I.E., without sales
Redemptions        charge (see page 49).
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE  ABOVE IS  QUALIFIED IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY THE  DETAILED INFORMATION APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND  THE
PROSPECTUS FOR THE VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS.

                                       6
<PAGE>
THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Dean  Witter Select Dimensions Investment Series (the "Fund") is an open-end
diversified management  investment company.  The Fund  is a  trust of  the  type
commonly  known as a "Massachusetts business  trust" and was organized under the
laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts on June 2, 1994.

    Dean Witter InterCapital Inc. ("InterCapital" or the "Investment  Manager"),
whose address is Two World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, is the Fund's
Investment  Manager.  The Investment  Manager, which  was incorporated  in July,
1992, is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Dean Witter,  Discover & Co. ("DWDC"),  a
balanced  financial services organization providing  a broad range of nationally
marketed credit and investment products.

    InterCapital and its wholly-owned  subsidiary, Dean Witter Services  Company
Inc.,   serve  in  various  investment   management,  advisory,  management  and
administrative capacities to              investment companies,               of
which  are listed on the New York  Stock Exchange, with combined total assets of
$         at              , 1994. The Investment Manager also manages portfolios
of  pension  plans,   other  institutions  and   individuals  which   aggregated
approximately $  billion at such date.

    The  Fund  has retained  the  Investment Manager  to  provide administrative
services, manage its business  affairs and manage the  investment of the  Fund's
assets,  including the placing of orders for  the purchase and sale of portfolio
securities. InterCapital  has  retained Dean  Witter  Services Company  Inc.  to
perform the aforementioned administrative services for the Fund.

    With  regard  to the  North  American Government  Securities  Portfolio, the
Balanced  Portfolio,  the  Core  Equity  Portfolio  and  the  Emerging   Markets
Portfolio,  under a  Sub-Advisory Agreement  between TCW  Funds Management, Inc.
(the "Sub-Adviser") and the Investment  Manager, the Sub-Adviser provides  these
Portfolios with investment advice and portfolio management, in each case subject
to  the overall  supervision of the  Investment Manager.  The Sub-Adviser, whose
address is 865 South Figueroa Street, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90017,
also serves as investment adviser to        investment companies for which  Dean
Witter  Services  Company Inc.  serves as  manager.  The Sub-Adviser,  which was
organized in 1987, is  a wholly-owned subsidiary of  The TCW Group, Inc.,  whose
subsidiaries  provide a variety  of trust, investment  management and investment
advisory services. Robert A. Day, who is  Chairman of the Board of Directors  of
the  Sub-Adviser, may  be deemed to  be a  control person of  the Sub-Adviser by
virtue of the aggregate ownership by Mr. Day and his family of more than 25%  of
the  outstanding voting stock of The TCW Group, Inc. The Sub-Adviser in turn has
entered  into  further  sub-advisory  agreements  with  two  other  wholly-owned
subsidiaries   of  The  TCW  Group,  Inc.,  TCW  Asia  Limited  and  TCW  London
International, Limited, to assist it in performing its sub-advisory functions in
respect of the Emerging  Markets Portfolio. The address  of TCW Asia Limited  is
One  Pacific  Place, 88  Queensway, Hong  Kong,  and the  address of  TCW London
International,  Limited  is  27  Albemarle   Street,  London  W1X  3FA.  As   of
             ,  1994, the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates  had approximately $
billion  under   management  or   committed   to  management,   primarily   from
institutional investors.

    The  Fund's Board of  Trustees reviews the various  services provided by the
Investment Manager (and, for the North American Government Securities Portfolio,
the Balanced  Portfolio, the  Core  Equity Portfolio  and the  Emerging  Markets
Portfolio,  by the  Sub-Adviser) to  ensure that  the Fund's  general investment
policies and programs  are being  properly carried out  and that  administrative
services are being provided to the Fund in a satisfactory manner.

    As  full compensation for the services  and facilities furnished to the Fund
and expenses of the Fund assumed  by the Investment Manager, the Fund  currently
pays  the Investment Manager  monthly compensation calculated  daily by applying
the annual rate of    % to the net assets of the Money Market Portfolio;    % to
the net assets of the  North American Government Securities Portfolio;     %  to
the  net assets of the Diversified  Income Portfolio;     % to the net assets of
the Balanced Portfolio;    % to the net assets of the Utilities Portfolio;     %
to  the net assets of the  Dividend Growth Portfolio;     % to the net assets of
the Value-Added Market  Portfolio;     % to  the net assets  of the Core  Equity
Portfolio;     % to the net assets of  the American Value Portfolio;    % to the
net assets  of the  Global Equity  Portfolio;      % to  the net  assets of  the
Developing  Growth Portfolio; and    % to the net assets of the Emerging Markets
Portfolio, in each  case determined as  of the  close of each  business day.  As

                                       7
<PAGE>
compensation  for  its  services  provided  to  the  North  American  Government
Securities Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio, the Core Equity Portfolio and  the
Emerging  Markets Portfolio pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement in respect of
those  Portfolios,  the   Investment  Manager  pays   the  Sub-Adviser   monthly
compensation  equal to     % of  its monthly compensation in  respect of each of
those Portfolios.

    The Fund's  expenses include:  the  fee of  the Investment  Manager;  taxes;
certain  legal, transfer  agent, custodian and  auditing fees;  and printing and
other expenses relating to the Fund's operations which are not expressly assumed
by the Investment  Manager under  its Investment Management  Agreement with  the
Fund.  The Investment Manager has undertaken to assume all operating expenses of
each Portfolio (except for  any brokerage fees and  a portion of  organizational
expenses)  and  waive  the  compensation  provided  for  each  Portfolio  in its
Management Agreement with the  Fund until such time  as the pertinent  Portfolio
has  $50 million of net assets  or until six months from  the date of the Fund's
commencement of operations, whichever occurs first.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

    The investment objectives  of the  Money Market Portfolio  are high  current
income, preservation of capital and liquidity. The investment objectives may not
be  changed without approval of the  shareholders of the Money Market Portfolio.
The Portfolio seeks  to achieve  its objectives  by investing  in the  following
money market instruments:

    U.S.  GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES.    Obligations  issued  or  guaranteed  as  to
principal and  interest  by the  United  States or  its  agencies (such  as  the
Export-Import  Bank of  the United  States, Federal  Housing Administration, and
Government National Mortgage Association) or its instrumentalities (such as  the
Federal  Home  Loan Bank,  Federal Intermediate  Credit  Banks and  Federal Land
Bank), including Treasury bills, notes and bonds;

    BANK OBLIGATIONS.   Obligations  (including  certificates of  deposit,  bank
notes  and  bankers' acceptances)  of banks  subject to  regulation by  the U.S.
Government and  having total  assets  of $1  billion  or more,  and  instruments
secured  by such obligations,  not including obligations  of foreign branches of
domestic banks;

    OBLIGATIONS OF SAVINGS  INSTITUTIONS.   Certificates of  deposit of  savings
banks  and savings and loan  associations, having total assets  of $1 billion or
more;

    FULLY INSURED CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT.  Certificates of deposit of banks and
savings institutions  having  total assets  of  less  than $1  billion,  if  the
principal  amount of the  obligation is federally insured  by the Bank Insurance
Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund (each of which is administered by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation), limited to $100,000 principal amount
per certificate and to 10% or less  of the Portfolio's total assets in all  such
obligations and in all illiquid assets, in the aggregate;

    COMMERCIAL  PAPER AND CORPORATE OBLIGATIONS.  Commercial paper and corporate
debt obligations maturing in thirteen months or  less which are rated in one  of
the  two highest rating  categories for short-term debt  obligations, or, if not
rated, have been issued by issuers which have another short-term debt obligation
that is comparable in priority and security to such non-rated securities and  is
so rated, by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations
("NRSROs")  (or  one  NRSRO  if  the  instrument  was  rated  by  only  one such
organization) or which, if unrated, are  of comparable quality as determined  in
accordance  with procedures  established by  the Trustees.  The NRSROs currently
rating instruments of the type the Portfolio may purchase are Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's"), Standard  &  Poor's Corporation  ("S&P"),  Duff and
Phelps, Inc., Fitch  Investors Service, Inc.,  IBCA Limited and  IBCA Inc.,  and
Thomson  BankWatch, Inc. Their rating criteria  are described in the Appendix to
the Fund's  Statement  of  Additional  Information. See  the  Appendix  to  this
Prospectus for an explanation of Moody's and S&P ratings.

    The  foregoing  rating limitations  apply at  the time  of acquisition  of a
security. Any  subsequent change  in any  rating by  a rating  service will  not
require  elimination of any security from  the portfolio. However, in accordance
with procedures adopted by  the Fund's Trustees  pursuant to federal  securities
regulations  governing  money market  funds, if  the Investment  Manager becomes
aware that a portfolio security has received a new rating from an NRSRO that  is
below the second highest rating, then, unless the security is disposed of within
five days, the Investment Manager will perform a

                                       8
<PAGE>
creditworthiness analysis of any such downgraded securities, which analysis will
be  reported to the Trustees who will, in turn, determine whether the securities
continue to present minimal credit risks to the Money Market Portfolio.

    The ratings  assigned by  the  NRSROs represent  their  opinions as  to  the
quality  of  the securities  they undertake  to rate.  It should  be emphasized,
however, that the ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality.

    Subject to the foregoing requirements, the Money Market Portfolio may invest
in commercial paper which  has been issued pursuant  to the "private  placement"
exemption  afforded  by  Section  4(2)  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  (the
"Securities Act") and which may be  sold to institutional investors pursuant  to
Rule   144A  under  the  Securities   Act.  Management  considers  such  legally
restricted, but  readily marketable,  commercial paper  to be  liquid.  However,
pursuant  to procedures approved  by the Trustees  of the Fund,  if a particular
investment  in  such  commercial  paper  is  determined  to  be  illiquid,  that
investment  will be included within the  10% limitation on illiquid investments.
If at any time the Money  Market Portfolio's investments in illiquid  securities
exceed  10%  of the  Portfolio's  total assets,  the  Portfolio will  dispose of
illiquid securities in an orderly fashion to reduce the Portfolio's holdings  in
such securities to less than 10% of its total assets.

    VARIABLE  RATE  AND  FLOATING  RATE OBLIGATIONS.  Certain  of  the  types of
investments described above may be  variable rate or floating rate  obligations.
The interest rates payable on variable rate or floating rate obligations are not
fixed  and may fluctuate based  upon changes in market  rates. The interest rate
payable on a variable rate obligation may be adjusted at predesignated  periodic
intervals  and on a floating  rate obligation whenever there  is a change in the
market rate of interest on which the interest rate payable is based.

    Although the Money Market Portfolio will generally not seek profits  through
short-term  trading,  it may  dispose  of any  portfolio  security prior  to its
maturity if, on the basis of a revised credit evaluation of the issuer or  other
circumstances or considerations, it believes such disposition advisable.

    The  Money Market Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements and reverse
repurchase agreements, in accordance with  the description of those  investments
(and  subject to the risks) set forth under "General Portfolio Techniques" below
and in the Statement of Additional Information.

    The Money Market Portfolio  will attempt to balance  its objectives of  high
income, capital preservation and liquidity by investing in securities of varying
maturities  and risks. The  Money Market Portfolio will  not, however, invest in
securities that mature in more than  thirteen months from the date of  purchase.
The  amounts invested in obligations of various maturities of thirteen months or
less will depend on management's  evaluation of the risks involved.  Longer-term
issues,  while generally paying higher interest  rates, are subject, as a result
of general changes  in interest  rates, to  greater fluctuations  in value  than
shorter-term issues. Thus, when rates on new debt securities increase, the value
of  outstanding securities  may decline, and  vice versa. Such  changes may also
occur, but  to  a lesser  degree,  with  short-term issues.  These  changes,  if
realized,  may  cause fluctuations  in  the amount  of  daily dividends  and, in
extreme cases,  could  cause the  net  asset value  per  share to  decline  (see
"Determination  of Net Asset Value"). Longer-term  issues also increase the risk
that the issuer may be unable to pay an installment of interest or principal  at
maturity.  Also,  in  the  event of  unusually  large  redemption  demands, such
securities may have to be sold at a loss prior to maturity, or the Money  Market
Portfolio  might  have  to  borrow  money  and  incur  interest  expense. Either
occurrence would adversely impact the amount of daily dividend and could  result
in  a decline in the daily net asset value per share. The Money Market Portfolio
will attempt to minimize these risks by investing in longer-term securities when
it appears to management that interest  rates on such securities are not  likely
to  increase substantially during the period  of expected holding, and then only
in securities of high quality which  are readily marketable. However, there  can
be  no assurance that the Portfolio will  be successful in achieving this or its
other objectives.

    The foregoing investment policies are not fundamental and may be changed  by
the Trustees without shareholder vote.

THE NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

    The  investment  objective  of  the  North  American  Government  Securities
Portfolio is to earn a high level of current income while maintaining relatively
low volatility  of principal.  This objective  may not  be changed  without  the
approval  of  the  shareholders  of  the  North  American  Government Securities
Portfo-

                                       9
<PAGE>
lio. There is no  assurance that the objective  will be achieved. The  following
investment  policies  may  be  changed  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Fund without
shareholder approval:

    The North  American Government  Securities Portfolio  seeks to  achieve  its
investment objective by investing under normal circumstances at least 65% of its
total assets in investment grade fixed-income securities issued or guaranteed by
the U.S., Canadian or Mexican governments or their subdivisions, or the agencies
or  instrumentalities of  any of  the foregoing  ("Government Securities"). Such
securities  may   include  U.S.   Treasury  securities,   U.S.   Mortgage-Backed
Securities,  the  sovereign debt  of Canada  or any  of its  Provinces, Canadian
Mortgage-Backed Securities,  and the  sovereign debt  of Mexico  or any  of  its
government  agencies. See  the discussion of  sovereign debt  obligations in the
Statement of  Additional Information.  In  the case  of  the United  States  and
Canada,  a  substantial  portion of  such  investments  will be  fixed  rate and
adjustable rate mortgage-backed  securities ("Mortgage-Backed Securities").  The
term investment grade consists of fixed-income securities rated Baa or higher by
Moody's  Investors  Service, Inc.  ("Moody's") or  BBB or  higher by  Standard &
Poor's Corporation ("S&P")  or, if  not rated,  determined to  be of  comparable
quality  by  the Sub-Adviser  (see "General  Portfolio  Techniques" below  for a
discussion of  the  characteristics and  risks  of investments  in  fixed-income
securities  rated Baa or BBB). A  portion of the Government Securities purchased
by the Portfolio may be zero  coupon securities. The Portfolio intends to  limit
its  use of zero coupon  securities (other than Treasury  bills with one year or
less to maturity) to 10% of its total assets (see "General Portfolio Techniques"
below for a discussion of the  characteristics and risks of investments in  zero
coupon  securities). The  Portfolio will invest  in zero  coupon securities only
when the  Sub-Adviser  believes  that  there  will  be  cash  in  the  portfolio
representing  return of  principal on portfolio  securities of  the Portfolio at
least equal to the imputed income on the zero coupon securities.

    The North American Government Securities Portfolio  may invest up to 35%  of
its  total assets in  securities which are  not Government Securities, including
corporate debt  securities  and  securities  backed by  other  assets,  such  as
automobile  or  credit card  receivables  and home  equity  loans ("Asset-Backed
Securities") (see "General Portfolio Techniques"  below and in the Statement  of
Additional  Information for  a discussion  of the  characteristics and  risks of
investments in Asset-Backed Securities) and money market instruments, which  are
short-term (maturities of up to thirteen months) fixed-income securities, issued
by  private institutions. Such securities (except for Eurodollar certificates of
deposit) must be  issued by U.S.,  Canadian or Mexican  issuers and (except  for
money  market instruments) must be rated at least Aa by Moody's or AA by S&P or,
if not rated, determined to be  of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser.  Money
market  instruments in which the North  American Government Income Portfolio may
invest are set forth under "General Portfolio Techniques" below.

    The North American Government Securities Portfolio expects that under normal
circumstances the market value dollar weighted average life (or period until the
next reset date) of the Portfolio's portfolio securities will be no greater than
three years. In addition,  the Portfolio will  purchase only Mexican  Government
Securities with remaining maturities of one year or less. The Portfolio seeks to
achieve  low  volatility by  investing in  a portfolio  of securities  which the
Sub-Adviser believes  will,  in  the  aggregate,  be  resistant  to  significant
fluctuations  in market  value. Although  the values  of fixed-income securities
generally increase  during  periods of  declining  interest rates  and  decrease
during  periods of increasing  interest rates, the  extent of these fluctuations
has historically  generally been  smaller  for short  term securities  than  for
securities  with longer maturities.  Conversely, the yield  available on shorter
term securities has also historically been lower on average than those available
from longer term securities.

    Under  normal  circumstances  the   North  American  Government   Securities
Portfolio  will  invest at  least 50%  of  its total  assets in  U.S. Government
Securities. The Portfolio will invest  no more than 25%  of its total assets  in
Canadian  Government Securities  and no  more than  20% of  its total  assets in
Mexican  Government  Securities.  Subject  to  the  foregoing  guidelines,   the
Sub-Adviser  will invest  the Portfolio's  assets, and  allocate its investments
from time to time among U.S., Canadian and Mexican Government Securities,  based
on  its analysis of market conditions and changes in general economic conditions
in the United States, Canada and Mexico. In such analysis, the Sub-Adviser  will
consider  various factors,  including its  expectations regarding  interest rate
changes and  changes in  currency  exchange rates  among  the U.S.  dollar,  the
Canadian  dollar and the Mexican  peso, as well as  general market, economic and
political factors, to

                                       10
<PAGE>
attempt to take advantage of favorable investment opportunities in each country.

    There may be periods during which, in the opinion of the Sub-Adviser, market
conditions warrant reduction  of some or  all of the  North American  Government
Securities  Portfolio's securities holdings. During  such periods, the Portfolio
may adopt a temporary "defensive" posture in which greater than 35% of its total
assets are invested in U.S. money market instruments or cash.

    The North American Government Securities Portfolio may enter into repurchase
agreements, reverse  repurchase agreements,  dollar  rolls and  forward  foreign
currency   exchange  contracts,   engage  in   futures  contracts   and  options
transactions, purchase securities which are issued in private placements or  are
otherwise  not readily marketable,  and purchase securities  on a when-issued or
delayed delivery basis or a "when, as and if issued" basis, and purchase or sell
securities on a forward  commitment basis, in each  case in accordance with  the
description  of these investments and techniques  (and subject to the risks) set
forth under  "General  Portfolio  Techniques"  below and  in  the  Statement  of
Additional  Information.  Investors  should  carefully  consider  the  risks  of
investing in  securities  of  foreign  issuers  and  securities  denominated  in
non-U.S.  currencies (see "Canadian  Government Securities," "Mexican Government
Securities," "Canadian Mortgage-Backed  Securities" and "Risks  of Investing  in
Canadian  and Mexican Securities"  below and see  "General Portfolio Techniques"
below for  a discussion  of  the characteristics  and  risks of  investments  in
foreign securities).

    UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT SECURITIES.  Securities issued or guaranteed by the
U.S.  Government, its agencies  or instrumentalities include:  (i) U.S. Treasury
obligations, all of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the  United
States  and which differ only  in their interest rates,  maturities and times of
issuance: U.S. Treasury bills  (maturities of one year  or less), U.S.  Treasury
notes  (maturities  of one  to ten  years), and  U.S. Treasury  bonds (generally
maturities of greater than ten years); and (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed
by  U.S.  Government   agencies  or   instrumentalities,  including   government
guaranteed  Mortgage-Backed Securities,  some of  which are  backed by  the full
faith and  credit  of the  U.S.  Treasury (e.g.,  Government  National  Mortgage
Association  direct pass-through certificates),  some of which  are supported by
the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Government (e.g., obligations of
Federal Home Loan Banks), and some of which are backed only by the credit of the
issuer itself (e.g., obligations of the Student Loan Marketing Association). The
U.S. Government may  also guarantee  other debt obligations  of special  purpose
borrowers.

    CANADIAN  GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES.   Canadian  Government  Securities include
securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of Canada, the Government of a
Province of Canada or  their agencies and  Crown corporations. These  securities
may be denominated or payable in U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars.

    The  Bank  of  Canada,  acting  on  behalf  of  the  federal  government, is
responsible for  the distribution  of Government  of Canada  Treasury bills  and
federal  bond issues. The Bank of Canada holds weekly auctions of Treasury bills
(maturities of one year or less) and offers new issues of federal bonds  through
investment  dealers  and  banks.  An  offering  of  Government  of  Canada bonds
frequently consists of  several different  issues with  various maturity  dates,
representing  different  segments  of  the  yield  curve  and  generally  having
maturities ranging from three to 25 years. The Bank of Canada usually  purchases
a  previously announced  amount of each  offering of  bonds. NHA Mortgage-Backed
Securities, described  below, are  also Canadian  Government Securities  because
they  benefit from a  guarantee by the Canada  Mortgage and Housing Corporation,
but are not distributed by the Bank of Canada.

    All Canadian Provinces  have outstanding bond  issues and several  Provinces
also  guarantee bond issues  of Provincial authorities,  agencies and provincial
Crown corporations.  Spreads  in  the  marketplace  are  determined  by  various
factors,  including the  relative supply and  the rating assigned  by the rating
agencies. Most Provinces also issue treasury bills.

    Many municipalities  and municipal  financial  authorities in  Canada  raise
funds  through the bond market in  order to finance capital expenditures. Unlike
U.S. municipal securities,  which have  special tax  status, Canadian  municipal
securities  have the same tax status as other Canadian Government Securities and
trade similarly to such  securities. The Canadian municipal  market may be  less
liquid than the Provincial bond market.

    The  North  American Government  Securities  Portfolio will  only  invest in
Canadian Government  Securities  which  are  rated at  least  A  by  Moody's  or

                                       11
<PAGE>
S&P  or,  if  not rated,  are  determined to  be  of comparable  quality  by the
Sub-Adviser.

    MEXICAN GOVERNMENT SECURITIES.  Mexican Government Securities include  those
securities  which are issued or guaranteed by the Mexican Treasury or by Mexican
government agencies or  instrumentalities. These securities  may be  denominated
and payable in Mexican pesos or U.S. dollars.

    The debt market in Mexico began to develop rapidly after the promulgation of
the  Securities Market Law in 1975. Since  1975, the government has authorized a
range of Mexican government issued debt  securities, all of which are traded  on
the  Mexican  Stock  Exchange:  (i)  CETES  --  peso-denominated  discount  debt
securities having  maturities  of  two  years  or  less  sold  through  auctions
regulated  by  Banco  de  Mexico;  (ii)  BONDES  --  peso-denominated  long-term
development bonds  sold through  auctions regulated  by Banco  de Mexico;  (iii)
AJUSTABONOS  -- peso-denominated  bonds with a  fixed coupon rate  on a variable
face amount  which is  adjusted in  proportion to  fluctuations in  the  Mexican
consumer  price index; and (iv)  TESOBONOS -- U.S. dollar-denominated securities
sold at auctions which are paid in pesos  equal to the value of the U.S.  dollar
calculated at the prevailing exchange rate.

    In  addition, a  variety of  other special purpose  bonds are  issued by the
Mexican federal  government or  its agencies,  such as  development bonds,  bank
indemnity  bonds and urban  renovation bonds, as well  as bank development bonds
and industrial development bonds.

    The North  American  Government Securities  Portfolio  will only  invest  in
Mexican  Government Securities which are rated at least Baa by Moody's or BBB by
S&P or,  if  not rated,  are  determined to  be  of comparable  quality  by  the
Sub-Adviser.

    MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  Mortgage-Backed Securities are securities that
directly or  indirectly represent  a participation  in, or  are secured  by  and
payable  from, mortgage loans secured by real property. The term Mortgage-Backed
Securities as  used  herein includes  adjustable  rate mortgage  securities  and
derivative  mortgage  products  such  as  collateralized  mortgage  obligations,
stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities and other products described below.

    U.S. MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES.   The North American Government  Securities
Portfolio's  investments  in  U.S.  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  are  subject to
certain risks (see the  description of U.S.  Mortgage-Backed Securities and  the
risks  associated with investments  in such securities  set forth under "General
Portfolio Techniques" below and in the Statement of Additional Information).

    CANADIAN MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.   Canadian Mortgage-Backed  Securities
may  be  issued  in  several  ways,  the most  common  of  which  is  a modified
pass-through vehicle  issued  pursuant  to the  program  established  under  the
National  Housing Act  of Canada  ("NHA"). Certficates  issued pursuant  to this
program ("NHA Mortgage-Backed Securities") have some structural similarities  to
GNMA  securities  and benefit  from  the guarantee  of  the Canada  Mortgage and
Housing Corporation, a  federal Crown  corporation that is  (except for  certain
limited purposes) an agent of the Government of Canada.

    Canadian  private  issuers  such as  banks  and trust  companies  also issue
Mortgage-Backed Securities backed by private insurance or other forms of  credit
support.   Such  Mortgage-Backed   Securities  are   not  considered  Government
Securities for purposes of the North American Government Securities Portfolio.

    While most  Canadian Mortgage-Backed  Securities  are subject  to  voluntary
prepayments,  some pools are not subject to such prepayments and thus have yield
characteristics similar to bonds.

    RISKS OF INVESTING IN  CANADIAN AND MEXICAN SECURITIES.   The Canadian  debt
securities market is significantly smaller than the U.S. debt securities market.
In  particular,  the Canadian  Mortgage-Backed  Securities market  is  of recent
origin, and, although continued  growth is anticipated,  is less well  developed
and less liquid than its U.S. counterpart.

    Because the North American Government Securities Portfolio intends to invest
in  Mexican  debt instruments,  investors in  the Portfolio  should be  aware of
certain special considerations associated with investing in debt obligations  of
the Mexican government.

    The Mexican government has exercised and continues to exercise a significant
influence  over many aspects of the private sector in Mexico. Mexican government
actions concerning  the  economy  could  have a  significant  effect  on  market
conditions and prices and yields of Mexican debt obligations, including those in
which  the  North American  Government Securities  Portfolio invests.  Mexico is
currently the second largest debtor nation (among

                                       12
<PAGE>
developing countries) to commercial banks and foreign governments.

    The  value  of   the  North  American   Government  Securities   Portfolio's
investments  may be affected by changes  in oil prices, interest rates, taxation
and other political or economic  developments in Mexico, including recent  rates
of  inflation which have exceeded the rates of inflation in the U.S. and Canada.
The Fund  can provide  no  assurance that  future  developments in  the  Mexican
economy  will  not  impair  the  North  American  Government  Income Portfolio's
investment  flexibility,  operations  or  ability  to  achieve  its   investment
objective.

    In  September, 1982, Mexico imposed foreign exchange controls and maintained
a dual  foreign exchange  rate system,  with  a "controlled"  rate and  a  "free
market"  rate.  Under economic  policy  initiatives implemented  since December,
1987, the Mexican government introduced a schedule of gradual devaluation of the
controlled rate  which initially  amounted  to an  average depreciation  of  the
Mexican  peso against the U.S. dollar of  one Mexican peso per day. The extended
initiatives include  an adjustment  in  the scheduled  devaluation rate  of  the
Mexican  peso against the U.S. dollar.  The North American Government Securities
Portfolio's net asset value  and its computation and  distribution of income  to
its shareholders will be adversely affected by continued reductions in the value
of  the Mexican peso  relative to the  U.S. dollar because  all Portfolio assets
must be converted to U.S. dollars prior to any distributions to shareholders.

    Risks of  investing  in  foreign  securities  are  discussed  further  under
"General Portfolio Techniques" below.

THE DIVERSIFIED INCOME PORTFOLIO

    The  primary investment objective of the  Diversified Income Portfolio is to
provide a high level of current income. As a secondary objective the Diversified
Income Portfolio  seeks  to  maximize  total  return  but  only  to  the  extent
consistent  with  its  primary  objective.  The  investment  objectives  of  the
Diversified Income Portfolio  may not  be changed  without the  approval of  the
shareholders of the Portfolio. There is no assurance that the objectives will be
achieved.  The following investment  policies may be changed  by the Trustees of
the Fund without shareholder approval:

    The Diversified  Income  Portfolio  will  seek  to  achieve  its  investment
objectives  by  investing  at least  65%  of  its total  assets  in fixed-income
securities  and   by  equally   allocating,  under   normal  circumstances,   an
approximately  one-third  portion  of  its  total  assets  among  three separate
groupings of various  types of fixed-income  securities. The Investment  Manager
will adjust the Diversified Income Portfolio's assets not less than quarterly to
reflect any changes in the relative values of the securities in each grouping so
that  following the adjustment the value  of the Portfolio's investments in each
grouping will be equal to the extent practicable.

    The three groupings in  which the Diversified  Income Portfolio will  invest
its total assets are as follows:

    (1)   High quality fixed-income securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government, its  agencies  or instrumentalities  or  high quality  fixed  income
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by  a  foreign  government  or supranational
organization or any  of their political  subdivisions, authorities, agencies  or
instrumentalities  or fixed-income  securities issued  by a  corporation, all of
which are rated AAA or AA by Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or Aaa or  Aa
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or, if unrated, are determined by
the  Investment Manager to be of  equivalent quality; in certificates of deposit
and bankers' acceptances issued  or guaranteed by,  or time deposits  maintained
at,  banks (including foreign branches of U.S. banks or U.S. or foreign branches
of foreign banks) having total assets  of more than $500 million and  determined
by the Investment Manager to be of high creditworthiness; commercial paper rated
A-1  or A-2 by S&P, Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's  or Duff 1 or Duff 2 by Duff &
Phelps Inc.  or,  if  unrated,  issued  by  U.S.  or  foreign  companies  having
outstanding  debt securities rated  A or higher  by S&P or  Moody's; and in loan
participation interests having a remaining term not exceeding one year in  loans
extended by banks to such companies. Certain foreign securities purchased by the
Portfolio  will not have received ratings by a recognized U.S. rating agency. In
such cases the  Investment Manager will  review the issuers  of such  securities
with  respect to  the quality of  their management, balance  sheet and financial
ratios, cash flows and  earnings to establish that  the securities purchased  by
the  Portfolio are  of a  comparable quality  to issuers  receiving high quality
ratings by a  recognized U.S.  rating agency.  All of  the securities  described
above  will have remaining maturities, at the time of purchase, of not more than
three years.

    The Investment Manager will  actively manage the  assets of the  Diversified
Income Portfolio in this

                                       13
<PAGE>
grouping  in accordance with  a global market  strategy (see "Portfolio Trading"
below). Consistent  with such  a  strategy, the  Investment Manager  intends  to
allocate  the  Portfolio's  investments  among  securities  denominated  in  the
currencies of a number of foreign countries and, within each such country, among
different types  of debt  securities.  The Investment  Manager will  adjust  the
Portfolio's exposure to different currencies based on its perception of the most
favorable  markets and issuers. In allocating the Diversified Income Portfolio's
assets among various markets,  the Investment Manager  will assess the  relative
yield  and anticipated  direction of interest  rates in  particular markets, the
level of inflation, liquidity  and financial soundness of  each market, and  the
general  market and economic conditions  existing in each market  as well as the
relationship of currencies of various countries  to the U.S. dollar and to  each
other.  In its  evaluations, the  Investment Manager  will utilize  its internal
financial, economic  and  credit  analysis  resources  as  well  as  information
obtained from other sources.

    A portion of the Diversified Income Portfolio's investments in securities of
U.S. issuers is likely to be in commercial paper, bankers' acceptances and other
short-term  debt  instruments issued  by  U.S. corporations.  However,  at times
during which there  exists large-scale  political or  economic uncertainty,  the
Portfolio  is likely to increase its  investments in U.S. Government securities.
In such cases, the securities which the Portfolio is most likely to purchase are
U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. Treasury  notes with remaining maturities of  under
three  years, both of which  are direct obligations of  the U.S. Government. The
Diversified Income  Portfolio may  also purchase  securities issued  by  various
agencies  and  instrumentalities  of  the U.S.  Government.  These  will include
obligations backed by the full  faith and credit of  the United States (such  as
those issued by the Government National Mortgage Association); obligations whose
issuing  agency  or  instrumentality  has  the  right  to  borrow,  to  meet its
obligations, from an  existing line of  credit with the  U.S. Treasury (such  as
those  issued  by the  Federal National  Mortgage Association);  and obligations
backed by the  credit of the  issuing agency or  instrumentality (such as  those
issued by the Federal Farm Credit System).

    The  securities in which the Diversified  Income Portfolio will be investing
may be denominated in any currency or multinational currency, including the U.S.
dollar. In addition  to the  U.S. dollar,  such currencies  will include,  among
others;  the  Australian  dollar;  Deutsche mark;  Japanese  yen;  French franc;
British pound; Canadian dollar; Swiss franc; Dutch guilder; Austrian  schilling;
Spanish peseta; Swedish krona; and European Currency Unit ("ECU").

    The  Diversified  Income Portfolio  may invest,  without limitation  in this
grouping, in  notes and  commercial  paper, the  principal  amount of  which  is
indexed  to certain specific foreign currency  exchange rates. Indexed notes and
commercial paper  typically  provide that  their  principal amount  is  adjusted
upwards or downwards (but not below zero) at maturity to reflect fluctuations in
the  exchange rate  between two currencies  during the period  the obligation is
outstanding, depending on the terms of  the specific security. In selecting  the
two  currencies,  the  Investment  Manager  will  consider  the  correlation and
relative yields of  various currencies.The  Portfolio will  purchase an  indexed
obligation  using the currency in which it is denominated and, at maturity, will
receive interest and principal payments thereon in that currency. The amount  of
principal  payable by the issuer at maturity, however, will vary (i.e., increase
or decrease) in response to  the change (if any)  in the exchange rates  between
the  two specified currencies during the period  from the date the instrument is
issued to its maturity date.  The potential for realizing  gains as a result  of
changes  in foreign  currency exchange rates  may enable  the Diversified Income
Portfolio to hedge the  currency in which the  obligation is denominated (or  to
effect  cross-hedges against  other currencies)  against a  decline in  the U.S.
dollar value of investments denominated  in foreign currencies, while  providing
an  attractive money  market rate  of return.  The Portfolio  will purchase such
indexed obligations to generate current income or for hedging purposes and  will
not speculate in such obligations.

    As   indicated  above,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio  may  invest  in
securities denominated in a multi-national  currency unit. An illustration of  a
multi-national  currency  unit is  the ECU,  which is  a "basket"  consisting of
specified amounts  of  the currencies  of  the  member states  of  the  European
Community,  a Western European economic  cooperative organization that includes,
among other  countries, France,  West Germany,  The Netherlands  and the  United
Kingdom.  The specific amounts of currencies  comprising the ECU may be adjusted
by the Council  of Ministers  of the European  Community to  reflect changes  in
relative  values of the  underlying currencies. The  Investment Manager does not

                                       14
<PAGE>
believe that such adjustments will  adversely affect holders of  ECU-denominated
obligations  or  the marketability  of  such securities.  European supranational
entities, in particular,  issue ECU-denominated obligations.  The Portfolio  may
invest  in securities denominated in the  currency of one nation although issued
by a  governmental  entity,  corporation or  financial  institution  of  another
nation.  For example,  the Portfolio may  invest in  a British pound-denominated
obligation issued  by  a United  States  corporation. Such  investments  involve
credit  risks associated with the issuer  and currency risks associated with the
currency in which the obligation is denominated.

    (2)    (i)  Fixed-rate   and  adjustable  rate  mortgage-backed   securities
("Mortgage-Backed  Securities")  which are  issued or  guaranteed by  the United
States Government, its agencies or instrumentalities or by private issuers which
are rated Aaa by Moody's or AAA by S&P or, if not rated, are determined to be of
comparable quality by the Investment Manager and (ii) securities backed by other
assets such  as automobile  or credit  card receivables  and home  equity  loans
("Asset-Backed  Securities") which are rated Aaa by Moody's or AAA by S&P or, if
not rated, are determined to be of comparable quality by the Investment Manager.
See "General  Portfolio Techniques"  below and  in the  Statement of  Additional
Information  for  a discussion  of  Mortgage-Backed Securities  and Asset-Backed
Securities  and  the  risks  of   investments  in  such  securities.  The   term
Mortgage-Backed  Securities  as used  herein  includes adjustable  rate mortgage
securities and  derivative mortgage  products  such as  collateralized  mortgage
obligations  and  stripped mortgage-backed  securities,  all as  described under
"General  Portfolio  Techniques"  below  and  in  the  Statement  of  Additional
Information.

    (3)   High yield,  high risk fixed-income  securities rated Baa  or lower by
Moody's or  BBB  or lower  by  S&P  or, if  not  rated, are  determined  by  the
Investment  Manager  to be  of  comparable quality.  The  high yield,  high risk
fixed-income securities  in  this  grouping may  include  both  convertible  and
nonconvertible  debt  securities  and preferred  stock.  Fixed-income securities
rated Baa by Moody's or BBB by S&P have speculative characteristics greater than
those of more highly rated bonds,  while fixed-income securities rated Ba or  BB
or  lower by  Moody's and  S&P, respectively,  are considered  to be speculative
investments. Furthermore, the  Diversified Income  Portfolio does  not have  any
minimum  quality rating standard for its investments. As such, the Portfolio may
invest in securities rated as low as Caa, Ca or C by Moody's or CCC, CC, C or C1
by S&P. Fixed-income securities  rated Caa or  Ca by Moody's  may already be  in
default  on payment of  interest or principal,  while bonds rated  C by Moody's,
their lowest bond rating, can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects  of
ever attaining any real investment standing. Bonds rated C1 by S&P are no longer
making  interest payments. See "Special  Investment Considerations" and "General
Portfolio Techniques" below.

    A description  of Moody's  and S&P  ratings is  contained in  the  Appendix.
Non-rated  securities will also be considered  for investment by the Diversified
Income Portfolio  when  the  terms  of  the  securities  themselves  makes  them
appropriate investments for the Portfolio.

    The  ratings of fixed-income  securities by Moody's and  S&P are a generally
accepted barometer of credit risk.  However, as the creditworthiness of  issuers
of  lower-rated  fixed-income  securities  is more  problematical  than  that of
issuers  of  higher-rated  fixed-income  securities,  the  achievement  of   the
investment objectives of the Diversified Income Portfolio will be more dependent
upon  the Investment Manager's own credit analysis than would be the case with a
mutual fund investing primarily in higher quality bonds. The Investment  Manager
will  utilize a security's credit rating as simply one indication of an issuer's
creditworthiness and will principally rely upon its own analysis of any security
currently held by the Diversified Income Portfolio or potentially purchasable by
the Portfolio.  See "General  Portfolio Techniques"  below for  a discussion  of
credit  risk and interest rate risk,  to which risks all fixed-income securities
are subject, and a discussion of the actions  to be taken if a security held  by
grouping  (1) or  (2) of  the Portfolio is  downgraded by  a rating  agency to a
rating of below Baa or BBB, as  well as a discussion of the characteristics  and
risks of investments in fixed-income securities rated Baa or BBB.

    A  portion of the fixed-income securities  purchased by the Portfolio may be
zero coupon securities (see "General Portfolio Techniques" below).

    The Diversified  Income  Portfolio  may enter  into  repurchase  agreements,
reverse  repurchase  agreements,  dollar  rolls  and  forward  foreign  currency
exchange contracts,  engage  in  futures  contracts  and  options  transactions,
purchase  securities which are issued in private placements or are otherwise not
readily marketable, purchase securities on a

                                       15
<PAGE>
when-issued or delayed delivery basis or a  "when, as and if issued" basis,  and
purchase  or sell  securities on  a forward  commitment basis,  in each  case in
accordance with the description of these investments and techniques (and subject
to the risks) set  forth under "General Portfolio  Techniques" below and in  the
Statement  of Additional  Information. Investors  should carefully  consider the
risks of investing in securities  of foreign issuers and securities  denominated
in   non-U.S.  currencies  (see  "General  Portfolio  Techniques"  below  for  a
discussion  of  the  characteristics  and   risks  of  investments  in   foreign
securities).

    COMMON STOCKS.  The Diversified Income Portfolio may invest in common stocks
in  an amount up to 20% of its total assets in the circumstances described below
when consistent with the Portfolio's investment objectives.

    The Diversified Income Portfolio may acquire common stocks when attached  to
or  included  in a  unit  with fixed-income  securities,  or when  acquired upon
conversion of fixed-income securities or  upon exercise of warrants attached  to
fixed-income  securities  and  may  purchase common  stocks  directly  when such
acquisitions are determined by the Investment Manager to further the Portfolio's
investment  objectives  (see  the   discussions  of  warrants  and   convertible
securities under "General Portfolio Techniques" below).

    For  example, the Diversified Income Portfolio may purchase the common stock
of companies involved in takeovers or  recapitalizations where the issuer, or  a
controlling   stockholder,  has  offered,  or  pursuant  to  a  "going  private"
transaction is  effecting, an  exchange  of its  common stock  for  newly-issued
fixed-income  securities. By purchasing the common  stock of the company issuing
the fixed-income  securities prior  to the  consummation of  the transaction  or
exchange  offer, the  Diversified Income  Portfolio will  be able  to obtain the
fixed-income  securities  directly  from  the   issuer  at  their  face   value,
eliminating   the  payment  of   a  dealer's  mark-up   otherwise  payable  when
fixed-income securities are acquired from third parties, thereby increasing  the
net  yield to the shareholders of the  Portfolio. While the Portfolio will incur
brokerage commissions in connection  with its purchase of  common stocks, it  is
anticipated  that the amount of such commissions will be significantly less than
the amount of such mark-up.

    Fixed-income securities acquired by the Diversified Income Portfolio through
the purchase of common stocks under the circumstances described in the preceding
paragraph are subject  to the general  credit risks and  interest rate risks  to
which  all fixed-income securities purchased by  the Portfolio are subject. Such
securities generally will be rated Baa/BBB or lower as are the other high yield,
high risk  fixed-income  securities  in  which  the  Portfolio  may  invest.  In
addition,  since corporations involved in  take-over situations are often highly
leveraged, that factor will  be evaluated by the  Investment Manager as part  of
its  credit risk determination with respect to the purchase of particular common
stocks for  the Portfolio's  investment portfolio.  In the  event the  Portfolio
purchases  common  stock  of  a corporation  in  anticipation  of  a transaction
(pursuant to  which  the  common  stock is  to  be  exchanged  for  fixed-income
securities)  which fails to take place,  the Investment Manager will continue to
hold such common stock for the  Portfolio only if it determines that  continuing
to  hold  such common  stock under  those circumstances  is consistent  with the
Portfolio's investment objectives.

    SPECIAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS.   Because  of the special  nature of  the
Diversified  Income Portfolio's  investment in  high yield  securities, commonly
known as  "junk bonds,"  the Investment  Manager must  take account  of  certain
special  considerations in assessing the risks associated with such investments.
Investors should  carefully  consider  the  risks of  investing  in  high  yield
securities  (see "General  Portfolio Techniques" below  and in  the Statement of
Additional Information for  a discussion  of the  risks of  investments in  high
yield securities).

THE BALANCED PORTFOLIO

    The  investment objective of the Balanced Portfolio is to achieve high total
return through a combination of income and capital appreciation. This  objective
may  not be  changed without  the approval of  the shareholders  of the Balanced
Portfolio. There  is no  assurance  that the  objective  will be  achieved.  The
following investment policies may be changed by the Trustees of the Fund without
shareholder approval:

    The  Balanced  Portfolio seeks  to obtain  its objective  by investing  in a
diversified  portfolio  of  common  stocks  and  investment  grade  fixed-income
securities.  The percentage of assets  allocated between equity and fixed-income
securities will  vary  from  time to  time  depending  on the  judgment  of  the
Sub-Adviser  as to general economic and  market conditions, changes in fiscal or
monetary  policies  and   trends  in   yields  and   interest  rates.   However,

                                       16
<PAGE>
under  normal circumstances,  it is expected  that common  stocks will represent
approximately 60-70% of the Balanced Portfolio's total assets. In addition,  the
Balanced  Portfolio under normal circumstances will maintain at least 25% of its
total assets in fixed-income securities.

    Investments in the equity portion of the portfolio of the Balanced Portfolio
will be determined pursuant to a "top down" investment process ranging from  the
overall economic outlook, to the development of industry/sector preferences, and
last,  to specific stock  selections. The following  disciplines generally apply
with regard to stock selection of the equity component of the Portfolio: (i) any
industry group (as determined by the Adviser) with at least a 1% position in the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price  Index (the "S&P 500") will in  most
cases  be represented in  the Portfolio; (ii) industry  groups within the equity
component of the Portfolio may be underweighted up to 50% or overweighted up  to
200%  compared  with the  weightings  of those  industries  in the  S&P  500, in
accordance with  the discretion  of the  Sub-Adviser; (iii)  no single  issuer's
equity  securities will represent  at the time  of purchase more  than 5% of the
Balanced Portfolio's  total assets;  and  (iv) at  least  95% of  the  companies
represented  will have minimum market capitalizations at the time of purchase in
excess  of  $1.5  billion.  Subject  to  the  Balanced  Portfolio's   investment
objective, the Sub-Adviser may modify the foregoing disciplines without notice.

    The  fixed-income portion  of the  portfolio of  the Balanced  Portfolio may
consist of  securities issued  or guaranteed  by the  U.S. Government  (Treasury
bills,  notes and bonds), investment  grade corporate debt securities (including
convertible securities), mortgage-backed and  asset-backed securities and  money
market  securities (as set forth under  "General Portfolio Techniques" below). A
portion of the fixed-income  securities purchased by the  Portfolio may be  zero
coupon  securities (see "General Portfolio  Techniques" below). All fixed-income
securities in which  the Balanced  Portfolio invests  will be  either issued  or
guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities or rated at
least  BBB by Standard & Poor's Corporation  ("S&P") or Baa by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or, if not rated, determined by the Sub-Adviser to  be
of comparable quality.

    The  Balanced  Portfolio  will  invest primarily  in  equity  securities and
fixed-income corporate debt securities. Under normal circumstances, no more than
10% of the fixed-income portion of the portfolio of the Balanced Portfolio  will
be  rated BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's (see "General Portfolio Techniques" below
for  a  description  of  the   characteristics  and  risks  of  investments   in
fixed-income securities rated Baa or BBB and for a discussion of credit risk and
interest rate risk, to which risks all fixed-income securities are subject).

    The  Balanced  Portfolio may  invest in  securities convertible  into common
stock and warrants, invest up to 25% of the value of its total assets in foreign
securities (including up  to 5%  in a type  of Mexican  government money  market
securities  known as Cetes, which are  described above under "The North American
Government Securities Portfolio," if such  investments meet the rating  standard
for  the fixed-income portion of the portfolio of the Balanced Portfolio), enter
into repurchase  agreements, reverse  repurchase  agreements, dollar  rolls  and
forward  foreign  currency  exchange contracts,  purchase  securities  which are
issued in private placements or  are otherwise not readily marketable,  purchase
securities  on a  when-issued or delayed  delivery basis  or a "when,  as and if
issued" basis, and purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis, in
each case in accordance with the description of these investments and techniques
(and subject to the risks) set forth under "General Portfolio Techniques"  below
and in the Statement of Additional Information.

    The  Balanced Portfolio  is authorized  to engage  in transactions involving
options and futures contracts  that would be eligible  for use by the  Utilities
Portfolio,  as described under "Options and Futures Transactions" under "General
Portfolio Techniques" below and in the Statement of Additional Information.  The
Balanced Portfolio does not, however, presently intend to engage in such options
and  futures  transactions  and will  not  do  so unless  and  until  the Fund's
prospectus has been revised to reflect this.

THE UTILITIES PORTFOLIO
    The investment objective of  the Utilities Portfolio  is to provide  current
income  and long-term  growth of income  and capital, by  investing primarily in
equity and fixed-income securities of companies engaged in the public  utilities
industry. The investment objective of the Utilities Portfolio may not be changed
without  the approval  of the  shareholders of  the Portfolio.  There can  be no
assurance that  the  objective will  be  achieved. The  term  "public  utilities
industry"   consists  of  companies  engaged  in  the  manufacture,  production,
generation, transmission,

                                       17
<PAGE>
sale and distribution of gas and  electric energy, as well as companies  engaged
in   the  communications  field,   including  telephone,  telegraph,  satellite,
microwave and other companies providing communication facilities for the public,
but excluding  public  broadcasting companies.  For  purposes of  the  Utilities
Portfolio,  a company will be considered to  be in the public utilities industry
if, during the most recent  twelve month period, at  least 50% of the  company's
gross  revenues, on a  consolidated basis, is derived  from the public utilities
industry. The following investment  policies may be changed  by the Trustees  of
the Fund without shareholder approval:

    In  seeking to achieve its objective,  the Utilities Portfolio will normally
invest at least 65% of its total assets in securities of companies in the public
utilities industry. The  Investment Manager believes  the Utilities  Portfolio's
investment  policies  are suited  to  benefit from  certain  characteristics and
historical performance of the  securities of public  utility companies. Many  of
these  companies have historically set a pattern of paying regular dividends and
increasing their common stock dividends over time, and the average common  stock
dividend  yield  of utilities  historically has  substantially exceeded  that of
industrial stocks. The Investment  Manager believes that  these factors may  not
only  provide current income but  also generally tend to  moderate risk and thus
may enhance  the  opportunity  for  appreciation  of  securities  owned  by  the
Utilities  Portfolio,  although  the  potential  for  capital  appreciation  has
historically been lower for  many utility stocks  compared with most  industrial
stocks.  There can be no assurance that the historical investment performance of
the  public  utilities  industry  will  be  indicative  of  future  events   and
performance.

    The Utilities Portfolio will invest in both equity securities (common stocks
and   securities  convertible   into  common  stock)   (see  "General  Portfolio
Techniques" below) and  fixed-income securities (bonds  and preferred stock)  in
the  public utilities  industry. The Utilities  Portfolio does not  have any set
policies to concentrate within any particular segment of the utilities industry.
The Utilities  Portfolio will  shift its  asset allocation  without  restriction
between  types of utilities and between equity and fixed-income securities based
upon the  Investment Manager's  determination of  how to  achieve the  Utilities
Portfolio's  investment objective  in light  of prevailing  market, economic and
financial conditions. For example, at  a particular time the Investment  Manager
may  choose to  allocate up  to 100%  of the  Utilities Portfolio's  assets in a
particular type of security  (for example, equity securities)  or in a  specific
utility industry segment (for example, electric utilities).

    Criteria to be utilized by the Investment Manager in the selection of equity
securities  include the  following screens:  earnings and  dividend growth; book
value; dividend  discount; and  price/earnings relationships.  In addition,  the
Investment  Manager makes  continuing assessments of  management, the prevailing
regulatory framework  and industry  trends  such as  an increasing  emphasis  on
competition.  The  Investment  Manager may  also  utilize  computer-based equity
selection models in connection  with stock allocation in  the equity portion  of
the  portfolio. In keeping  with the Utilities Portfolio's  objective, if in the
opinion of the  Investment Manager  favorable conditions for  capital growth  of
equity  securities  are  not  prevalent  at  a  particular  time,  the Utilities
Portfolio  may  allocate  its  assets  predominantly  or  exclusively  in   debt
securities  with  the aim  of  obtaining current  income  as well  as preserving
capital and thus benefiting long term growth of capital.

    The Utilities Portfolio may purchase equity securities sold on the New York,
American  and  other  stock  exchanges  and  in  the  over-the-counter   market.
Fixed-income  securities in  which the Utilities  Portfolio may  invest are debt
securities and preferred stocks which are rated  at the time of purchase Baa  or
better  by  Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. ("Moody's")  or  BBB or  better by
Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or which, if unrated, are deemed to be  of
comparable quality by the Investment Manager (see "General Portfolio Techniques"
below  for  a discussion  of  the characteristics  and  risks of  investments in
fixed-income securities rated  Baa or BBB  and a discussion  of credit risk  and
interest  rate risk,  to which risks  all fixed-income  securities are subject).
Under normal circumstances the average weighted maturity of the debt portion  of
the  portfolio is  expected to  be in  excess of  seven years.  A description of
Moody's and S&P ratings is contained in the Appendix.

    While the Utilities  Portfolio will  invest primarily in  the securities  of
public  utility companies, under ordinary circumstances  it may invest up to 35%
of its  total  assets  in  U.S.  Government  securities  (securities  issued  or
guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or its agencies and
instrumentalities,  including zero coupon securities), money market instruments,
repurchase agreements, options and  futures (see "General Portfolio  Techniques"
below and in the Statement of
Addi-

                                       18
<PAGE>
tional  Information). The Utilities  Portfolio may acquire  warrants attached to
other securities purchased by the Portfolio (see "General Portfolio  Techniques"
below).

    There may be periods during which, in the opinion of the Investment Manager,
market  conditions warrant reduction of some or all of the Utilities Portfolio's
securities holdings. During such  periods, the Utilities  Portfolio may adopt  a
temporary  "defensive" posture in which greater than 35% of its total assets are
invested in cash or money market instruments.

    The Utilities  Portfolio may  enter into  repurchase agreements,  invest  in
foreign  securities  (including  American Depository  Receipts  (ADRs), European
Depository  Receipts  (EDRs)  or  other  similar  securities  convertible   into
securities  of foreign issuers), purchase securities which are issued in private
placements or are  otherwise not  readily marketable, purchase  securities on  a
when-issued  or delayed delivery basis or a  "when, as and if issued" basis, and
purchase or  sell securities  on a  forward commitment  basis, in  each case  in
accordance with the description of those investments and techniques (and subject
to  the risks) set forth  under "General Portfolio Techniques"  below and in the
Statement of Additional Information.

    PUBLIC UTILITIES INDUSTRY.   The public  utilities industry as  a whole  has
certain characteristics and risks particular to that industry. Unlike industrial
companies,  the  rates  which  utility  companies  may  charge  their  customers
generally are  subject  to  review and  limitation  by  governmental  regulatory
commissions. Although rate changes of a utility usually fluctuate in approximate
correlation  with financing costs, due to  political and regulatory factors rate
changes ordinarily occur only following a  delay after the changes in  financing
costs.  This factor will  tend to favorably affect  a utility company's earnings
and dividends  in  times  of  decreasing costs,  but  conversely  will  tend  to
adversely  affect earnings and dividends when costs are rising. In addition, the
value of  public  utility debt  securities  (and,  to a  lesser  extent,  equity
securities)  tends to have  an inverse relationship to  the movement of interest
rates.

    Among the risks affecting the utilities industry are the following: risks of
increases in  fuel and  other operating  costs; the  high cost  of borrowing  to
finance  capital  construction  during  inflationary  periods;  restrictions  on
operations and  increased  costs  and delays  associated  with  compliance  with
environmental  and  nuclear  safety regulations;  the  difficulties  involved in
obtaining  natural  gas  for  resale  or  fuel  for  generating  electricity  at
reasonable  prices; the risks in connection  with the construction and operation
of nuclear power plants; the effects  of energy conservation and the effects  of
regulatory  changes, such as  the possible adverse effects  of profits on recent
increased competition within  the telecommunications, electric  and natural  gas
industries   and  the  uncertainties  resulting   from  companies  within  these
industries diversifying into new domestic and international businesses, as  well
as  from  agreements by  many such  companies linking  future rate  increases to
inflation or other factors not directly related to the actual operating  profits
of the enterprise.

THE DIVIDEND GROWTH PORTFOLIO

    The  investment objective  of the  Dividend Growth  Portfolio is  to provide
reasonable current income and long-term growth  of income and capital. There  is
no  assurance that the objective will be achieved. The Dividend Growth Portfolio
seeks to  achieve  its investment  objective  primarily through  investments  in
common  stock of companies with  a record of paying  dividends and the potential
for increasing dividends. The net asset value of the Dividend Growth Portfolio's
shares will fluctuate with changes in market values of portfolio securities. The
Dividend Growth Portfolio will attempt to avoid speculative securities or  those
with speculative characteristics.

    The investment objective of the Dividend Growth Portfolio may not be changed
without  the approval of the shareholders  of the Dividend Growth Portfolio. The
following  policies  may  be  changed  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Fund  without
shareholder approval:

    (1)   Up to 30% of the value of the Dividend Growth Portfolio's total assets
may be  invested in:  (a) convertible  debt securities  (see "General  Portfolio
Techniques"  below),  convertible preferred  securities, warrants  (see "General
Portfolio Techniques" below), U.S.  Government securities (securities issued  or
guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or its agencies and
instrumentalities,  including zero coupon securities), corporate debt securities
which are rated  at the  time of  purchase Baa  or better  by Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc. or BBB  or better by  Standard & Poor's  Corporation or which, if
unrated, are deemed to be of  comparable quality by the Investment Manager  (see
"General Portfolio Techniques" below for a discus-

                                       19
<PAGE>
sion  of the characteristics and risks  of investments in zero coupon securities
and fixed-income securities rated Baa or BBB and a discussion of credit risk and
interest rate  risk, to  which risks  all fixed-income  securities are  subject)
and/or money market instruments (see "General Portfolio Techniques" below) when,
in  the opinion of  the Investment Manager,  the projected total  return on such
securities is  equal to  or greater  than the  expected total  return on  equity
securities  or when such holdings might be  expected to reduce the volatility of
the portfolio (for purposes of this provision, the term "total return" means the
difference between the cost of a security and the aggregate of its market  value
and  dividends received); or  (b) in money  market instruments under  any one or
more of the following circumstances: (i) pending investment of proceeds of  sale
of  the  Dividend Growth  Portfolio's shares  or  of portfolio  securities; (ii)
pending settlement of purchases  of portfolio securities;  or (iii) to  maintain
liquidity for the purpose of meeting anticipated redemptions.

    (2)  Notwithstanding any of  the foregoing limitations,  the Dividend Growth
Portfolio may invest more  than 30% of  the value of its  total assets in  money
market  instruments to maintain, temporarily, a "defensive" posture when, in the
opinion of the Investment Manager, it is advisable to do so because of  economic
or market conditions.

    The  Dividend Growth Portfolio may  enter into repurchase agreements, invest
in American Depository Receipts (ADRs), purchase securities which are issued  in
private  placements or are otherwise not readily marketable, purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis or a "when, as and if issued"  basis,
and  purchase or sell securities on a  forward commitment basis, in each case in
accordance with the description of those investments and techniques (and subject
to the risks) set  forth under "General Portfolio  Techniques" below and in  the
Statement of Additional Information.

    The  Dividend  Growth  Portfolio  is authorized  to  engage  in transactions
involving options and futures contracts which  would be eligible for use by  the
Utilities Portfolio, as described under "Options and Futures Transactions" under
"General  Portfolio  Techniques"  below  and  in  the  Statement  of  Additional
Information. The Dividend Growth Portfolio  does not, however, presently  intend
to engage in such options and futures transactions and will not do so unless and
until the Fund's prospectus has been revised to reflect this.

THE VALUE-ADDED MARKET PORTFOLIO

    The investment objective of the Value-Added Market Portfolio is to achieve a
high  level  of total  return on  its  assets through  a combination  of capital
appreciation and current  income. The  investment objective  of the  Value-Added
Market  Portfolio may not be changed without the approval of the shareholders of
the Portfolio. There can  be no assurance that  the objective will be  achieved.
The  investment policies discussed below  may be changed by  the Trustees of the
Fund without shareholder approval:

    The  Value-Added  Market  Portfolio  will  seek  to  attain  its  investment
objective by investing, on an equally-weighted basis, in a diversified portfolio
of  common stocks of the  companies which are included  in the Standard & Poor's
500 Composite Stock Price Index  (the "S&P Index"). Standard  & Poor's 500 is  a
trademark of Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") and has been licensed for use
by  the Fund. The Value-Added Market  Portfolio is not sponsored, endorsed, sold
or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation regarding the advisability of
investing in the  Value-Added Market Portfolio.  The S&P Index  consists of  500
common  stocks selected by S&P,  most of which are listed  on the New York Stock
Exchange. Inclusion of a stock in the S&P Index implies no opinion by S&P as  to
the quality of the stock as an investment. The S&P Index is determined, composed
and calculated by S&P without regard to the Value-Added Market Portfolio. S&P is
neither  a sponsor of,  nor in any  way affiliated with,  the Value-Added Market
Portfolio, and S&P makes no representation  or warranty, express or implied,  on
the  advisability of investing in the Value-Added  Market Portfolio or as to the
ability of the  S&P Index  to track general  stock market  performance, and  S&P
disclaims  all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose
or use with respect to  the S&P Index or any  data included therein. S&P has  no
connection with the Value-Added Market Portfolio other than the licensing to the
Investment  Manager  of  the  use  of  the  S&P  Index  in  connection  with the
Value-Added Market Portfolio.

    The Value-Added Market Portfolio invests in  the stocks included in the  S&P
Index  on  an equally-weighted  basis; that  is, to  the extent  practicable and
subject to the specific investment policies and restrictions described below, an
equal portion of the Value-Added Market  Portfolio's assets is invested in  each
of  the 500  securities in the  S&P Index. This  differs from the  S&P Index and
nearly all other major

                                       20
<PAGE>
indexes, which  generally are  weighted on  a market-capitalization  basis.  For
example,  the  50  largest capitalization  issuers  in the  S&P  Index represent
approximately 45% of the S&P Index.  However, in accordance with its  investment
policies,  the Value-Added Market  Portfolio will strive  to maintain each stock
holding equally,  so  that, subject  to  the specific  investment  policies  and
investment  restrictions  described  below,  approximately  0.20  of  1%  of the
Value-Added Market Portfolio's total invested assets will be invested in each of
the 500 companies included  in the S&P Index.  The equal weighting technique  is
based  on  the Investment  Manager's  statistical analysis  that  most portfolio
performance is  usually  generated  by  only one-quarter  to  one-third  of  the
portfolio.  Since there  is no certainty  that any specific  company or industry
selection, even within a broad-based index  such as the S&P Index, will  achieve
superior  performance,  the  Investment  Manager  believes  equal-weighting  may
benefit the Value-Added  Market Portfolio  in seeking to  attain its  investment
objective.

    The  holdings of  the Value-Added Market  Portfolio will be  adjusted by the
Investment Manager not less than quarterly to reflect changes in the Value-Added
Market Portfolio's asset levels and in the relative values of the common  stocks
held  by the Value-Added Market Portfolio  so that following each adjustment the
value of the Value-Added Market Portfolio's investment in each security will  be
equal  to the extent practicable. In  addition, whenever a company is eliminated
from or added to the  S&P Index, the Value-Added  Market Portfolio will sell  or
purchase  the stock of such company, as the case may be, as soon as practicable.
Accordingly, securities  may be  purchased and  sold by  the Value-Added  Market
Portfolio  when such  purchases and  sales would  not be  made under traditional
investment criteria.

    In addition,  while the  Investment  Manager will  not actively  manage  the
portfolio  other than to follow the guidelines  set forth above for following an
equally-weighted S&P Index, it  may eliminate one or  more securities (or  elect
not to increase the Value-Added Market Portfolio's position in such securities),
notwithstanding  the continued listing  of such securities in  the S&P Index, in
the following circumstances: (a) the stock is no longer publicly traded, such as
in the  case  of  a  leveraged  buyout or  merger;  (b)  an  unexpected  adverse
development  with respect to a company, such as bankruptcy or insolvency; (c) in
the view of the Investment Manager, there is a high degree of risk with  respect
to a company that bankruptcy or insolvency will occur; or (d) in the view of the
Investment  Manager,  based on  its consideration  of the  price of  a company's
securities, the depth of the market in those securities and the amount of  those
securities  held or  to be held  by the Value-Added  Market Portfolio, retaining
shares of a  company or  making any  additional purchases  would be  inadvisable
because  of liquidity risks.  The Investment Manager will  monitor on an ongoing
basis all companies falling  within any of the  circumstances described in  this
paragraph,  and  will return  such company's  shares  to the  Value-Added Market
Portfolio's holdings,  or recommence  purchases, when  and if  those  conditions
cease to exist.

    The  Value-Added Market  Portfolio may  purchase futures  contracts on stock
indexes at a time when  it is not fully invested  on account of additional  cash
invested  in the Portfolio  or income received  by the Portfolio.  Purchase of a
futures contract in those circumstances serves as a temporary substitute for the
purchase of individual stocks  which may then be  purchased in orderly  fashion.
The  Value-Added Market Portfolio  may enter into  repurchase agreements and may
purchase common  stock,  including  American  Depository  Receipts,  of  foreign
corporations  represented in the  S&P Index (see  "General Portfolio Techniques"
below and in the Statement of Additional Information).

    A portion of the Value-Added Market Portfolio's assets, not exceeding 25% of
its total assets, may be invested  temporarily in money market instruments  (see
"General  Portfolio Techniques"  below) under any  one or more  of the following
circumstances: (a)  pending investment  of proceeds  of sale  of shares  of  the
Value-Added  Market Portfolio; (b) pending  settlement of purchases of portfolio
securities; or (c) to maintain liquidity for the purposes of meeting anticipated
redemptions.

THE CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

    The investment objective of the Core Equity Portfolio is long-term growth of
capital. This  objective  may  not  be  changed  without  the  approval  of  the
shareholders  of  the Core  Equity  Portfolio. There  is  no assurance  that the
objective will be achieved. The following investment policies may be changed  by
the Trustees of the Fund without shareholder approval:

    The  Core Equity Portfolio invests primarily in common stocks and securities
convertible into common stocks of companies which offer the prospect for  growth
of earnings. The Portfolio seeks to

                                       21
<PAGE>
achieve  its  investment objective  by investing  under normal  circumstances at
least 65%  of its  total assets  in common  stocks and  convertible  securities,
including  warrants  (see "General  Portfolio Techniques"  below). There  are no
minimum rating or quality requirements with respect to convertible securities in
which the Portfolio may invest and, thus, all or some of such securities may  be
below  investment  grade (see  "General  Portfolio Techniques"  below).  See the
Appendix for a discussion of ratings of fixed-income securities.

    The Sub-Adviser invests the assets of the Core Equity Portfolio by  pursuing
its  "top down sector rotational core equity" philosophy. That strategy involves
a three-step process to achieve value for the Portfolio's shareholders by taking
advantage of  unrecognized  appreciation potential  created  by changes  in  the
economic,  social and political environments. Pursuant to its approach, the Sub-
Adviser first determines  those market sectors,and  the industries within  those
sectors,   that  the  Sub-Adviser  believes   offer  opportunities  for  capital
appreciation. The Sub-Adviser makes this determination by utilizing an  industry
matrix  to divide the stock market by  economic sectors and industries, and then
by continuously  reviewing those  industries.  Following the  identification  of
those  specific  industries, individual  companies  within those  industries are
chosen for investment by the Core  Equity Portfolio, based on factors  including
but  not  limited to:  potential growth  in earnings  and dividends;  quality of
management;  new  products   and/or  new  markets;   research  and   development
capabilities;  historical rate  of return on  equity and  invested capital; cash
flow and balance sheet strength;  and forcing value through company  initiatives
such  as cost reduction or share repurchase.  As the third step, the Sub-Adviser
determines the weightings that the  selected industries and companies will  have
in the portfolio.

    The  Core Equity Portfolio intends to invest primarily, but not exclusively,
in companies having stock market capitalizations (calculated by multiplying  the
number  of outstanding shares  of a company  by the current  market price) of at
least $1 billion.  The Sub-Adviser  anticipates that the  Core Equity  Portfolio
will focus its investments in a relatively limited number of companies, although
the   Sub-Adviser  continuously  monitors  up  to  250  companies  for  possible
investment by  the  Portfolio.  The  Portfolio's holdings  are  changed  by  the
Sub-Adviser  as warranted  based on  changes in  the overall  market or economic
environment, as well as factors specific to particular companies.

    While the  Core Equity  Portfolio  invests primarily  in common  stocks  and
securities  convertible into common  stock, under ordinary  circumstances it may
invest up to  35% of its  total assets  in money market  instruments, which  are
short-term  (maturities of up to thirteen months) fixed-income securities issued
by private and governmental institutions. Money market instruments in which  the
Core  Equity  Portfolio  may  invest  are  set  forth  under  "General Portfolio
Techniques" below.

    There may be periods during which, in the opinion of the Sub-Adviser, market
conditions warrant  reduction of  some or  all of  the Core  Equity  Portfolio's
securities  holdings. During such  periods, the Portfolio  may adopt a temporary
"defensive" posture in which greater than 35% of its total assets is invested in
money market instruments or cash.

    The Core Equity Portfolio  may enter into  repurchase agreements, invest  in
foreign  securities  (including  American Depository  Receipts  (ADRs), European
Depository  Receipts  (EDRs)  or  other  similar  securities  convertible   into
securities  of foreign issuers), purchase securities which are issued in private
placements or are  otherwise not  readily marketable, purchase  securities on  a
when-issued  or delayed delivery basis or a  "when, as and if issued" basis, and
purchase or  sell securities  on a  forward commitment  basis, in  each case  in
accordance with the description of these investments and techniques (and subject
to  the risks) set forth  under "General Portfolio Techniques"  below and in the
Statement of Additional Information.

    The Core Equity Portfolio is authorized to engage in transactions  involving
options  and futures contracts that  would be eligible for  use by the Utilities
Portfolio, as described under "Options and Futures Transactions" under  "General
Portfolio  Techniques" below and in the Statement of Additional Information. The
Core Equity Portfolio  does not,  however, presently  intend to  engage in  such
options  and futures transactions and will not do so unless and until the Fund's
prospectus has been revised to reflect this.

THE AMERICAN VALUE PORTFOLIO

    The investment  objective  of  the American  Value  Portfolio  is  long-term
capital  growth consistent with  an effort to  reduce volatility. This objective
may not be  changed without  the approval of  the shareholders  of the  American
Value Portfolio. There is no

                                       22
<PAGE>
assurance that the objective will be achieved. The investment policies discussed
below may be changed by the Trustees of the Fund without shareholder approval:

    The  American Value Portfolio  seeks to achieve  its investment objective by
investing in a  diversified portfolio  of securities  consisting principally  of
common  stocks. The American Value Portfolio utilizes an investment process that
places  primary  emphasis  on  seeking  to  identify  industries,  rather   than
individual  companies,  as prospects  for capital  appreciation and  whereby the
Investment Manager seeks  to invest assets  of the American  Value Portfolio  in
industries  it considers to be  undervalued at the time  of purchase and to sell
those it considers overvalued.

    After  selection  of  the  American  Value  Portfolio's  target  industries,
specific  company  investments are  selected.  In this  process,  the Investment
Manager seeks to identify companies whose prospects are deemed attractive on the
basis  of  an   evaluation  of   valuation  screens   and  prospective   company
fundamentals.

    Following  selection of the American Value Portfolio's specific investments,
the Investment Manager will attempt to allocate the assets of the American Value
Portfolio so as  to reduce the  volatility of  its portfolio. In  doing so,  the
American  Value Portfolio  may hold a  portion of its  portfolio in fixed-income
securities in an effort to moderate extremes of price fluctuations. The American
Value Portfolio may invest  up to 35%  of its total assets  in common stocks  of
non-U.S.   companies  including  American   Depository  Receipts  (see  "General
Portfolio Techniques" below),  in companies  in industries which  have not  been
determined  to be undervalued by the Investment Manager, and in convertible debt
securities and warrants (see "General Portfolio Techniques" below),  convertible
preferred   securities,  U.S.   Government  securities   (securities  issued  or
guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or its agencies and
instrumentalities, including  zero coupon  securities) (see  "General  Portfolio
Techniques"  below) and investment grade corporate  debt securities when, in the
opinion of the Investment Manager, the projected total return on such securities
is equal to or greater than the expected total return on common stocks, or  when
such  holdings might be expected to reduce  the volatility of the portfolio, and
in money market instruments (see "General Portfolio Techniques" below) under any
one or more of the following  circumstances: (i) pending investment of  proceeds
of  sale of shares of  the American Value Portfolio  or of portfolio securities;
(ii) pending  settlement  of purchases  of  portfolio securities;  or  (iii)  to
maintain  liquidity for the purpose  of meeting anticipated redemptions. Greater
than 35% of the American Value Portfolio's total assets may be invested in money
market instruments to maintain, temporarily, a "defensive" posture when, in  the
opinion  of the Investment Manager, it is advisable to do so because of economic
or market  conditions.  The  term  investment  grade  consists  of  fixed-income
securities  rated Baa  or higher  by Moody's  Investors Service  Inc. or  BBB or
higher by Standard & Poor's  Corporation or, if not  rated, determined to be  of
comparable quality by the Investment Manager (see "General Portfolio Techniques"
below  for  a discussion  of  the characteristics  and  risks of  investments in
fixed-income securities rated  Baa or BBB  and a discussion  of credit risk  and
interest rate risk, to which risks all fixed-income securities are subject).

    Because  prices  of  stocks fluctuate  from  day  to day,  the  value  of an
investment in the American Value Portfolio will vary based upon the  Portfolio's
investment performance. The American Value Portfolio's emphasis on "undervalued"
industries  reflects investment views  which are frequently  contrary to general
market assessments and which  may involve risks  associated with departure  from
general investment opinions.

    Under  normal circumstances, at least 65%  of the American Value Portfolio's
total assets will be invested in common  stocks of U.S. companies which, at  the
time  of  purchase,  were  in undervalued  or  moderately  valued  industries as
determined by the Investment Manager.

    The foregoing limitations apply at the time of acquisition based on the last
determined market value of the assets  of the American Value Portfolio, and  any
subsequent   change  in   any  applicable   percentage  resulting   from  market
fluctuations or other changes  in total assets will  not require elimination  of
any security from the portfolio.

    The American Value Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements, engage in
futures contracts and options transactions, purchase securities which are issued
in  private placements  or are  otherwise not  readily marketable,  and purchase
securities on a  when-issued or delayed  delivery basis  or a "when,  as and  if
issued" basis, and purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis, in
each case in accordance with the description of these investments and techniques
(and subject to the

                                       23
<PAGE>
risks) set forth under "General Portfolio Techniques" below and in the Statement
of Additional Information.

THE GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO

    The investment objective of the Global Equity Portfolio is to seek to obtain
total  return on its assets primarily through  long-term capital growth and to a
lesser extent from  income. There  can be no  assurance that  the Global  Equity
Portfolio will achieve its objective. The investment objective cannot be changed
without  the approval  of the shareholders  of the Global  Equity Portfolio. The
investment policies discussed below may be  changed by the Trustees of the  Fund
without shareholder approval:

    The  Global Equity Portfolio will invest at least 65% of its total assets in
equity securities issued  by issuers  located in various  countries, around  the
world.  The Portfolio's  investment portfolio  will normally  be invested  in at
least five separate countries. With the exception of Australia, Canada,  France,
Japan,  The United  Kingdom and Germany,  no more than  20% of the  value of the
Portfolio's net assets may be invested  in securities of issuers located in  any
one foreign country.

    The  Global Equity Portfolio  will seek to  achieve its investment objective
through investments  in all  types of  common stocks  and equivalents  (such  as
convertible  debt securities  and warrants) (see  "General Portfolio Techniques"
below), preferred stocks and bonds  and other investment grade debt  obligations
of   domestic   and  foreign   companies   and  governments   and  international
organizations. There is no limitation on the percentage or amount of the  Global
Equity  Portfolio's assets which may be invested  for growth or income. The term
investment grade  consists of  fixed-income securities  rated Baa  or higher  by
Moody's Investors Service Inc. or BBB or higher by Standard & Poor's Corporation
or,  if not  rated, determined  to be  of comparable  quality by  the Investment
Manager (see  "General  Portfolio Techniques"  below  for a  discussion  of  the
characteristics and risks of investments in fixed-income securities rated Baa or
BBB  and a discussion of credit risk and  interest rate risk, to which risks all
fixed-income securities are subject).

    The Global Equity Portfolio will maintain a flexible investment policy  and,
based on a worldwide investment strategy, will invest in a diversified portfolio
of  securities of companies  and governments located  throughout the world. Such
securities will generally  be those with  a record of  paying dividends and  the
potential  for  increasing  dividends.  The  percentage  of  the  Global  Equity
Portfolio's assets invested  in particular  geographic sectors  will shift  from
time to time in accordance with the judgment of the Investment Manager.

    The Global Equity Portfolio may also invest in securities of foreign issuers
in the form of American Depository Receipts (ADRs), European Depository Receipts
(EDRs)  or  other  similar  securities convertible  into  securities  of foreign
issuers, and invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities issued by  other
investment  companies  (see the  discussion of  these securities  under "General
Portfolio Techniques" below).

    Notwithstanding  the  Global  Equity  Portfolio's  investment  objective  of
seeking  total return, the Global Equity  Portfolio may, for defensive purposes,
without limitation, invest in: obligations of the United States Government,  its
agencies  or instrumentalities,  including zero coupon  securities (see "General
Portfolio Techniques" below);  cash and  cash equivalents  in major  currencies;
repurchase  agreements  (see  "General Portfolio  Techniques"  below)  and money
market  instruments.  Money  market  instruments  in  which  the  Global  Equity
Portfolio may invest are set forth under "General Portfolio Techniques" below.

    Investors  should carefully consider the risks of investing in securities of
foreign issuers and securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies (see  "General
Portfolio Techniques" below for a discussion of the characteristics and risks of
investments in foreign securities).

    The Global Equity Portfolio may enter into forward foreign currency exchange
contracts,  engage  in  futures  contracts  and  options  transactions, purchase
securities which are issued in private  placements or are otherwise not  readily
marketable,  purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis or a
"when, as and if  issued" basis, and  purchase or sell  securities on a  forward
commitment  basis,  in each  case in  accordance with  the description  of those
investments and techniques (and subject to  the risks) set forth under  "General
Portfolio Techniques" below and in the Statement of Additional Information.

THE DEVELOPING GROWTH PORTFOLIO

    The  investment objective  of the  Developing Growth  Portfolio is long-term
capital growth. This objective  may not be changed  without the approval of  the
shareholders  of the Developing Growth Portfolio. There is no assurance that the
objective will be

                                       24
<PAGE>
achieved. The following  policies may  be changed by  the Trustees  of the  Fund
without shareholder approval:

    The  Developing  Growth  Portfolio  seeks to  achieve  capital  growth which
significantly exceeds the historical total  return of common stocks as  measured
by the Standard & Poor's 500 index. The primary emphasis is on the securities of
smaller  and  medium-sized  companies that,  in  the opinion  of  the Investment
Manager, have  the potential  to grow  much more  rapidly than  the economy;  at
times,  investments may  also be made  in the securities  of larger, established
companies which also have such growth potential. The Developing Growth Portfolio
will invest at least 65% of its total assets at all times, except for  temporary
and  defensive purposes,  in the  securities of  such companies.  In addition to
common stock,  this  portion  of  the portfolio  may  also  include  convertible
securities  (see  "General Portfolio  Techniques"  below), preferred  stocks and
warrants (see "General Portfolio Techniques" below).

    The Investment Manager attempts to identify companies whose earnings  growth
will  be significantly higher than the average. Dividend income is not generally
a consideration in the selection of stocks for purchase.

    The Investment Manager focuses its stock selection for the Developing Growth
Portfolio upon a diversified group of emerging growth companies which have moved
beyond the difficult and extremely risky "start-up" phase and which at the  time
of  selection show positive earnings with the prospects of achieving significant
further profit gains in at least the next two-to-three years after  acquisition.
New  technologies,  techniques,  products or  services,  cost-reducing measures,
changes in management, capitalization or asset deployment, changes in government
regulations  or  favorable  shifts  in  other  external  circumstances  may  all
contribute to the anticipated phase of growth.

    The  application of the Developing Growth Portfolio's investment policies is
basically dependent upon the judgment of the Investment Manager. The proportions
of the Portfolio's assets invested in particular industries will shift from time
to time in accordance with the judgment of the Investment Manager.

    The Developing Growth Portfolio may invest up to 35% of its total assets  in
corporate  debt securities which are rated at the time of purchase Baa or better
by Moody's  Investors  Service  Inc. or  BBB  or  better by  Standard  &  Poor's
Corporation  or which, if unrated, are deemed to be of comparable quality by the
Investment Manager (see "General Portfolio Techniques" below for a discussion of
the characteristics and  risks of investments  in fixed-income securities  rated
Baa  or BBB  and a discussion  of credit risk  and interest rate  risk, to which
risks all fixed-income  securities are  subject) and  money market  instruments.
Money  market instruments in which the Portfolio  may invest are set forth under
"General Portfolio Techniques" below. There may be periods during which, in  the
opinion  of the Investment Manager,  general market conditions warrant reduction
of some or all of the Developing Growth Portfolio's securities holdings.  During
such  periods, the Portfolio may adopt  a temporary "defensive" posture in which
greater than  35% of  its total  assets are  invested in  cash or  money  market
instruments.

    The  securities in which the Developing  Growth Portfolio invests may or may
not be listed on a national stock exchange, but if they are not so listed,  will
generally have an established over-the-counter market.

    The  Developing Growth Portfolio may  also enter into repurchase agreements,
invest in foreign securities, including American Depository Receipts (ADRs)  and
European  Depository  Receipts  (EDRs) or  similar  securities  convertible into
securities of foreign issuers, purchase  securities which are issued in  private
placements or which are not otherwise readily marketable, purchase securities on
a when-issued or delayed delivery basis or a "when, as and if issued" basis, and
purchase  or sell  securities on  a forward  commitment basis,  in each  case in
accordance with the description of those investments and techniques (and subject
to the risks) set  forth under "General Portfolio  Techniques" below and in  the
Statement of Additional Information.

    The  Developing  Growth Portfolio  is authorized  to engage  in transactions
involving options and futures  contracts that would be  eligible for use by  the
Utilities Portfolio, as described under "Options and Futures Transactions" under
"General  Portfolio  Techniques"  below  and  in  the  Statement  of  Additional
Information. The Developing Growth Portfolio does not, however, presently intend
to engage in such options and futures transactions and will not do so unless and
until the Fund's prospectus has been revised to reflect this.

    LEVERAGING.  The Developing Growth Portfolio may borrow money, but only from
a bank and in an amount up to 25% of the value of the Portfolio's total  assets,
taken at the lower of market value or cost,

                                       25
<PAGE>
not including the amount borrowed. When the Portfolio borrows it will be because
it  seeks to enhance capital appreciation  by leveraging its investments through
purchasing securities with the borrowed funds. The Portfolio will be required to
maintain an asset coverage  (including the proceeds of  borrowings) of at  least
300%  of such  borrowings in  accordance with  the provisions  of the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Act"). The investment policy also provides
that the Portfolio may not purchase or sell a security on margin.

THE EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

    The investment  objective of  the Emerging  Markets Portfolio  is  long-term
capital  appreciation. This objective may not be changed without the approval of
the shareholders of the  Emerging Markets Portfolio. There  can be no  assurance
that  the objective will be  achieved. The following policies  may be changed by
the Trustees of the Fund without shareholder approval:

    The Emerging Markets Portfolio will seek to achieve its investment objective
by investing at least 65% of its total assets at all times, except for temporary
and defensive purposes,  in equity  securities of companies  in emerging  market
countries.  For the purposes of this  Portfolio, an "emerging market country" is
any country  that  is  considered  an emerging  or  developing  country  by  the
International Bank of Reconstruction and Development (the "World Bank"), as well
as  Hong Kong  and Singapore. Presently,  there are  approximately 130 countries
considered to be emerging market countries, approximately 40 of which  currently
have  established securities  markets. These  countries generally  include every
nation in the  world except  the United  States, Canada,  Japan, Australia,  New
Zealand,  most  nations  located in  Western  Europe and  certain  other nations
located in Asia.  A list  of the  countries not  falling within  the World  Bank
definition  of  an emerging  market country  is  set forth  in the  Statement of
Additional Information.

    Under current market conditions, the Emerging Markets Portfolio expects that
its investments in equity securities  of companies in emerging market  countries
initially  will consist primarily of equity  securities of "Asian Companies" (as
defined below) and,  to a lesser  extent, equity securities  of "Latin  American
Companies"  (as defined below).  Under normal circumstances,  the Portfolio will
invest in  at  least  five  emerging  market  countries.  The  Emerging  Markets
Portfolio  may not invest more than 20% of its total assets in the securities of
issuers located  in any  one emerging  market country  or in  any one  developed
foreign  country other than Australia, Canada, France, Japan, the United Kingdom
and Germany. Substantially all of the Portfolio's investments may be denominated
in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

    The Emerging Markets Portfolio will invest primarily in equity securities of
companies that (i) are  organized under the laws  of emerging market  countries;
(ii)  regardless of where organized, derive at  least 50% of their revenues from
goods produced  or sold,  investments made,  or services  performed in  emerging
market countries; (iii) maintain at least 50% of their assets in emerging market
countries;  or  (iv) have  securities which  are traded  principally on  a stock
exchange in an emerging  market country. As used  herein, "Asian Companies"  and
"Latin   American  Companies"  include  any   companies  meeting  the  foregoing
requirements with respect to Asian  emerging market countries or Latin  American
emerging  market countries,  respectively. See  "Risks of  Investing in Emerging
Market Countries" below.

    The Emerging Markets Portfolio may invest up  to 35% of its total assets  in
(i)  convertible and  non-convertible fixed-income  securities of  government or
corporate  issuers  located  in  emerging  market  countries;  (ii)  equity  and
fixed-income  securities of issuers  in developed countries;  and (iii) cash and
money market  instruments.  See  "General  Portfolio  Techniques"  below  for  a
discussion   of  investments   in  convertible   securities  and   money  market
instruments.

    There may be periods during which, in the opinion of the Sub-Adviser, market
conditions warrant reduction of some or all of the Emerging Markets  Portfolio's
securities  holdings. During such  periods, the Portfolio  may adopt a temporary
"defensive" posture in which any amount of  its total assets may be invested  in
obligations  of the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities,
including zero  coupon securities  (see "General  Portfolio Techniques"  below),
money market instruments and cash.

    The  equity securities  in which the  Emerging Markets  Portfolio may invest
include common  and preferred  stock  (including convertible  preferred  stock),
stock  purchase warrants and rights, equity interests in trusts and partnerships
and American or  other types  of Depository  Receipts. These  securities may  be
listed  on securities exchanges,  traded in various  over-the-counter markets or
have no
organ-

                                       26
<PAGE>
ized market.  See  "General Portfolio  Techniques"  below for  a  discussion  of
investments  in warrants, other investment companies and American or other types
of Depository Receipts.

    The fixed-income securities (including convertible securities) of government
or corporate issuers located in emerging market countries, the United States  or
other developed countries in which the Emerging Markets Portfolio may invest may
consist  of fixed-income  securities that  are unrated or  rated Ba  or lower by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or BB or lower by Standard &  Poor's
Corporation  ("S&P"), including zero coupon securities. There is no limit on the
percentage of the Portfolio's total assets which may be invested in fixed-income
securities which are unrated or rated below investment grade. Since the Emerging
Markets Portfolio does  not have any  minimum quality rating  standard for  such
investments, the Portfolio may invest in fixed-income securities rated as low as
C  by  Moody's or  D  by S&P.  See "General  Portfolio  Techniques" below  for a
discussion of the  special investment considerations  involved in investment  in
lower-rated  securities, commonly  known as "junk  bonds," a  discussion of zero
coupon securities, and a  discussion of credit risk  and interest rate risk,  to
which  risks  all  fixed-income securities  are  subject. The  Portfolio  is not
subject to any restrictions on the maturities of the fixed-income securities  it
holds. A description of Moody's and S&P ratings is set forth in the Appendix.

    The   Emerging  Markets  Portfolio's  investments  in  debt  obligations  of
government issuers  in  emerging market  countries  will consist  of:  (i)  debt
securities  or  obligations issued  or  guaranteed by  governments, governmental
agencies or  instrumentalities and  political subdivisions  located in  emerging
market  countries  (including participations  in  loans between  governments and
financial  institutions),  (ii)  debt   securities  or  obligations  issued   by
government  owned, controlled or  sponsored entities located  in emerging market
countries, and (iii) interests in issuers organized and operated for the purpose
of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any  of
the  entities described above ("Sovereign Debt"). The Sovereign Debt held by the
Portfolio will take  the form of  bonds (including Brady  Bonds), notes,  bills,
debentures,  warrants, short-term  paper, loan  participations, loan assignments
and securities or interests  issued by entities organized  and operated for  the
purpose  of restructuring the investment characteristics of such Sovereign Debt.
Certain Sovereign  Debt  held  by  the  Portfolio will  not  be  traded  on  any
securities  exchange. See the discussion of Sovereign Debt and Brady Bonds below
and in the Statement of Additional Information.

    U.S. and non-U.S.  corporate fixed-income securities  in which the  Emerging
Markets Portfolio may invest include debt securities, convertible securities and
preferred stocks of corporate issuers.

    The Emerging Markets Portfolio may also enter into repurchase agreements and
forward  foreign  currency exchange  contracts,  engage in  various  futures and
options transactions, purchase securities which are issued in private placements
or are otherwise not readily marketable, purchase securities on a when-issued or
delayed delivery basis or a "when, as and if issued" basis, and purchase or sell
securities on a forward  commitment basis, in each  case in accordance with  the
description  of these investments and techniques  (and subject to the risks) set
forth under  "General  Portfolio  Techniques"  below and  in  the  Statement  of
Additional Information.

    In  its  investment strategy,  the Sub-Adviser  primarily adopts  a top-down
approach, beginning with  an evaluation  of the  country in  which the  proposed
investment  is to  be made, including  relevant external  developments and their
implications. Following the  country level  of review,  investments in  specific
securities   will  be  made  after  completion  of  a  fundamental  analysis  of
securities, industries and companies by the Sub-Adviser, including consideration
of liquidity, market  capitalization, a company's  existing and expected  future
financial  position, relative  competitive position  in the  domestic and export
markets,  technology,  recent  developments  and  profitability,  together  with
overall  growth  prospects. Other  considerations include  management expertise,
government regulation and costs of labor and raw materials. The Emerging Markets
Portfolio's investments will  be allocated  among emerging  market countries  in
accordance  with  the Sub-Adviser's  judgment as  to  where the  best investment
opportunities exist.

    RISKS OF INVESTING IN EMERGING MARKET COUNTRIES.  Investors should carefully
consider the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers and  securities
denominated in non-U.S. currencies. See "General Portfolio Techniques" below for
a  discussion  of  the  characteristics  and  risks  of  investments  in foreign
securities. Investors should recognize that investing in securities of  emerging
market  countries involves certain risks,  and special considerations, including
those set forth below, which are not
typi-

                                       27
<PAGE>
cally associated  with investing  in  securities of  U.S. companies  or  issuers
located in foreign developed countries.

    The  securities  markets  of  emerging  market  countries  are substantially
smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities
markets in  the United  States. The  limited size  of many  emerging  securities
markets  and limited trading volume in issuers  compared to volume of trading in
U.S. securities could cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from  factors
that  affect the quality of the securities. For example, limited market size may
cause prices to  be unduly influenced  by traders who  control large  positions.
Adverse   publicity  and  investors'  perceptions,   whether  or  not  based  on
fundamental  analysis,  may  decrease  the  value  and  liquidity  of  portfolio
securities, especially in these markets.

    In  addition, emerging  market countries'  exchanges and  broker-dealers are
generally subject to less government  and exchange scrutiny and regulation  than
their   American  counterparts.   Brokerage  commissions,   dealer  concessions,
custodial expenses and other transaction costs may be higher on foreign  markets
than  in the U.S. Thus, the  Emerging Markets Portfolio's operating expenses are
expected to be higher than those of investment companies investing primarily  in
domestic  or  other  more  established  market  regions.  Also,  differences  in
clearance and settlement procedures  on foreign markets  may occasion delays  in
settlements  of Portfolio trades effected in  such markets. Inability to dispose
of portfolio securities due to settlement  delays could result in losses to  the
Portfolio  due  to  subsequent declines  in  value  of such  securities  and the
inability of the Portfolio to make intended security purchases due to settlement
problems could  result  in  a  failure of  the  Portfolio  to  make  potentially
advantageous investments.

    Many  of the emerging market countries may be subject to a greater degree of
economic, political and social instability than is the case in the United States
and Western European countries.  Such instability may  result from, among  other
things,  the following: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in
political and economic decision-making, including changes in government  through
extra-constitutional  means;  (ii) popular  unrest  associated with  demands for
improved political, economic and social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies;
(iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and
racial disaffection.  Such  social,  political and  economic  instability  could
significantly  disrupt  the principal  financial markets  in which  the Emerging
Markets Portfolio  invests and  adversely affect  the value  of the  Portfolio's
assets.

    The economies of most of the emerging market countries are heavily dependent
upon  international  trade  and  are accordingly  affected  by  protective trade
barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners, principally, the
United States, Japan, China and  the European Economic Community. The  enactment
by  the United States or other principal trading partners of protectionist trade
legislation, reduction of foreign investment in the local economies and  general
declines  in  the  international  securities markets  could  have  a significant
adverse effect  upon the  securities markets  of emerging  market countries.  In
addition,  the  economies  of some  of  the  emerging market  countries  such as
Indonesia, Malaysia,  Mexico  and  Venezuela, for  example,  are  vulnerable  to
weakness in world prices for their commodity exports, including crude oil. There
may  be  the possibility  of  expropriations, confiscatory  taxation, political,
economic or social instability or diplomatic developments which would  adversely
affect assets of the Portfolio held in foreign countries.

    Governments   in  certain   emerging  market  countries   participate  to  a
significant  degree,  through  ownership  interests  or  regulation,  in   their
respective  economies.  Action by  these  governments could  have  a significant
adverse effect on market prices of securities and payment of dividends.

    Certain  emerging  market  countries  are  among  the  largest  debtors   to
commercial  banks and foreign governments. Trading  in Sovereign Debt involves a
high degree of risk, since the  governmental entity that controls the  repayment
of  Sovereign Debt  may not  be willing  or able  to repay  the principal and/or
interest of such debt obligations when they  become due, due to factors such  as
debt  service  burden,  political  constraints, cash  flow  situation  and other
national economic factors. As a result, governments of emerging market countries
may default on their Sovereign Debt, which may require holders of such Sovereign
Debt to participate  in debt  rescheduling or additional  lending to  defaulting
governments. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which defaulted Sovereign Debt
may  be collected in whole  or in part. Currently,  Brazil is the largest debtor
among developing  countries, Mexico  is  the second  largest and  Argentina  the
third. At times certain emerging market countries have declared moratoria on the
payment of principal and/or interest on external debt.

                                       28
<PAGE>
    "Brady  Bonds," which  were issued  under the  "Brady Plan"  in exchange for
loans and  cash in  connection with  restructurings in  various emerging  market
countries'   external  debt  markets  in  1990,  have  been  issued  in  various
currencies, primarily the  U.S. dollar,  and are  actively traded  in the  over-
the-counter  secondary market for the debt  of emerging market countries. In the
case of  U.S.  dollar denominated  collateralized  Brady Bonds,  the  bonds  are
collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds of the
same  maturity. In addition, at least one  year of rolling interest payments are
collateralized by cash or other investments.

    The governments of some emerging market countries, to varying degrees,  have
been   engaged  in  programs  of  selling  part   or  all  of  their  stakes  in
government-owned or  government-controlled enterprises  ("privatizations").  The
Sub-Adviser  believes that privatizations may  offer investors opportunities for
significant capital appreciation and  intends to invest  assets of the  Emerging
Markets  Portfolio in  privatizations in  appropriate circumstances.  In certain
emerging  market  countries,  the  ability  of  foreign  persons,  such  as  the
Portfolio,  to participate in privatizations may be limited by local law, or the
terms on  which  the Portfolio  may  be permitted  to  participate may  be  less
advantageous  than those  for local  investors. There  can be  no assurance that
privatization programs will continue or be successful.

    Most emerging market  countries have  experienced substantial,  and in  some
periods  extremely high, rates of inflation  for many years. Inflation and rapid
fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have very  negative
effects  on  the economies  and securities  markets  of certain  emerging market
countries.

    In some countries, banks  or other financial  institutions may constitute  a
substantial  number  of the  leading companies  or the  companies with  the most
actively traded securities. Also, the Act limits the Portfolio's investments  in
any  equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived
more than 15% of its revenues  from "securities related activities," as  defined
by the rules thereunder.

    Many  of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced steady
devaluations  relative  to  the  U.S.   dollar,  and  major  devaluations   have
historically  occurred in certain countries.  Any devaluations in the currencies
in which portfolio securities are denominated  may have a detrimental impact  on
the Emerging Markets Portfolio.

    Some  emerging market countries  also may have  managed currencies which are
not free  floating against  the U.S.  dollar. In  addition, there  is risk  that
certain  emerging market  countries may  restrict the  free conversion  of their
currencies into other  currencies. Further, certain  emerging market  currencies
may not be internationally traded.

    Currently,  only a limited  market, if any,  exists for hedging transactions
relating to currencies  in most  emerging markets  or to  securities of  issuers
domiciled or principally engaged in business in emerging markets. This may limit
the  Portfolio's  ability  to  effectively  hedge  its  investments  in emerging
markets. Hedging against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate
fluctuations in the  prices of  portfolio securities  or prevent  losses if  the
prices  of such securities decline. Such transactions also limit the opportunity
for gain if the value of the hedged currencies should rise. In addition, it  may
not  be possible  for the Portfolio  to hedge  against a devaluation  that is so
generally anticipated that  the Portfolio is  not able to  contract to sell  the
currency at a price above the devaluation level it anticipates.

    As   a  result  of  the  absence   of  established  securities  markets  and
publicly-owned corporations in  certain emerging  market countries,  as well  as
restrictions on direct investment by foreign entities, the Portfolio may be able
to  invest in  such countries  solely or  primarily through  American Depository
Receipts  ("ADRs")  (See  "General  Portfolio  Techniques"  below)  or   similar
securities  and  government approved  investment vehicles.  For example,  due to
Chile's current investment restrictions (in most cases capital invested directly
in Chile  cannot  be  repatriated  for  at  least  one  year),  the  Portfolio's
investments   in  Chile  primarily  will  be  through  investment  in  ADRs  and
established  Chilean   investment   companies  not   subject   to   repatriation
restrictions.

    The  Emerging Markets  Portfolio may  not invest  more than  15% of  its net
assets in  illiquid securities.  The Portfolio  will treat  any emerging  market
country's  securities that are subject to  restrictions on repatriation for more
than seven days, as well as any securities issued in connection with an emerging
market country's debt conversion programs  that are restricted as to  remittance
of  invested capital  or profits,  as illiquid  securities for  purposes of this
limitation.

    Certain emerging  market countries  may  impose unusually  high  withholding
taxes on
divi-

                                       29
<PAGE>
dends  payable to the  Emerging Markets Portfolio,  thereby effectively reducing
the Portfolio's investment income.

GENERAL PORTFOLIO TECHNIQUES
MORTGAGE-BACKED AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
    MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The   North  American  Government   Securities
Portfolio,  the  Diversified Income  Portfolio  and the  Balanced  Portfolio may
invest  in  fixed-rate  and   adjustable  rate  United  States   mortgage-backed
securities ("Mortgage-Backed Securities"). There are currently three basic types
of U.S. Mortgage-Backed Securities: (i) those issued or guaranteed by the United
States  Government  or one  of its  agencies or  instrumentalities, such  as the
Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), the Federal National Mortgage
Association ("FNMA") and  the Federal Home  Loan Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC")
(securities issued by GNMA, but not those issued by FNMA or FHLMC, are backed by
the  "full faith and credit" of the United States); (ii) those issued by private
issuers that represent an interest  in or are collateralized by  Mortgage-Backed
Securities  issued or guaranteed by  the United States Government  or one of its
agencies or instrumentalities; and  (iii) those issued  by private issuers  that
represent  an  interest in  or  are collateralized  by  whole mortgage  loans or
Mortgage-Backed Securities  without a  government guarantee  but usually  having
some form of private credit enhancement. (The latter category or Mortgage-Backed
Securities  are  not  considered  Government  Securities  for  purposes  of  the
investment policies  of  the  North American  Government  Securities  Portfolio.
Canadian  Mortgage-Backed Securities, in  which that Portfolio  may also invest,
are described above under "The North American Government Securities Portfolio.")

    The Portfolios will invest in mortgage pass-through securities  representing
participation  interests in  pools of  residential mortgage  loans originated by
United States governmental or private lenders such as banks, broker-dealers  and
financing   corporations  and  guaranteed,  to   the  extent  provided  in  such
securities,  by  the  United  States  Government  or  one  of  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities.  Such  securities,  which  are  ownership  interests  in  the
underlying mortgage  loans,  differ  from conventional  debt  securities,  which
provide  for  periodic  payment  of interest  in  fixed  amounts  (usually semi-
annually) and  principal  payments  at  maturity or  on  specified  call  dates.
Mortgage  pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a "pass-
through"  of  the  monthly  interest  and  principal  payments  (including   any
prepayments)  made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net
of any fees paid  to the guarantor  of such securities and  the servicer of  the
underlying mortgage loans.

    The  guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the Portfolios may
invest include  those  issued  or  guaranteed by  GNMA,  FNMA  and  FHLMC.  GNMA
certificates  are direct  obligations of the  U.S. Government and,  as such, are
backed by the "full faith and credit" of the United States. FNMA is a  federally
chartered,  privately owned corporation and FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality
of the United States.  FNMA and FHLMC  certificates are not  backed by the  full
faith and credit of the United States, but the issuing agency or instrumentality
has  the right  to borrow,  to meet  its obligations,  from an  existing line of
credit with the  U.S. Treasury.  The U.S. Treasury  has no  legal obligation  to
provide such line of credit and may choose not to do so.

    Certificates  for  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  evidence  an  interest  in a
specific pool of  mortgages. These  certificates are, in  most cases,  "modified
pass-through"  instruments, wherein the issuing agency guarantees the payment of
principal and interest on mortgages underlying the certificates, whether or  not
such amounts are collected by the issuer on the underlying mortgages.

    ADJUSTABLE   RATE  MORTGAGE   SECURITIES.  The   North  American  Government
Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio  and  the   Balanced
Portfolio may also invest in adjustable rate mortgage securities ("ARMs"), which
are pass-through mortgage securities collateralized by mortgages with adjustable
rather  than  fixed  rates.  ARMs  eligible for  inclusion  in  a  mortgage pool
generally provide for  a fixed  initial mortgage  interest rate  for either  the
first three, six, twelve or thirteen scheduled monthly payments. Thereafter, the
interest  rates  are  subject  to  periodic adjustment  based  on  changes  to a
designated benchmark index.

    ARMs contain maximum and  minimum rates beyond  which the mortgage  interest
rate  may not vary over the lifetime  of the security. In addition, certain ARMs
provide for additional limitations on the  maximum amount by which the  mortgage
interest  rate  may  adjust  for any  single  adjustment  period. Alternatively,
certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment.  In
the  event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing
on an  ARM, any  such  excess interest  is added  to  the principal  balance  of

                                       30
<PAGE>
the  mortgage  loan, which  is repaid  through future  monthly payments.  If the
monthly payment for such an instrument  exceeds the sum of the interest  accrued
at  the applicable mortgage interest rate  and the principal payment required at
such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term
of the loan,  the excess is  utilized to reduce  the then outstanding  principal
balance of the ARM.

    PRIVATE  MORTGAGE  PASS-THROUGH  SECURITIES. The  North  American Government
Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio  and  the   Balanced
Portfolio  may  invest in  private mortgage  pass-through securities,  which are
structured  similarly  to  the  GNMA,  FNMA  and  FHLMC  mortgage   pass-through
securities  and are  issued by originators  of and investors  in mortgage loans,
including savings  and  loan  associations, mortgage  banks,  commercial  banks,
investment  banks  and  special  purpose subsidiaries  of  the  foregoing. These
securities usually are backed by a pool of conventional fixed rate or adjustable
rate mortgage loans.  Since private mortgage  pass-through securities  typically
are  not guaranteed  by an  entity having  the credit  status of  GNMA, FNMA and
FHLMC, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit
enhancement.

    COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS AND MULTICLASS PASS-THROUGH  SECURITIES.
The  North  American  Government Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified Income
Portfolio and  the  Balanced Portfolio  may  invest in  collateralized  mortgage
obligations  or "CMOs,"  which are  debt obligations  collateralized by mortgage
loans or  mortgage  pass-through securities.  The  Balanced Portfolio  does  not
intend  to invest more than 5% of its  total assets in CMOs. Typically, CMOs are
collateralized  by  GNMA,  FNMA   or  FHLMC  Certificates,   but  also  may   be
collateralized  by whole loans or private mortgage pass-through securities (such
collateral  collectively  hereinafter   referred  to   as  "Mortgage   Assets").
Multiclass  pass-through securities are equity interests  in a trust composed of
Mortgage Assets. Payments of principal of  and interest on the Mortgage  Assets,
and  any reinvestment income thereon,  provide the funds to  pay debt service on
the  CMOs  or  make  scheduled  distributions  on  the  multiclass  pass-through
securities.  CMOs may be  issued by agencies or  instrumentalities of the United
States government,  or by  private  originators of,  or investors  in,  mortgage
loans,  including  savings  and loan  associations,  mortgage  banks, commercial
banks, investment banks and special  purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.  The
issuer  of a series  of CMOs may elect  to be treated as  a Real Estate Mortgage
Investment  Conduit  ("REMIC").  REMICs  include  governmental  and/or   private
entities  that issue a  fixed pool of  mortgages secured by  an interest in real
property. REMICs are  similar to  CMOs in that  they issue  multiple classes  of
securities,  but  unlike  CMOs, which  are  required  to be  structured  as debt
securities, REMICs  may be  structured as  indirect ownership  interests in  the
underlying assets of the REMICs themselves. However, there are no effects on the
Portfolio  from investing  in CMOs  issued by entities  that have  elected to be
treated as REMICs, and  all future references  to CMOs shall  also be deemed  to
include  REMICs. In addition, in reliance upon an interpretation by the staff of
the Securities and Exchange Commission, the North American Government Securities
Portfolio, the  Diversified  Income Portfolio  and  the Balanced  Portfolio  may
invest without limitation in CMOs and other Mortgage-Backed Securities which are
not  by  definition excluded  from the  provisions  of the  Act, and  which have
obtained exemptive orders from such provisions from the Securities and  Exchange
Commission.

    In  a CMO, a series of bonds  or certificates is issued in multiple classes.
Each class of CMOs, often  referred to as a "tranche,"  is issued at a  specific
fixed  or floating coupon rate  and has a stated  maturity or final distribution
date. Principal prepayments  on the  Mortgage Assets may  cause the  CMOs to  be
retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution
dates.  Interest is  paid or accrues  on all classes  of the CMOs  on a monthly,
quarterly or  semi-annual basis.  Certain  CMOs may  have variable  or  floating
interest  rates and  others may be  stripped (securities which  provide only the
principal or interest feature of the underlying security).

    The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated  among
the  several classes of a  CMO series in a  number of different ways. Generally,
the purpose of the allocation of the cash  flow of a CMO to the various  classes
is to obtain a more predictable cash flow to the individual tranches than exists
with  the  underlying  collateral  of  the CMO.  As  a  general  rule,  the more
predictable the cash flow is on a  CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated  yield
will  be on that tranche  at the time of  issuance relative to prevailing market
yields on Mortgage-Backed Securities.  As part of the  process of creating  more
predictable  cash flows on most of the tranches in a series of CMOs, one or more
tranches generally  must  be created  that  absorb  most of  the  volatility  in

                                       31
<PAGE>
the  cash flows on the  underlying mortgage loans. The  yields on these tranches
are generally higher than prevailing market yields on Mortgage-Backed Securities
with similar maturities. As  a result of  the uncertainty of  the cash flows  of
these  tranches, the market prices of and  yield on these tranches generally are
more volatile.

    The North American Government Securities Portfolio  may invest up to 10%  of
its  total assets, and the  Balanced Portfolio may invest up  to 5% of its total
assets, in inverse floaters. Inverse floaters constitute a class of CMOs with  a
coupon  rate  that moves  inversely to  a  designated index,  such as  the LIBOR
(London Inter-Bank Offered Rate) Index. Inverse floaters have coupon rates  that
typically  change at a multiple  of the changes of  the relevant index rate. Any
rise in the  index rate  (as a  consequence of  an increase  in interest  rates)
causes  a drop in  the coupon rate of  an inverse floater while  any drop in the
index rate causes an increase in the coupon of an inverse floater. In  addition,
like  most other  fixed-income securities,  the value  of inverse  floaters will
decrease as  interest rates  increase. Inverse  floaters exhibit  greater  price
volatility  than the  majority of mortgage  pass-through securities  or CMOs. In
addition, some inverse floaters exhibit  sensitivity to changes in  prepayments.
As  a result, the yield to maturity of  an inverse floater is sensitive not only
to changes in  interest rates but  also to  changes in prepayment  rates on  the
related   underlying   Mortgage   Assets.   The   Sub-Adviser   believes   that,
notwithstanding the fact that inverse floaters exhibit price volatility, the use
of inverse floaters  as a  component of  the Portfolio's  overall portfolio,  in
light  of the Portfolio's anticipated portfolio composition in the aggregate, is
compatible with the North  American Government Securities Portfolio's  objective
to  earn  a  high  level  of current  income  while  maintaining  relatively low
volatility of principal.

    The North American Government  Securities Portfolio, the Diversified  Income
Portfolio  and the  Balanced Portfolio also  may invest in,  among other things,
parallel pay CMOs and  Planned Amortization Class  CMOs ("PAC Bonds").  Parallel
pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to
more  than  one class.  These simultaneous  payments are  taken into  account in
calculating the stated maturity date or  final distribution date of each  class,
which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date
or  final  distribution date  but may  be retired  earlier. PAC  Bonds generally
require payments of a  specified amount of principal  on each payment date.  PAC
Bonds  always are parallel pay CMOs with  the required principal payment on such
securities having  the highest  priority after  interest has  been paid  to  all
classes.

    STRIPPED   MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.     The  North  American  Government
Securities Portfolio and the Diversified Income Portfolio may invest in Stripped
Mortgage-Backed Securities, which are derivative multiclass mortgage securities.
Stripped   Mortgage-Backed   Securities   may   be   issued   by   agencies   or
instrumentalities of the United States Government, or by private originators of,
or  investors  in,  mortgage  loans, including  savings  and  loan associations,
mortgage  banks,  commercial  banks,   investment  banks  and  special   purpose
subsidiaries of the foregoing.

    Stripped  Mortgage-Backed Securities usually are structured with two classes
that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distribution on
a pool of Mortgage Assets. A common type of Stripped Mortgage-Backed  Securities
will  have one class  receiving some of  the interest and  most of the principal
from the  Mortgage  Assets, while  the  other class  will  receive most  of  the
interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class
will  receive all of the  interest (the interest-only or  "IO" class), while the
other class  will receive  all  of the  principal  (the principal-only  or  "PO"
class). PO classes generate income through the accretion of the deep discount at
which  such  securities are  purchased,  and, while  PO  classes do  not receive
periodic payments of  interest, they  receive monthly  payments associated  with
scheduled  amortization  and  principal  prepayment  from  the  Mortgage  Assets
underlying the PO  class. The  yield to  maturity on  an IO  class is  extremely
sensitive  to  the rate  of principal  payments  (including prepayments)  on the
related underlying Mortgage Assets, and a rapid rate of principal repayments may
have a material  adverse effect  on the Portfolio's  yield to  maturity. If  the
underlying  Mortgage Assets  experience greater than  anticipated prepayments of
principal, the Portfolio  may fail  to fully  recoup its  initial investment  in
these securities even if the securities are rated Aaa by Moody's or AAA by S&P.

    The  North  American  Government Securities  Portfolio  and  the Diversified
Income Portfolio may purchase Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities for income, or
for  hedging  purposes   to  protect   the  Portfolio   against  interest   rate
fluctuations.  For example, since an IO class  will tend to increase in value as
interest rates rise, it may be utilized to hedge against a decrease in value  of
other fixed-income

                                       32
<PAGE>
securities  in  a  rising  interest  rate  environment.  The  Fund's  management
understands that the staff of  the Securities and Exchange Commission  considers
privately  issued Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities representing interest only
or principal only components of U.S.  Government or other debt securities to  be
illiquid  securities. The Fund will treat such securities as illiquid so long as
the staff maintains such a position. Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities  issued
by  the U.S.  Government or  its agencies,  and which  are backed  by fixed-rate
mortgages, will be  treated as  liquid provided they  are so  determined by,  or
under  procedures approved by, the Trustees of  the Fund. Each Portfolio may not
invest more than 15% of its total assets in illiquid securities.

    TYPES OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT.  Mortgage-Backed Securities are often backed by
a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different  parties.
To  lessen  the effect  of failures  by  obligors on  underlying assets  to make
payments, those securities may  contain elements of  credit support, which  fall
into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses
resulting  from  ultimate  default  by  an  obligor  on  the  underlying assets.
Liquidity protection  refers to  the  provision of  advances, generally  by  the
entity  administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments
on the underlying  pool occurs in  a timely fashion.  Protection against  losses
resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a
portion  of the  assets in  the pool.  This protection  may be  provided through
guarantees, insurance policies or  letters of credit obtained  by the issuer  or
sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction
or  through  a combination  of  such approaches.  The  degree of  credit support
provided for each issue is generally based on historical information  respecting
the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquencies or
losses  in excess of those  anticipated could adversely affect  the return on an
investment in  a security.  The Portfolios  will  not pay  any fees  for  credit
support,  although the existence of  credit support may increase  the price of a
security.

    ASSET-BACKED  SECURITIES.     The  North   American  Government   Securities
Portfolio,  the  Diversified Income  Portfolio  and the  Balanced  Portfolio may
invest  in  Asset-Backed  Securities.  Asset-Backed  Securities  represent   the
securitization  techniques used to develop Mortgage-Backed Securities applied to
a broad range of  other assets. Through  the use of  trusts and special  purpose
corporations,  various  types of  assets, primarily  automobile and  credit card
receivables and  home  equity  loans,  are  being  securitized  in  pass-through
structures similar to the mortgage pass-through structures described above or in
a pay-through structure similar to the CMO structure.

    RISKS  OF MORTGAGE-BACKED AND ASSET-BACKED  SECURITIES.  Mortgage-Backed and
Asset-Backed Securities have certain different characteristics than  traditional
debt  securities. Among  the major differences  are that  interest and principal
payments are made more  frequently, usually monthly, and  that principal may  be
prepaid  at  any time  because  the underlying  mortgage  loans or  other assets
generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if a Portfolio purchases such
a security at  a premium, a  prepayment rate  that is faster  than expected  may
reduce  yield to maturity, while a prepayment  rate that is slower than expected
may have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Alternatively,  if
a  Portfolio  purchases these  securities at  a  discount, faster  than expected
prepayments will increase,  while slower than  expected prepayments may  reduce,
yield  to maturity. Each  of the North  American Government Securities Portfolio
and the  Diversified Income  Portfolio may  invest a  portion of  its assets  in
derivative   Mortgage-Backed   Securities  such   as   Stripped  Mortgage-Backed
Securities which  are highly  sensitive to  changes in  prepayment and  interest
rates.  The Investment Manager and/or the  Sub-Adviser will seek to manage these
risks (and potential benefits) by investing in a variety of such securities  and
through hedging techniques.

    Mortgage-Backed   and   Asset-Backed  Securities,   like   all  fixed-income
securities, generally decrease  in value as  a result of  increases in  interest
rates.  In  addition, although  generally the  value of  fixed-income securities
increases during periods of falling interest rates and decreases during  periods
of  rising interest rates, as a result of prepayments and other factors, this is
not always the case with respect to Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities.

    Although the extent of  prepayments on a pool  of mortgage loans depends  on
various  economic and other factors, as a general rule prepayments on fixed rate
mortgage loans  will increase  during a  period of  falling interest  rates  and
decrease  during  a  period  of  rising  interest  rates.  Accordingly,  amounts
available for reinvestment  by a  Portfolio are likely  to be  greater during  a
period  of declining interest rates and, as a result, likely to be reinvested at
lower   interest   rates   than   during    a   period   of   rising    interest

                                       33
<PAGE>
rates.  Asset-Backed  Securities, although  less likely  to experience  the same
prepayment rates as Mortgage-Backed  Securities, may respond  to certain of  the
same  factors influencing prepayments,  while at other  times different factors,
such as changes in credit use and payment patterns resulting from social,  legal
and   economic  factors,  will  predominate.  Mortgage-Backed  and  Asset-Backed
Securities generally decrease  in value  as a  result of  increases in  interest
rates  and may  benefit less than  other fixed income  securities from declining
interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

    There are certain risks  associated specifically with  CMOs. CMOs issued  by
private  entities are not  U.S. Government securities and  are not guaranteed by
any government agency, although the securities  underlying a CMO may be  subject
to  a guarantee. Therefore, if  the collateral securing the  CMO, as well as any
third party credit support or guarantees,  is insufficient to make payment,  the
holder  could sustain a loss. However,  the North American Government Securities
Portfolio will invest in CMOs  issued by private entities  only if the CMOs  are
rated  Aa or higher  by Moody's or AA  or higher by  S&P, the Balanced Portfolio
will invest in such CMOs only if the CMOs are rated Baa or higher by Moody's  or
BBB  or higher by S&P, and the  Diversified Income Portfolio will invest in such
CMOs only if the CMOs are  rated Aaa by Moody's or  AAA by S&P, or, if  unrated,
such  CMOs are  determined to  be of comparable  quality to  the permitted rated
investments. Also,  a  number of  different  factors, including  the  extent  of
prepayment  of principal of the Mortgage Assets, affect the availability of cash
for principal payments by the CMO  issuer on any payment date and,  accordingly,
affect the timing of principal payments on each CMO class.

    Part  of the investment strategy of the North American Government Securities
Portfolio may involve combining two classes  of CMOs: IOs and inverse  floaters.
Both of these classes are highly sensitive to changes in interest and prepayment
rates.  As  a  result  each individually  is  highly  volatile.  The Sub-Adviser
believes that in combination, IOs and inverse floaters may produce higher yields
than more  traditional securities  such as  U.S. Treasuries  or  Mortgage-Backed
Securities while maintaining a relatively low degree of volatility. This results
from the fact that changes in the value of inverse floaters tend to be inversely
proportional  to the direction of interest rates as is the case with traditional
fixed-income securities, while the value  of IOs often is directly  proportional
to  the  direction  of interest  rates,  so  when used  in  combination, inverse
floaters and  IOs can  serve as  a hedging  device for  the Portfolio.  However,
effective  use of  this hedging  technique is  dependent upon  the Sub-Adviser's
ability  to  correctly  hedge  the  securities  by  forecasting  interest   rate
volatility and corresponding prepayment rates. In the event that assumptions are
erroneous the Portfolio's yield may be reduced.

    Asset-Backed  Securities  involve  certain  risks  that  are  not  posed  by
Mortgage-Backed Securities,  resulting mainly  from the  fact that  Asset-Backed
Securities do not usually contain the complete benefit of a security interest in
the  related  collateral. For  example,  credit card  receivables  generally are
unsecured and the debtors are  entitled to the protection  of a number of  state
and federal consumer credit laws, some of which may reduce the ability to obtain
full  payment. In the case  of automobile receivables, due  to various legal and
economic factors,  proceeds  from  repossessed  collateral  may  not  always  be
sufficient to support payments on these securities.

    New  instruments and  variations of existing  Mortgage-Backed Securities and
Asset-Backed Securities continue to be developed. The North American  Government
Securities   Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio  and  the  Balanced
Portfolio, following revision to the Fund's  Prospectus, may invest in any  such
instruments  or variations  as may be  developed, to the  extent consistent with
their investment objectives and policies and applicable regulatory requirements.

                                   ---------

    FOREIGN SECURITIES.  The Emerging Markets Portfolio will invest primarily in
foreign securities.  The North  American  Government Securities  Portfolio,  the
Diversified  Income  Portfolio  and  the  Global  Equity  Portfolio  will invest
extensively in foreign securities.  The Core Equity Portfolio  may invest up  to
25%  of the value of  its total assets, and  the Developing Growth Portfolio may
invest up to 10% of the value of its  total assets, in each case at the time  of
purchase,  in  foreign securities  (other  than securities  of  Canadian issuers
registered under  the Securities  Exchange Act  of 1934  or American  Depository
Receipts  ("ADRs")  (described below),  on which  there is  no such  limit). The
Balanced Portfolio may invest up to 25% of the value of its total assets, at the
time of purchase, in non-U.S. dollar denominated foreign securities (other  than
securities  of Canadian issuers registered under  the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 or ADRs, on which there is no such

                                       34
<PAGE>
limit). Investments  in  certain Canadian  issuers  may be  speculative  due  to
certain  political risks and  may be subject  to substantial price fluctuations.
The American Value  Portfolio may invest  up to 35%  of the value  of its  total
assets,  and the Utilities  Portfolio may invest up  to 10% of  the value of its
total assets, in each case at the  time of purchase, in foreign securities.  The
Dividend  Growth Portfolio may invest in  ADRs. The Value-Added Market Portfolio
may purchase common stock, including  ADRs, of foreign corporations  represented
in  the S&P  Index. Each  Portfolio other  than the  Money Market  Portfolio may
invest in Eurodollar  certificates of deposit.  Each Portfolio's investments  in
unlisted  foreign securities,  if any,  are subject  to the  Portfolio's overall
policy limiting its  investments in illiquid  securities to 15%  or less of  net
assets.

    Investors  should carefully consider the risks of investing in securities of
foreign issuers and securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies.  Fluctuations
in  the relative rates of exchange among the currencies of the United States and
foreign countries will affect the value of a Portfolio's investments. Changes in
foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S.
dollar value of the Portfolio's assets denominated in that currency and  thereby
impact upon the Portfolio's total return on such assets.

    Foreign  currency  exchange rates  are determined  by  forces of  supply and
demand on the foreign exchange markets. These forces are themselves affected  by
the   international  balance  of  payments  and  other  economic  and  financial
conditions, government intervention,  speculation and  other factors.  Moreover,
foreign currency exchange rates may be affected by the regulatory control of the
exchanges  on which the currencies trade. The foreign currency transactions of a
Portfolio will  be conducted  on a  spot  basis or,  in the  case of  the  North
American  Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the
Balanced Portfolio,  the  Global  Equity  Portfolio  and  the  Emerging  Markets
Portfolio, through forward foreign currency exchange contracts (described below)
or futures contracts (described below under "Options and Futures Transactions").
A  Portfolio  will  incur  certain  costs  in  connection  with  these  currency
transactions.

    Investments in  foreign  securities will  also  occasion risks  relating  to
political  and  economic  developments  abroad,  including  the  possibility  of
expropriations or confiscatory taxation, limitations  on the use or transfer  of
Portfolio  assets  and  any effects  of  foreign social,  economic  or political
instability. Political and economic developments  in Europe, especially as  they
relate  to changes in  the structure of  the European Union  and the anticipated
development of a unified common market, may have profound effects upon the value
of a large  segment of  the Global  Equity Portfolio,  in particular.  Continued
progress  in the evolution of, for example,  a united European common market may
be slowed  by  unanticipated political  or  social events  and  may,  therefore,
adversely  affect the value  of certain of  the securities held  by a Portfolio.
Foreign companies  are  not  subject  to the  regulatory  requirements  of  U.S.
companies  and, as such, there may  be less publicly available information about
such  companies.  Moreover,  foreign  companies  are  not  subject  to   uniform
accounting,   auditing  and  financial   reporting  standards  and  requirements
comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies.

    Securities of foreign issuers may be less liquid than comparable  securities
of  U.S.  issuers  and, as  such,  their  price changes  may  be  more volatile.
Furthermore, foreign exchanges and broker-dealers are generally subject to  less
government   and   exchange  scrutiny   and   regulation  than   their  American
counterparts. Brokerage commissions,  dealer concessions  and other  transaction
costs may be higher on foreign markets than in the U.S. In addition, differences
in clearance and settlement procedures on foreign markets may occasion delays in
settlements  of Portfolio trades effected in  such markets. Inability to dispose
of portfolio securities  due to settlement  delays could result  in losses to  a
Portfolio  due  to  subsequent declines  in  value  of such  securities  and the
inability of the Portfolio to make intended security purchases due to settlement
problems could  result  in  a  failure of  the  Portfolio  to  make  potentially
advantageous  investments.  To  the  extent  a  Portfolio  purchases  Eurodollar
certificates  of  deposit,  consideration  will  be  given  to  their   domestic
marketability,  the lower  reserve requirements  normally mandated  for overseas
banking operations,  the  possible  impact  of  interruptions  in  the  flow  of
international  currency  transactions,  and future  international  political and
economic developments which might adversely  affect the payment of principal  or
interest.

    FORWARD  FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS.  The North American Government
Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Balanced  Portfolio,
the  Global Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio  may engage in
transactions involving forward foreign currency exchange
con-

                                       35
<PAGE>
tracts ("forward  contracts").  A forward  contract  involves an  obligation  to
purchase  or sell a currency at a future  date, which may be any fixed number of
days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at
the time of the contract. These Portfolios may enter into forward contracts as a
hedge against fluctuations in future foreign exchange rates.

    Currently, only a limited market exists for hedging transactions relating to
the Mexican  peso.  This may  limit  the North  American  Government  Securities
Portfolio's  ability  to effectively  hedge its  investments in  Mexico. Hedging
against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations  in
the  prices of  portfolio securities  or prevent  losses if  the prices  of such
securities decline. Such transactions also limit the opportunity for gain if the
value of the hedged currency should rise.  Moreover, it may not be possible  for
the  Portfolio to hedge  against a devaluation that  is so generally anticipated
that the Portfolio is not able to contract to sell the currency at a price above
the devaluation level it anticipates.

    The  Portfolios   will   enter   into  forward   contracts   under   various
circumstances.  When a Portfolio enters into a contract for the purchase or sale
of a security denominated in a foreign currency, it may, for example, desire  to
"lock  in"  the price  of the  security in  U.S. dollars  or some  other foreign
currency which  the  Portfolio  is  temporarily holding  in  its  portfolio.  By
entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of
dollars  or other currency,  of the amount  of foreign currency  involved in the
underlying security transactions, the Portfolio  will be able to protect  itself
against  a possible  loss resulting from  an adverse change  in the relationship
between the U.S. dollar or other currency  which is being used for the  security
purchase  and the foreign  currency in which the  security is denominated during
the period between the date on which  the security is purchased or sold and  the
date on which payment is made or received.

    At  other times, when,  for example, it  is believed that  the currency of a
particular foreign country  may suffer  a substantial decline  against the  U.S.
dollar  or some  other foreign  currency, a Portfolio  may enter  into a forward
contract to sell, for a fixed amount of dollars or other currency, the amount of
foreign currency  approximating the  value of  some or  all of  the  Portfolio's
securities  (or securities which the Portfolio  has purchased for its portfolio)
denominated  in  such  foreign  currency.  Under  identical  circumstances,  the
Portfolio  may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S.
dollars or other currency, an amount of foreign currency other than the currency
in which the securities to be hedged are denominated approximating the value  of
some  or all of the  portfolio securities to be  hedged. This method of hedging,
called "cross-hedging," will be selected when it is determined that the  foreign
currency  in  which the  portfolio securities  are denominated  has insufficient
liquidity or  is trading  at a  discount  as compared  with some  other  foreign
currency with which it tends to move in tandem.

    In addition, when a Portfolio anticipates purchasing securities at some time
in  the future, and wishes to lock in  the current exchange rate of the currency
in which those securities are denominated against the U.S. dollar or some  other
foreign  currency, it may enter into a forward contract to purchase an amount of
currency equal to some or  all of the value of  the anticipated purchase, for  a
fixed amount of U.S. dollars or other currency.

    Lastly,  the Portfolios are  permitted to enter  into forward contracts with
respect to  currencies  in  which  certain of  their  portfolio  securities  are
denominated  and on  which options have  been written (see  "Options and Futures
Transactions" below and in the Statement of Additional Information).

    In all  of the  above  circumstances, if  the  currency in  which  portfolio
securities  (or anticipated portfolio securities) are denominated rises in value
with respect  to the  currency which  is  being purchased  (or sold),  then  the
Portfolio will have realized fewer gains than had the Portfolio not entered into
the  forward contracts. Moreover,  the precise matching  of the forward contract
amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible,
since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a
consequence of market  movements in the  value of those  securities between  the
date  the forward contract  is entered into  and the date  it matures. The North
American Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio,  the
Balanced  Portfolio,  the  Global  Equity  Portfolio  and  the  Emerging Markets
Portfolio are not required to enter into such transactions with regard to  their
foreign  currency-denominated  securities  and  will  not  do  so  unless deemed
appropriate by  the  Investment  Manager  or  the  Sub-Adviser.  The  Portfolios
generally will not enter into a forward contract with a term of greater than one
year,   although  they  may   enter  into  forward   contracts  for  periods  of

                                       36
<PAGE>
up  to five years. The Portfolios may be  limited in their ability to enter into
hedging transactions involving  forward contracts by  the Internal Revenue  Code
requirements  relating to qualification  as a regulated  investment company (see
"Dividends, Distributions and Taxes").
    AMERICAN  DEPOSITORY  RECEIPTS  AND  EUROPEAN  DEPOSITORY  RECEIPTS.     The
Diversified  Income Portfolio, the Balanced  Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio,
the Core Equity Portfolio,  the Global Equity  Portfolio, the Developing  Growth
Portfolio  and the Emerging  Markets Portfolio may also  invest in securities of
foreign issuers in  the form  of American Depository  Receipts (ADRs),  European
Depository   Receipts  (EDRs)  or  other  similar  securities  convertible  into
securities of foreign issuers,  including ADRs sponsored  by persons other  than
the  underlying issuers  ("unsponsored ADRs").  In addition,  the North American
Government Securities Portfolio, the Dividend Growth Portfolio, the  Value-Added
Market  Portfolio and  the American  Value Portfolio  may invest  in ADRs. These
securities may  not necessarily  be  denominated in  the  same currency  as  the
securities  into which they may be converted. ADRs are receipts typically issued
by a United States bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the  underlying
securities.  EDRs  are  European  receipts  evidencing  a  similar  arrangement.
Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are  designed for use in the United  States
securities  markets and EDRs, in  bearer form, are designed  for use in European
securities markets. Generally, issuers of the stock of unsponsored ADRs are  not
obligated   to  distribute  material  information  in  the  United  States  and,
therefore, there  may not  be a  correlation between  such information  and  the
market value of such ADRs.

    SECURITIES  OF  OTHER  INVESTMENT  COMPANIES.  Each  of  the  Global  Equity
Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may  invest up to 10% of its  total
assets  in securities issued by other investment companies. Such investments are
necessary in order to  participate in certain  foreign markets where  foreigners
are  prohibited from investing directly in the securities of individual issuers.
The Portfolio will incur any indirect expenses incurred through investment in an
investment company, such as the payment of a management fee (which may result in
the payment of an additional advisory fee). Furthermore, it should be noted that
foreign investment companies are not subject to the U.S. securities laws and may
be  subject  to  fewer  or  less  stringent  regulations  than  U.S.  investment
companies.

    INVESTMENTS  IN  FIXED-INCOME  SECURITIES.  Each  Portfolio  may  invest  in
fixed-income securities. All fixed-income securities are subject to two types of
risks: the credit risk and  the interest rate risk.  The credit risk relates  to
the ability of the issuer to meet interest or principal payments or both as they
come  due. Generally, higher  yielding fixed-income securities  are subject to a
credit risk to a greater extent than lower yielding fixed-income securities (see
below). The interest rate risk refers to the fluctuations in the net asset value
of  any  portfolio  of  fixed-income  securities  resulting  from  the   inverse
relationship  between price and yield of  fixed-income securities; that is, when
the  general  level  of  interest   rates  rises,  the  prices  of   outstanding
fixed-income securities decline, and when interest rates fall, prices rise.

    INVESTMENTS  IN SECURITIES  RATED BAA  BY MOODY'S OR  BBB BY  S&P. The North
American Government Securities Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio, the  Utilities
Portfolio,  the  Dividend Growth  Portfolio, the  American Value  Portfolio, the
Developing Growth Portfolio and the Global Equity Portfolio may invest a portion
of their assets in fixed-income securities rated at the time of purchase Baa  or
better  by  Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. ("Moody's")  or  BBB or  better by
Standard & Poor's  Corporation ("S&P"). Investments  in fixed-income  securities
rated  either Baa by Moody's or BBB by S&P (the lowest credit ratings designated
"investment grade") may have speculative characteristics and, therefore, changes
in economic conditions or  other circumstances are more  likely to weaken  their
capacity  to make principal  and interest payments  than would be  the case with
investments in securities with higher credit ratings.  If a bond held by any  of
these  Portfolios is downgraded by a rating agency to a rating below Baa or BBB,
the Portfolio will retain  such security in its  portfolio until the  Investment
Manager  or, in the  case of the North  American Government Securities Portfolio
and the Balanced Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser determines that it is practicable to
sell the security without undue market or tax consequences to the Portfolio.  In
the  event  that  such  downgraded  securities  constitute  5%  or  more  of the
Portfolio's assets, the Investment Manager or, in the case of the North American
Government Securities Portfolio and the Balanced Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser will
seek to sell immediately sufficient securities to reduce the total to below  5%.
The  risks  of  holding  lower-rated securities  are  described  below.  See the
Appendix for an explanation of Moody's and S&P ratings.

                                       37
<PAGE>
    Groupings (1) and (2)  of the Diversified Income  Portfolio may continue  to
hold  fixed-income securities which have been downgraded by a rating agency to a
rating as  low as  Baa  or BBB.  However, if  a  bond held  by either  of  these
groupings  is downgraded by  a rating agency to  a rating below  Baa or BBB, the
Portfolio will seek to sell such security immediately.

    SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR INVESTMENTS IN HIGH YIELD SECURITIES. Because  of
the  special  nature  of the  Diversified  Income Portfolio's  and  the Emerging
Markets Portfolio's  investments in  high yield  securities, commonly  known  as
"junk  bonds," the Investment  Manager or, in  the case of  the Emerging Markets
Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser must take  account of certain special  considerations
in  assessing the risks associated with such investments. Although the growth of
the high yield  securities market in  the 1980s had  paralleled a long  economic
expansion,  recently many  issuers have  been affected  by adverse  economic and
market conditions. It should be recognized that an economic downturn or increase
in interest rates is  likely to have  a negative effect on  the high yield  bond
market  and on the value of the high yield securities held by the Portfolios, as
well as  on  the ability  of  the securities'  issuers  to repay  principal  and
interest on their borrowings.

    The  prices of high yield securities have been found to be less sensitive to
changes in  prevailing interest  rates than  higher-rated investments,  but  are
likely  to be more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate
developments. During  an  economic  downturn or  substantial  period  of  rising
interest  rates, highly leveraged issuers  may experience financial stress which
would adversely affect  their ability  to service their  principal and  interest
payment  obligations,  to  meet  their projected  business  goals  or  to obtain
additional financing.  If the  issuer  of a  fixed-income  security owned  by  a
Portfolio  defaults,  the  Portfolio  may  incur  additional  expenses  to  seek
recovery. In  addition,  periods  of  economic uncertainty  and  change  can  be
expected  to result in  an increased volatility  of market prices  of high yield
securities and a concomitant volatility in the net asset value of a share of the
Portfolio. Moreover, the market  prices of certain of  the securities which  are
structured  as  zero coupon  and payment-in-kind  securities  are affected  to a
greater extent by  interest rate changes  and thereby tend  to be more  volatile
than  securities which  pay interest periodically  and in  cash (see "Dividends,
Distributions  and  Taxes"  for  a  discussion  of  the  tax  ramifications   of
investments in such securities).

    The  secondary market for high yield securities  may be less liquid than the
markets for higher quality securities and,  as such, may have an adverse  effect
on  the market prices of certain securities. The limited liquidity of the market
may also adversely affect the ability of the Fund's Trustees to arrive at a fair
value for  certain high  yield securities  at certain  times and  could make  it
difficult for the Portfolios to sell certain securities.

    New laws and proposed new laws may have a potentially negative impact on the
market   for  high  yield  bonds.  For  example,  present  legislation  requires
federally-insured savings and loan associations  to divest their investments  in
high  yield bonds. This  legislation and other proposed  legislation may have an
adverse effect  upon  the value  of  high  yield securities  and  a  concomitant
negative  impact upon the net  asset value of a  share of the Diversified Income
Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio.

    CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES.  The  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Balanced
Portfolio,  the  Utilities Portfolio,  the Dividend  Growth Portfolio,  the Core
Equity Portfolio, the American Value Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio, the
Developing Growth  Portfolio and  the Emerging  Markets Portfolio  may invest  a
portion  of their assets in convertible  securities. A convertible security is a
bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or  other security that may be  converted
into  or exchanged  for a  prescribed amount of  common stock  of the  same or a
different issuer within  a particular  period of time  at a  specified price  or
formula.  Convertible securities rank senior to common stocks in a corporation's
capital structure and, therefore, entail less risk than the corporation's common
stock. The value  of a  convertible security is  a function  of its  "investment
value"  (its  value as  if  it did  not have  a  conversion privilege),  and its
"conversion value" (the  security's worth  if it were  to be  exchanged for  the
underlying security, at market value, pursuant to its conversion privilege).

    To the extent that a convertible security's investment value is greater than
its  conversion  value,  its  price  will  be  primarily  a  reflection  of such
investment value and its  price will be likely  to increase when interest  rates
fall and decrease when interest rates rise, as with a fixed-income security (the
credit  standing of the issuer and other factors  may also have an effect on the
convertible security's value).  If the conversion  value exceeds the  investment
value,  the price  of the  convertible security  will rise  above its investment
value and, in  addition, will sell  at some premium  over its conversion  value.
(This premium

                                       38
<PAGE>
represents  the  price  investors  are  willing  to  pay  for  the  privilege of
purchasing a fixed-income  security with a  possibility of capital  appreciation
due  to the conversion  privilege.) At such  times the price  of the convertible
security will tend to fluctuate directly with the price of the underlying equity
security.

    Because  of  the  special  nature  of  the  permitted  investments  of   the
Diversified Income Portfolio, the Core Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets
Portfolio  in lower rated convertible securities,  the Investment Manager or, in
the case of the  Core Equity Portfolio and  the Emerging Markets Portfolio,  the
Sub-Adviser must take account of certain special considerations in assessing the
risks  associated with  such investments. The  prices of  lower rated securities
have been found  to be less  sensitive to changes  in prevailing interest  rates
than  higher rated investments, but  are likely to be  more sensitive to adverse
economic changes  or  individual  corporate  developments.  During  an  economic
downturn  or  substantial  period  of rising  interest  rates,  highly leveraged
issuers may  experience  financial stress  which  would adversely  affect  their
ability  to service  their principal and  interest payment  obligations, to meet
their projected business goals or to obtain additional financing. If the  issuer
of  a fixed-income security  owned by the Portfolio  defaults, the Portfolio may
incur additional expenses  to seek  recovery. In addition,  periods of  economic
uncertainty  and change can be expected to  result in an increased volatility of
market prices of lower  rated securities and a  corresponding volatility in  the
net asset value of a share of the Portfolio.

    MONEY  MARKET INSTRUMENTS.  Money market instruments in which each Portfolio
other than the Money Market Portfolio  and the Diversified Income Portfolio  may
invest  are securities  issued or  guaranteed by  the U.S.  Government (Treasury
bills, notes and bonds); obligations of banks subject to regulation by the  U.S.
Government   and  having  total  assets  of   $1  billion  or  more;  Eurodollar
certificates of  deposit; obligations  of  savings banks  and savings  and  loan
associations   having  total  assets  of  $1  billion  or  more;  fully  insured
certificates of  deposit; and  commercial  paper rated  within the  two  highest
grades  by  Moody's or  S&P or,  if not  rated,  issued by  a company  having an
outstanding debt issue  rated AAA by  S&P or  Aaa by Moody's,  and which  mature
within  thirteen months from  the date of purchase.  Money market instruments in
which the Money Market Portfolio and the Diversified Income Portfolio may invest
are described  above under  "The Money  Market Portfolio"  and "The  Diversified
Income Portfolio."

    REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS.  Each Portfolio of the Fund may enter into repurchase
agreements,  which may be viewed as a  type of secured lending by the Portfolio,
and which typically involve the acquisition by the Portfolio of debt securities,
from  a  selling  financial  institution  such  as  a  bank,  savings  and  loan
association  or broker-dealer.  The agreement  provides that  the Portfolio will
sell back to  the institution,  and that  the institution  will repurchase,  the
underlying  security at  a specified price  and at  a fixed time  in the future,
usually not more than seven days from the date of purchase.

    While repurchase agreements involve certain risks not associated with direct
investments in debt  securities, each Portfolio  follows procedures designed  to
minimize  such risks. These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions
only with large,  well-capitalized and  well-established financial  institutions
whose  financial  condition  will  be continually  monitored  by  the Investment
Manager or, in the case of  the North American Government Securities  Portfolio,
the  Balanced  Portfolio, the  Core Equity  Portfolio  and the  Emerging Markets
Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser, subject to procedures established by the Trustees of
the Fund.  In  addition,  as  described  above,  the  value  of  the  collateral
underlying  the repurchase  agreement will be  at least equal  to the repurchase
price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the
event of  a  default or  bankruptcy  by  selling a  financial  institution,  the
Portfolio will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercising of the
Portfolio's  right to liquidate  such collateral could  involve certain costs or
delays and, to  the extent that  proceeds from any  sale upon a  default of  the
obligation  to repurchase  were less  than the  repurchase price,  the Portfolio
could suffer a loss. It is the current policy of each Portfolio not to invest in
repurchase agreements  that  do  not  mature  within  seven  days  if  any  such
investment,  together  with any  other illiquid  assets  held by  the Portfolio,
amounts to more than 15% (10% in the case of the Money Market Portfolio) of  its
net assets.

    REVERSE  REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND  DOLLAR ROLLS.  Each  of the Money Market
Portfolio, the North American  Government Securities Portfolio, the  Diversified
Income  Portfolio and  the Balanced  Portfolio may  also use  reverse repurchase
agreements, and each of the North American Government Securities Portfolio,  the
Diversified   Income  Portfolio  and   the  Balanced  Portfolio   may  also  use

                                       39
<PAGE>
dollar rolls, as part of its investment strategy. Reverse repurchase  agreements
involve  sales  by  the  Portfolio  of  portfolio  assets  concurrently  with an
agreement by the Portfolio to  repurchase the same assets at  a later date at  a
fixed  price.  During the  reverse  repurchase agreement  period,  the Portfolio
continues to  receive  principal  and interest  payments  on  these  securities.
Generally,  the effect of such  a transaction is that  the Portfolio can recover
all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the
term of the  reverse repurchase agreement,  while it  will be able  to keep  the
interest  income associated  with those portfolio  securities. Such transactions
are only  advantageous if  the interest  cost to  the Portfolio  of the  reverse
repurchase transaction is less than the cost of obtaining the cash otherwise.

    A  Portfolio  may  enter into  dollar  rolls  in which  the  Portfolio sells
securities for delivery  in the  current month and  simultaneously contracts  to
repurchase  substantially  similar  (same  type  and  coupon)  securities  on  a
specified future date. During the  roll period, the Portfolio forgoes  principal
and  interest  paid  on the  securities.  The  Portfolio is  compensated  by the
difference between the current sales price  and the lower forward price for  the
future  purchase (often referred  to as the  "drop") as well  as by the interest
earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale.

    The Portfolio will establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in
which it will  maintain cash, U.S.  Government securities or  other liquid  high
grade  debt obligations equal in value to  its obligations in respect of reverse
repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar
rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Portfolio  is
obligated  to repurchase  under the agreement  may decline  below the repurchase
price. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement
or dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Portfolio's use of
the proceeds of the agreement may  be restricted pending a determination by  the
other  party, or  its trustee  or receiver,  whether to  enforce the Portfolio's
obligation to  repurchase  the  securities. Reverse  repurchase  agreements  and
dollar  rolls are speculative techniques  involving leverage, and are considered
borrowings by the Portfolio. Under the  requirements of the Act, each  Portfolio
is  required  to  maintain an  asset  coverage  (including the  proceeds  of the
borrowings) of at least  300% of all borrowings.  The North American  Government
Securities   Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio  and  the  Balanced
Portfolio do not expect  to engage in reverse  repurchase agreements and  dollar
rolls  with respect  to greater  than 25% of  the Portfolio's  total assets. For
purposes other than meeting redemptions,  reverse repurchase agreements may  not
exceed 5% of the Money Market Portfolio's total assets.

    WHEN-ISSUED  AND DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES  AND FORWARD COMMITMENTS.  From
time to time, in the ordinary course of business, each Portfolio (other than the
Value-Added Market  Portfolio)  may  purchase securities  on  a  when-issued  or
delayed  delivery  basis  or  may  purchase  or  sell  securities  on  a forward
commitment basis. When such transactions are  negotiated, the price is fixed  at
the  time of the commitment, but delivery and  payment can take place a month or
more after the  date of  the commitment. While  a Portfolio  will only  purchase
securities  on a when-issued, delayed delivery  or forward commitment basis with
the intention of acquiring the securities,  a Portfolio may sell the  securities
before  the  settlement  date, if  it  is  deemed advisable.  The  securities so
purchased or sold are subject to  market fluctuation and no interest accrues  to
the  purchaser during this period. At the  time a Portfolio makes the commitment
to purchase or  sell securities on  a when-issued, delayed  delivery or  forward
commitment  basis, it  will record  the transaction  and thereafter  reflect the
value, each day, of such  security purchased or, if a  sale, the proceeds to  be
received,  in determining its  net asset value.  At the time  of delivery of the
securities, their value may be more or  less than the purchase or sale price.  A
Portfolio  will also establish  a segregated account with  its custodian bank in
which it will  continually maintain  cash, U.S. Government  securities or  other
liquid  high grade  debt portfolio securities  equal in value  to commitments to
purchase securities on  a when-issued,  delayed delivery  or forward  commitment
basis.  An increase in the  percentage of a Portfolio's  assets committed to the
purchase of securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward  commitment
basis may increase the volatility of the Portfolio's net asset value.

    WHEN,  AS AND IF  ISSUED SECURITIES.   Each Portfolio (other  than the Money
Market Portfolio and the Value-Added  Market Portfolio) may purchase  securities
on  a "when, as  and if issued" basis  under which the  issuance of the security
depends upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger,
corporate reorganization or debt restructuring. The commitment for the  purchase
of any such security will not be recognized in

                                       40
<PAGE>
the portfolio until the Investment Manager or, in the case of the North American
Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the  Core  Equity
Portfolio and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio,  the Sub-Adviser determines  that
the issuance of the security is probable, whereupon the accounting treatment for
such commitment will be the same as for a commitment to purchase a security on a
when-issued,  delayed delivery or forward  commitment basis, described above and
in the Statement of Additional Information.  An increase in the percentage of  a
Portfolio's assets committed to the purchase of securities on a "when, as and if
issued" basis may increase the volatility of its net asset value.

    PRIVATE  PLACEMENTS AND  RESTRICTED SECURITIES.  Each of  the North American
Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the  Balanced
Portfolio,  the  Utilities Portfolio,  the Dividend  Growth Portfolio,  the Core
Equity Portfolio, the American Value Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio, the
Developing Growth Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may invest up  to
15%  of its total assets  in securities for which  there is no readily available
market including certain of  those which are subject  to restrictions on  resale
because  they have  not been  registered under  the Securities  Act of  1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act")  or which are  otherwise not readily  marketable.
(Securities  eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act,
and determined  to  be  liquid  pursuant to  the  procedures  discussed  in  the
following  paragraph,  are  not  subject  to  the  foregoing  limitation.) These
securities are  generally  referred  to  as  private  placements  or  restricted
securities.  Limitations on  the resale of  such securities may  have an adverse
effect on their marketability, and may  prevent the Portfolio from disposing  of
them  promptly at reasonable prices. The Portfolio  may have to bear the expense
of registering such securities for resale and the risk of substantial delays  in
effecting such registration.

    The  Securities  and Exchange  Commission has  adopted  Rule 144A  under the
Securities Act, which permits  the Portfolios to  sell restricted securities  to
qualified institutional buyers without limitation. The Investment Manager or, in
the  case of  the North American  Government Securities  Portfolio, the Balanced
Portfolio, the Core  Equity Portfolio  and the Emerging  Markets Portfolio,  the
Sub-Adviser,  pursuant to procedures  adopted by the Trustees  of the Fund, will
make a determination as to the  liquidity of each restricted security  purchased
by  the Portfolio. If a  restricted security is determined  to be "liquid," such
security will not be included  within the category "illiquid securities,"  which
under current policy may not exceed 15% of a Portfolio's total assets.

    Restricted  securities in  which the Money  Market Portfolio  may invest are
described above under "The Money Market Portfolio."

    ZERO COUPON SECURITIES.  A portion of the Government Securities purchased by
the North  American  Government Securities  Portfolio,  a portion  of  the  U.S.
Government  securities purchased by the Utilities Portfolio, the Dividend Growth
Portfolio, the American Value Portfolio and  the Global Equity Portfolio, and  a
portion  of  the fixed-income  securities  purchased by  the  Diversified Income
Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may be zero
coupon securities. Such securities are purchased  at a discount from their  face
amount,  giving the purchaser the right to receive their full value at maturity.
The interest earned on such securities is, implicitly, automatically  compounded
and  paid out at maturity. While such  compounding at a constant rate eliminates
the risk of receiving lower yields  upon reinvestment of interest if  prevailing
interest  rates decline, the owner  of a zero coupon  security will be unable to
participate in higher yields upon reinvestment of interest received on interest-
paying securities  if prevailing  interest  rates rise.  For this  reason,  zero
coupon securities are subject to substantially greater price fluctuations during
periods  of changing  prevailing interest  rates than  are comparable securities
which pay interest on a current basis.

    The zero coupon securities in which the North American Government Securities
Portfolio may invest are primarily Canadian Government Securities with remaining
maturities of two years  or less issued by  Canadian provinces. Such  securities
generally  are  currently readily  available  only in  the  form of  zero coupon
securities.

    A zero  coupon security  pays no  interest to  its holder  during its  life.
Therefore,  to the extent a Portfolio invests in zero coupon securities, it will
not receive current cash available for distribution to shareholders.  Management
believes  that a limited use of zero coupon securities by a Portfolio may enable
the Portfolio to increase the income  available to shareholders (as a result  of
the  yield premium  often obtainable  on such  securities) without significantly
increasing the volatility of the Portfolio's net asset value, although there  is
no assurance this can be achieved.

                                       41
<PAGE>
    WARRANTS.   Each Portfolio (other than the Money Market Portfolio, the North
American Government Securities Portfolio  and the Value-Added Market  Portfolio)
may  acquire  warrants  attached  to other  securities  and,  in  addition, each
Portfolio other than the Money  Market Portfolio, the North American  Government
Securities  Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio
and the Value-Added Market  Portfolio may invest  up to 5% of  the value of  its
total assets in warrants not attached to other securities, including up to 2% of
such  assets in  warrants not listed  on either  the New York  or American Stock
Exchange. Warrants are, in effect, an option to purchase equity securities at  a
specific  price, generally  valid for  a specific  period of  time, and  have no
voting rights,  pay  no  dividends  and  have no  rights  with  respect  to  the
corporation  issuing  them. If  warrants remain  unexercised at  the end  of the
exercise period, they will lapse and the Portfolio's investment in them will  be
lost.  The prices of warrants do not  necessarily move parallel to the prices of
the underlying securities.

OPTIONS AND FUTURES TRANSACTIONS

    Each of the North American Government Securities Portfolio, the  Diversified
Income  Portfolio, the  Utilities Portfolio,  the American  Value Portfolio, the
Global Equity Portfolio  and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio  may write  covered
call options against securities held in its portfolio and covered put options on
eligible  portfolio  securities  (the Utilities  Portfolio,  the  American Value
Portfolio and the Global  Equity Portfolio may also  write covered put and  call
options  on stock indexes) and purchase options of the same or similar series to
effect closing  transactions, and  may hedge  against potential  changes in  the
market  value of its investments (or  anticipated investments) by purchasing put
and call options on securities which it  holds (or has the right to acquire)  in
its  portfolio  and engaging  in  transactions involving  interest  rate futures
contracts and bond index  futures contracts and options  on such contracts.  The
Utilities  Portfolio, the American Value  Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio
and the  Emerging Markets  Portfolio  may also  hedge  against such  changes  by
entering  into transactions involving stock  index futures contracts and options
thereon and  (except  for  the  Emerging Markets  Portfolio)  options  on  stock
indexes.  The  Value-Added Market  Portfolio may  purchase futures  contracts on
stock indexes such as the  S&P Index and the  New York Stock Exchange  Composite
Index  and may sell  such futures contracts to  effect closing transactions. The
North  American  Government   Securities  Portfolio,   the  Diversified   Income
Portfolio,  the Global Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio may
also hedge against potential  changes in the market  value of the currencies  in
which    their   investments   (or    anticipated   investments)   are   denomi-
nated by  purchasing  put  and  call  options  on  currencies  and  engaging  in
transactions   involving  currencies  futures  contracts  and  options  on  such
contracts.

    Call and put  options on U.S.  Treasury notes, bonds  and bills, on  various
foreign  currencies and  on equity  securities are  listed on  Exchanges and are
written in  over-the-counter transactions  ("OTC options").  Listed options  are
issued  or  guaranteed by  the exchange  on which  they trade  or by  a clearing
corporation such as  the Options  Clearing Corporation ("OCC").  Ownership of  a
listed  call option gives  the Portfolio the right  to buy from  the OCC (in the
U.S.) or other clearing corporation or exchange the underlying security  covered
by the option at the stated exercise price (the price per unit of the underlying
security)  by filing an exercise  notice prior to the  expiration of the option.
The writer (seller) of the option would then have the obligation to sell to  the
OCC  (in  the U.S.)  or other  clearing corporation  or exchange  the underlying
security at that  exercise price  prior to the  expiration date  of the  option,
regardless  of its then current  market price. Ownership of  a listed put option
would give the Portfolio the  right to sell the  underlying security to the  OCC
(in  the U.S.) or other clearing corporation  or exchange at the stated exercise
price. Upon notice of exercise  of the put option, the  writer of the put  would
have  the obligation to  purchase the underlying  security from the  OCC (in the
U.S.) or other clearing corporation or exchange at the exercise price.

    Exchange-listed options  are  issued by  the  OCC  (in the  U.S.)  or  other
clearing  corporation or  exchange which assures  that all  transactions in such
options are properly executed. OTC options are purchased from or sold  (written)
to  dealers or financial institutions which  have entered into direct agreements
with the  Portfolio.  With  OTC  options, such  variables  as  expiration  date,
exercise  price and premium  will be agreed  upon between the  Portfolio and the
transacting dealer, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC.
If the transacting dealer fails to make or take delivery of the securities  (or,
in  the  case  of  the  North  American  Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the
Diversified Income  Portfolio,  the Global  Equity  Portfolio and  the  Emerging
Markets  Portfolio,  the  currency)  underlying an  option  it  has  written, in
accordance with the terms of that  option, the Portfolio would lose the  premium
paid for the option as well as any anticipated

                                       42
<PAGE>
benefit   of  the  transaction.  The  Portfolios   will  engage  in  OTC  option
transactions only with  member banks of  the Federal Reserve  System or  primary
dealers  in  U.S. Government  securities  or with  affiliates  of such  banks or
dealers which have  capital of  at least $50  million or  whose obligations  are
guaranteed by an entity having capital of at least $50 million.

    COVERED  CALL WRITING.  The  North American Government Securities Portfolio,
the Diversified Income  Portfolio, the Utilities  Portfolio, the American  Value
Portfolio,  the Global Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio are
permitted to write covered call options on portfolio securities, without  limit,
in  order to aid them  in achieving their investment  objectives. In the case of
the North  American  Government  Securities Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income
Portfolio,  the Global Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio, such
options may be denominated in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies and  may
be  on the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. As a writer of a call option, the
Portfolio has the obligation, upon notice of exercise of the option, to  deliver
the  security  (or  amount  of  currency) underlying  the  option  prior  to the
expiration date of the option (certain listed  and OTC put options written by  a
Portfolio will be exercisable by the purchaser only on a specific date).

    COVERED PUT WRITING.  As a writer of covered put options, the North American
Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities
Portfolio,  the American  Value Portfolio,  the Global  Equity Portfolio  or the
Emerging Markets Portfolio incurs an  obligation to buy the security  underlying
the  option from the purchaser of the put, at the option's exercise price at any
time during the option period, at  the purchaser's election (certain listed  and
OTC put options written by a Portfolio will be exercisable by the purchaser only
on  a specific  date). The North  American Government  Securities Portfolio, the
Diversified Income  Portfolio,  the  Utilities  Portfolio,  the  American  Value
Portfolio,  the Global Equity Portfolio and  the Emerging Markets Portfolio will
write put options for three purposes: (1) to receive the income derived from the
premiums paid  by purchasers;  (2)  when the  Portfolio's management  wishes  to
purchase  the security underlying the  option at a price  lower than its current
market price, in  which case  the Portfolio  will write  the covered  put at  an
exercise  price reflecting the lower purchase price sought; and (3) to close out
a long put option  position. The aggregate value  of the obligations  underlying
the puts determined as of the date the options are sold will not exceed 50% of a
Portfolio's net assets.

    PURCHASING  CALL  AND  PUT  OPTIONS.   The  Emerging  Markets  Portfolio may
purchase listed and OTC call  and put options in amounts  equaling up to 10%  of
its total assets, and each of the North American Government Securities Portfolio
and  the Diversified Income Portfolio may purchase  such call and put options in
amounts equalling up to 5% of its total assets. Each of the Utilities Portfolio,
the American Value Portfolio and the  Global Equity Portfolio may purchase  such
call and put options and options on stock indexes in amounts equalling up to 10%
of  its total assets, with a  maximum of 5% of its  total assets invested in the
purchase of  stock index  options. These  Portfolios may  purchase call  options
either to close out a covered call position or to protect against an increase in
the  price of a security  a Portfolio anticipates purchasing  or, in the case of
call options on a  foreign currency, to hedge  against an adverse exchange  rate
change  of  the currency  in which  the security  the North  American Government
Securities Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Global  Equity
Portfolio   or  the   Emerging  Markets  Portfolio   anticipates  purchasing  is
denominated vis-a-vis the currency in  which the exercise price is  denominated.
The  Portfolio may purchase put options on securities which it holds (or has the
right to acquire) in its portfolio only  to protect itself against a decline  in
the  value of  the security.  Similarly, each  of the  North American Government
Securities Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Global  Equity
Portfolio  and  the  Emerging  Markets Portfolio  may  purchase  put  options on
currencies in which securities it holds  are denominated only to protect  itself
against  a decline in value of such currency vis-a-vis the currency in which the
exercise price is denominated. The Portfolios  may also purchase put options  to
close  out written  put positions  in a  manner similar  to call  option closing
purchase transactions.  There  are no  other  limits  on the  ability  of  these
Portfolios to purchase call and put options.

    STOCK  INDEX OPTIONS.  The Utilities Portfolio, the American Value Portfolio
and the Global Equity  Portfolio may invest in  options on stock indexes,  which
are  similar to options on  stock except that, rather than  the right to take or
make delivery of stock at  a specified price, an option  on a stock index  gives
the  holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash
if the  closing level  of the  stock index  upon which  the option  is based  is
greater  than, in the case of a call, or  lesser than, in the case of a put, the
exercise price  of  the  option. See  "Risks  of  Options on  Indexes,"  in  the
Statement of Additional Information.

                                       43
<PAGE>
    FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  The North American Government Securities Portfolio, the
Diversified Income  Portfolio,  the  Utilities  Portfolio,  the  American  Value
Portfolio,  the Global Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio may
purchase and sell interest rate futures contracts that are currently traded,  or
may  in the  future be  traded, on U.S.  commodity exchanges  on such underlying
securities as U.S. Treasury  bonds, notes, and bills  and GNMA Certificates  and
bond index futures contracts that are traded on U.S. commodity exchanges on such
indexes  as  the Moody's  Investment-Grade Corporate  Bond Index.  The Utilities
Portfolio, the Value-Added Market Portfolio,  the American Value Portfolio,  the
Global Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may also purchase and
sell  stock index  futures contracts  that are currently  traded, or  may in the
future be traded, on  U.S. commodity exchanges  on such indexes  as the S&P  500
Index  and  the  New York  Stock  Exchange  Composite Index.  The  Global Equity
Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may also purchase and sell  futures
contracts  that are currently traded, or may in the future be traded, on foreign
commodity exchanges on such underlying securities  as common stocks and on  such
indexes  of foreign equity securities  as may exist or  come into being, such as
the Financial  Times  Equity Index.  The  North American  Government  Securities
Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets Portfolio may also purchase and sell futures contracts that are
currently traded, or may in the future be traded, on foreign commodity exchanges
on  such underlying securities as foreign government fixed-income securities, on
various  currencies  ("currency  futures")  and  on  such  indexes  of   foreign
fixed-income  securities as may exist or come  into being. As a futures contract
purchaser, a Portfolio  incurs an  obligation to  take delivery  of a  specified
amount  of the  obligation underlying  the contract at  a specified  time in the
future for a specified  price. As a  seller of a  futures contract, a  Portfolio
incurs  an  obligation  to  deliver  the  specified  amount  of  the  underlying
obligation at a specified time in return for an agreed upon price.

    The North American Government  Securities Portfolio, the Diversified  Income
Portfolio,  the Utilities  Portfolio, the  American Value  Portfolio, the Global
Equity Portfolio  and  the Emerging  Markets  Portfolio will  purchase  or  sell
interest rate futures contracts and bond index futures contracts for the purpose
of  hedging their  fixed-income portfolio (or  anticipated portfolio) securities
against changes in prevailing  interest rates or, in  the case of the  Utilities
Portfolio,  to facilitate asset  reallocations into and  out of the fixed-income
area. The Utilities Portfolio, the  American Value Portfolio, the Global  Equity
Portfolio  and the Emerging Markets Portfolio  will purchase or sell stock index
futures contracts  for  the  purpose  of  hedging  their  equity  portfolio  (or
anticipated  portfolio) securities  against changes in  their prices  or, in the
case of the Utilities Portfolio, to facilitate asset reallocations into and  out
of  the equity area. The Value-Added  Market Portfolio will purchase stock index
futures contracts  as a  temporary  substitute for  the purchase  of  individual
stocks  which  may then  be  purchased in  orderly  fashion, and  may  sell such
contracts  to  effect  closing  transactions.  The  North  American   Government
Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Global Equity
Portfolio and  the Emerging  Markets Portfolio  will purchase  or sell  currency
futures  on  currencies  in  which their  portfolio  securities  (or anticipated
portfolio securities)  are  denominated  for the  purposes  of  hedging  against
anticipated changes in currency exchange rates.

    OPTIONS  ON  FUTURES CONTRACTS.   The  North American  Government Securities
Portfolio, the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Utilities  Portfolio,  the
American  Value Portfolio, the Global Equity  Portfolio and the Emerging Markets
Portfolio may purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts which
are traded on an  exchange and enter into  closing transactions with respect  to
such  options to terminate an existing position. An option on a futures contract
gives the purchaser  the right,  in return  for the  premium paid,  to assume  a
position  in a futures contract (a  long position if the option  is a call and a
short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time
during the  term  of  the  option.  The  North  American  Government  Securities
Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Utilities  Portfolio, the
American Value Portfolio, the Global  Equity Portfolio and the Emerging  Markets
Portfolio  will  only  purchase  and  write  options  on  futures  contracts for
identical purposes  to those  set forth  above  for the  purchase of  a  futures
contract  (purchase of a call option or sale of  a put option) and the sale of a
futures contract (purchase  of a put  option or sale  of a call  option), or  to
close out a long or short position in futures contracts.

    RISKS  OF OPTIONS AND FUTURES  TRANSACTIONS.  A Portfolio  may close out its
position as writer of an option, or as a buyer or seller of a futures  contract,
only  if a liquid  secondary market exists  for options or  futures contracts of
that series. There is no
assur-

                                       44
<PAGE>
ance that such a market will exist, particularly in the case of OTC options,  as
such  options  will generally  only be  closed  out by  entering into  a closing
purchase transaction  with  the purchasing  dealer.  Also, exchanges  limit  the
amount  by which the  price of a  futures contract may  move on any  day. If the
price moves  equal  the  daily limit  on  successive  days, then  it  may  prove
impossible  to liquidate  a futures  position until  the daily  limit moves have
ceased.

    The extent  to  which a  Portfolio  may enter  into  transactions  involving
options  and futures  contracts may  be limited  by the  Internal Revenue Code's
requirements for  qualification  of each  Portfolio  as a  regulated  investment
company  and  the  Fund's  intention  to qualify  each  Portfolio  as  such. See
"Dividends, Distributions and Taxes."

    While the futures contracts and options transactions to be engaged in by the
North  American  Government   Securities  Portfolio,   the  Diversified   Income
Portfolio,  the Utilities  Portfolio, the  American Value  Portfolio, the Global
Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets  Portfolio for the purpose of  hedging
their  portfolio  securities  are not  speculative  in nature,  there  are risks
inherent in the use of such instruments.  One such risk is that the  Portfolio's
management  could be incorrect in its expectations as to the direction or extent
of various interest rate movements or  the time span within which the  movements
take place. For example, if a Portfolio sold interest rate futures contracts for
the  sale of securities  in anticipation of  an increase in  interest rates, and
then interest  rates  went  down  instead, causing  bond  prices  to  rise,  the
Portfolio would lose money on the sale.

    Another  risk  which may  arise in  employing  futures contracts  to protect
against the  price volatility  of portfolio  securities is  that the  prices  of
securities, currencies and indexes subject to futures contracts (and thereby the
futures contract prices) may correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the U.S.
dollar  cash prices of the  portfolio securities (and, in  the case of the North
American Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio,  the
Global  Equity  Portfolio and  the Emerging  Markets Portfolio,  the securities'
denominated currencies).  Another such  risk  is that  prices of  interest  rate
futures contracts may not move in tandem with the changes in prevailing interest
rates  against which  the Portfolio  seeks a  hedge. A  correlation may  also be
distorted by the fact that the futures market is dominated by short-term traders
seeking to  profit from  the difference  between a  contract or  security  price
objective and their cost of borrowed funds. Such distortions are generally minor
and would diminish as the contract approached maturity.

    The  North American Government Securities  Portfolio, the Diversified Income
Portfolio, the Global Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio,  by
entering  into transactions in  foreign futures and  options markets, will incur
risks similar to those discussed above under "Foreign Securities."

    New options and futures contracts  and other financial products and  various
combinations  thereof continue  to be  developed. The  North American Government
Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio,
the American  Value Portfolio,  the  Global Equity  Portfolio and  the  Emerging
Markets Portfolio may invest in any such options, futures and products as may be
developed  to  the  extent  consistent  with  their  investment  objectives  and
applicable regulatory requirements, and the Fund will make any and all pertinent
disclosures relating to such investments in its Prospectus and/ or Statement  of
Additional   Information.  Except  as  otherwise   noted  above,  there  are  no
limitations on the  ability of  any of these  Portfolios to  invest in  options,
futures and options on futures.

PORTFOLIO TRADING

    Although  the  Fund  does not  intend  to  engage in  short-term  trading of
portfolio securities as a  means of achieving the  investment objectives of  the
respective  Portfolios,  each Portfolio  may  sell portfolio  securities without
regard to the length of time they have been held whenever such sale will in  the
opinion  of  the Investment  Manager  (or, in  the  case of  the  North American
Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the  Core  Equity
Portfolio  and the Emerging  Markets Portfolio, the  Sub-Adviser) strengthen the
Portfolio's position and contribute to its investment objectives. In determining
which securities to  purchase for  the Portfolios or  hold in  a Portfolio,  the
Investment  Manager and, in the case of the North American Government Securities
Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio,  the Core Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging
Markets  Portfolio,  the  Sub-Adviser  will  rely  on  information  from various
sources, including research, analysis and appraisals of brokers and dealers, the
views of Trustees  of the Fund  and others regarding  economic developments  and
interest rate trends, and the Investment Manager's and, in the case of the North
American  Government  Securities  Portfolio, the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the Core
Equity Portfolio  and  the Emerging  Markets  Portfolio, the  Sub-Adviser's  own
analysis of factors they deem relevant.

                                       45
<PAGE>
    Personnel  of the Investment Manager and, in  the case of the North American
Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the  Core  Equity
Portfolio  and the Emerging Markets  Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser have substantial
experience in the  use of the  investment techniques described  above under  the
heading  "Options  and Futures  Transactions,"  which techniques  require skills
different from  those  needed  to select  the  portfolio  securities  underlying
various options and futures contracts.

    Brokerage  commissions are not  normally charged on the  purchase or sale of
money market  instruments  and  U.S.  Government  obligations,  or  on  currency
conversions,  but such  transactions will involve  costs in the  form of spreads
between bid and asked  prices. Orders for  transactions in portfolio  securities
and commodities may be placed for the Fund with a number of brokers and dealers,
including  Dean  Witter  Reynolds  Inc. ("DWR"),  a  broker-dealer  affiliate of
InterCapital. Pursuant to an  order of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,
the  Fund may effect principal transactions  in certain money market instruments
with DWR. In addition, the Fund may incur brokerage commissions on  transactions
conducted through DWR.

    The Money Market Portfolio is expected to have a high portfolio turnover due
to  the short  maturities of  securities purchased,  but this  should not affect
income or net asset value as  brokerage commissions are not normally charged  on
the purchase or sale of money market instruments. It is not anticipated that the
portfolio turnover rates of the Portfolios will exceed the following percentages
in  any year: North American  Government Securities Portfolio: 100%; Diversified
Income Portfolio:  150%; Balanced  Portfolio: 100%;  Utilities Portfolio:  100%;
Dividend  Growth Portfolio: 90%; Value-Added Market Portfolio: 100%; Core Equity
Portfolio: 100%; American Value Portfolio: 400%; Global Equity Portfolio:  100%;
Developing  Growth  Portfolio: 300%;  and  Emerging Markets  Portfolio:  100%. A
portfolio turnover rate exceeding 100% in any  one year is greater than that  of
many  other  investment  companies.  Each  Portfolio  of  the  Fund  will  incur
underwriting discount costs (on underwritten securities) and/or brokerage  costs
commensurate with its portfolio turnover rate. The expenses of the Global Equity
Portfolio  and  the  Emerging  Markets  Portfolio  relating  to  their portfolio
management are likely  to be  greater than  those incurred  by other  investment
companies  investing  primarily  in  securities issued  by  domestic  issuers as
custodial costs, brokerage commissions and other transaction charges related  to
investing  in foreign  markets are generally  higher than in  the United States.
Short-term  gains  and  losses  may  result  from  portfolio  transactions.  See
"Dividends, Distributions and Taxes" for a discussion of the tax implications of
the Portfolios' trading policies. A more extensive discussion of the Portfolios'
brokerage policies is set forth in the Statement of Additional Information.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

    The  following  individuals have  been designated  as the  primary portfolio
managers of the Portfolios of the Fund (other than the Money Market  Portfolio):
Philip A. Barach, James M. Goldberg, Jeffrey E. Gundlach and Douglas R. Metcalf,
Managing Directors of the Sub-Adviser, are the primary portfolio managers of the
North  American Government  Securities Portfolio.  Messrs. Barach,  Gundlach and
Goldberg have been portfolio managers with affiliates of The TCW Group, Inc. for
over five years. Mr. Metcalf has been a portfolio manager with affiliates of The
TCW Group, Inc. since March, 1990, prior to which time he was Managing  Director
of  First Interstate Bank Ltd. Peter M.  Avelar and Rajesh K. Gupta, Senior Vice
Presidents of InterCapital, and  Vinh Q. Tran,  Vice President of  InterCapital,
are  the primary  portfolio managers  of the  Diversified Income  Portfolio. Mr.
Avelar has  been a  portfolio manager  with InterCapital  since December,  1990,
prior  to which time  he was affiliated  with PaineWebber Asset  Management as a
First Vice President  and Portfolio Manager.  Messrs. Gupta and  Tran have  been
portfolio  managers  with InterCapital  for over  five  years. James  A. Tilton,
Managing Director of the  Sub-Adviser, is the primary  portfolio manager of  the
equity  portion of the Balanced Portfolio and  has been a portfolio manager with
affiliates of The TCW Group,  Inc. for over five  years. James M. Goldberg  (see
above)  is  the primary  portfolio manager  of the  fixed-income portion  of the
Balanced Portfolio. Edward F. Gaylor, Senior Vice President of InterCapital,  is
the  primary  portfolio  manager  of  the Utilities  Portfolio  and  has  been a
portfolio manager with InterCapital for over  five years. Paul D. Vance,  Senior
Vice President of InterCapital, is the primary portfolio manager of the Dividend
Growth  Portfolio and  has been a  portfolio manager with  InterCapital for over
five years. Robert  M. Hanisee,  Managing Director  of the  Sub-Adviser, is  the
primary  portfolio manager of the Core Equity Portfolio and has been a portfolio
manager with affiliates of The TCW Group, Inc. since April, 1990, prior to which
time he was  President and Director  of Research for  Seidler Amdec  Securities.
Kenton J. Hinchliffe,

                                       46
<PAGE>
Senior  Vice President of InterCapital, is  the primary portfolio manager of the
Value-Added Market Portfolio and has been a portfolio manager with  InterCapital
for  over five years. Anita H.  Kolleeny, Senior Vice President of InterCapital,
is the primary portfolio manager of the American Value Portfolio and has been  a
portfolio  manager with  InterCapital for over  five years.  Thomas H. Connelly,
Senior Vice President of InterCapital, is  the primary portfolio manager of  the
Global  Equity Portfolio and has been  a portfolio manager with InterCapital for
over five years. Ronald  J. Worobel, Senior Vice  President of InterCapital,  is
the  primary portfolio manager of the Developing Growth Portfolio and has been a
portfolio manager with InterCapital since June, 1992, prior to which time he was
a portfolio manager at MacKay Shields Financial Corp. Shaun C.K. Chan,  Managing
Director of TCW Asia Ltd., Robert J.M. Rawe, President, Managing Director, Chief
Executive Officer and Director of TCW London International, Limited, and Paul G.
Wargnier,  Managing  Director  of  the Sub-Adviser,  are  the  primary portfolio
managers of  the Emerging  Markets  Portfolio. Mr.  Chan  has been  a  portfolio
manager  with affiliates of The TCW Group,  Inc. since 1993, prior to which time
he was Director  of Wardley Investment  Services (Hong Kong)  Ltd. Mr. Rawe  has
been  a portfolio manager  with TCW London  International, Limited since August,
1993, prior  to which  time he  was  President and  Chief Executive  Officer  of
Dillon,  Read  International  Asset  Management  Co.  Mr.  Wargnier  has  been a
portfolio manager with affiliates of The TCW Group, Inc. since June, 1990, prior
to which time he was Vice President  and Director of Research for D.A.  Campbell
Co., Inc., an institutional brokerage firm.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The  investment restrictions  listed below  are among  the restrictions that
have been adopted as fundamental policies of each Portfolio other than the Money
Market  Portfolio.  In  addition,  the   Money  Market  Portfolio  has   adopted
restrictions  two and five as fundamental policies. Under the Investment Company
Act of 1940, as  amended (the "Act"),  a fundamental policy  may not be  changed
with  respect to a Portfolio  without the vote of  a majority of the outstanding
voting securities of that Portfolio, as defined in the Act.

    Each Portfolio of the Fund may not:

        1.  As to 75% of its total  assets, invest more than 5% of the value  of
    its total assets in the securities of any one issuer (other than obligations
    issued  or  guaranteed  by the  United  States Government,  its  agencies or
    instrumentalities).

        2.   As to  75% of  its  total assets,  purchase more  than 10%  of  all
    outstanding  voting securities or any class of securities of any one issuer.
    (All of the Portfolios of the Fund may, collectively, purchase more than 10%
    of all outstanding voting securities or  any class of securities of any  one
    issuer.)

        3.  With the exception of the Utilities Portfolio, invest 25% or more of
    the  value of its total assets in securities of issuers in any one industry.
    This restriction does not apply to  obligations issued or guaranteed by  the
    United  States Government  or its agencies  or instrumentalities  or, in the
    case  of  the  North  American  Government  Securities  Portfolio  and   the
    Diversified Income Portfolio, to Mortgage-Backed Securities.

        4.   Invest more than 5% of the  value of its total assets in securities
    of issuers having a record, together  with predecessors, of less than  three
    years  of  continuous operation.  This restriction  shall  not apply  to any
    obligation issued  or  guaranteed  by  the  United  States  Government,  its
    agencies  or  instrumentalities  or,  in  the  case  of  the  North American
    Government Securities  Portfolio and  the Diversified  Income Portfolio,  to
    Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset-Backed Securities.

        5.   Borrow  money (except  insofar as  the Money  Market Portfolio, the
    North American  Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income
    Portfolio  and  the Balanced  Portfolio may  be deemed  to have  borrowed by
    entrance  into  a  reverse  repurchase  agreement  or  the  North   American
    Government  Securities Portfolio,  the Diversified Income  Portfolio and the
    Balanced Portfolio may be deemed to have borrowed by entrance into a  dollar
    roll),  except from  banks for  temporary or  emergency purposes  or to meet
    redemption requests which might  otherwise require the untimely  disposition
    of  securities, and, in the case of the Portfolios other than the Developing
    Growth Portfolio, not for investment or leveraging, provided that  borrowing
    in  the  aggregate  (other  than,  in  the  case  of  the  Developing Growth
    Portfolio,   for   investment   or    leveraging)   may   not   exceed    5%

                                       47
<PAGE>
    (taken  at  the  lower  of  cost  or current  value)  of  the  value  of the
    Portfolio's total assets (not including the amount borrowed).

    The Money Market Portfolio  has also adopted  the following restrictions  as
fundamental policies:

        1.   With respect to  75% of its total  assets, purchase any securities,
    other  than  obligations  of  the  U.S.  Government,  or  its  agencies   or
    instrumentalities,  if, immediately after such purchase, more than 5% of the
    value of the  Money Market  Portfolio's total  assets would  be invested  in
    securities  of any  one issuer.  However, as  a non-fundamental  policy, the
    Money Market Portfolio will not invest more than 10% of its total assets  in
    the   securities  of  any  one  issuer.  Furthermore,  pursuant  to  current
    regulatory requirements, the  Money Market  Portfolio may  only invest  more
    than  5% of its total assets in the  securities of a single issuer (and only
    with respect to one issuer  at a time) for a  period of not more than  three
    business  days and only if the  securities have received the highest quality
    rating by at least two NRSROs.)

        2.  Purchase any securities, other than obligations of domestic banks or
    of  the  U.S.  Government,  or   its  agencies  or  instrumentalities,   if,
    immediately  after such purchase,  more than 25%  of the value  of the Money
    Market Portfolio's  total assets  would  be invested  in the  securities  of
    issuers  in  the  same  industry;  however, there  is  no  limitation  as to
    investments in  domestic  bank  obligations  or  in  obligations  issued  or
    guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities.

    In addition, as a non-fundamental policy, each Portfolio of the Fund may not
invest  more than  15% (10% in  the case of  the Money Market  Portfolio) of its
total assets in  "illiquid securities" (securities  for which market  quotations
are  not readily available)  and repurchase agreements which  have a maturity of
longer than seven  days. For purposes  of this policy,  securities eligible  for
sale  pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act are not considered illiquid
if they are determined to be liquid under procedures adopted by the Trustees  of
the  Fund. As another non-fundamental policy, each Portfolio of the Fund may not
purchase securities of other investment  companies, except in connection with  a
merger,  consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of  assets or, in the case
of the Global Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio, in accordance
with the  provisions of  Section 12(d)  of  the Act  and any  Rules  promulgated
thereunder (e.g., each of these Portfolios may not invest in more than 3% of the
outstanding  voting  securities of  any investment  company). For  this purpose,
Mortgage-Backed Securities  and Asset-Backed  Securities are  not deemed  to  be
investment companies.

    All  percentage limitations  apply immediately  after a  purchase or initial
investment, and any  subsequent change  in any  applicable percentage  resulting
from market fluctuations or other changes in the amount of total assets does not
require elimination of any security from the Portfolio.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The  net asset value per share  is calculated separately for each Portfolio.
In general, the net asset value per share is computed by taking the value of all
the assets of the Portfolio, subtracting all liabilities, dividing by the number
of shares outstanding  and adjusting the  result to the  nearest cent. The  Fund
will  compute the net asset value per share of each Portfolio once daily at 4:00
p.m., New York time, on  days the New York Stock  Exchange is open for  trading.
The  net asset value per share will not be determined on Good Friday and on such
other Federal and  non-Federal holidays as  are observed by  the New York  Stock
Exchange.

    The Money Market Portfolio utilizes the amortized cost method in valuing its
portfolio  securities,  which method  involves valuing  a  security at  its cost
adjusted by a  constant amortization  to maturity  of any  discount or  premium,
regardless  of the impact of  fluctuating interest rates on  the market value of
the instrument. The purpose of this  method of calculation is to facilitate  the
maintenance of a constant net asset value per share of $1.00. However, there can
be no assurance that the $1.00 net asset value will be maintained.

    In  the calculation of the net asset  value of the Portfolios other than the
Money Market Portfolio: (1) an equity portfolio security listed or traded on the
New York or American Stock Exchange or other domestic or foreign stock  exchange
is  valued at  its latest  sale price on  that exchange  prior to  the time when
assets are valued (if there  were no sales that day,  the security is valued  at
the  latest bid price)  (in cases where  securities are traded  on more than one
exchange, the securities are  valued on the exchange  designated as the  primary
market   by  the  Trustees);   and  (2)  all   other  portfolio  securities  for

                                       48
<PAGE>
which over-the-counter market quotations are readily available are valued at the
latest bid price prior  to the time  of valuation. In either  (1) or (2)  above,
when  market quotations are not readily available, including circumstances under
which it is determined by the Investment  Manager (or, in the case of the  North
American  Government  Securities  Portfolio, the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the Core
Equity Portfolio and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio,  by the Sub-Adviser)  that
sale  or bid prices are  not reflective of a  security's market value, portfolio
securities are valued  at their  fair value as  determined in  good faith  under
procedures  established by and under the general supervision of the Fund's Board
of Trustees. Valuation of securities for which market quotations are not readily
available may also be based upon  current market prices of securities which  are
comparable  in coupon,  rating and maturity  or an  appropriate matrix utilizing
similar factors).  For  valuation  purposes,  quotations  of  foreign  portfolio
securities, other assets and liabilities and forward contracts stated in foreign
currency  are translated into  U.S. dollar equivalents  at the prevailing market
rates as of the morning of valuation. Dividends receivable are accrued as of the
ex-dividend date except for certain dividends from foreign securities which  are
accrued  as soon as the Fund is informed of such dividends after the ex-dividend
date.

    Short-term debt securities with remaining  maturities of sixty days or  less
at  the  time of  purchase are  valued  at amortized  cost, unless  the Trustees
determine such does  not reflect  the securities'  market value,  in which  case
these  securities  will be  valued  at their  fair  value as  determined  by the
Trustees.

    Certain of the portfolio securities of  each Portfolio other than the  Money
Market  Portfolio may be  valued by an  outside pricing service  approved by the
Fund's Trustees.  The pricing  service utilizes  a matrix  system  incorporating
security quality, maturity and coupon as the evaluation model parameters, and/or
research  evaluations  by its  staff, including  review of  broker-dealer market
price quotations, in determining what it  believes is the fair valuation of  the
portfolio securities valued by such pricing service.

PURCHASE OF FUND SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Investments  in the  Fund may  be made only  by (1)  Hartford Life Insurance
Company for allocation to certain separate accounts it established and maintains
for the purpose of funding variable annuity contracts it issues, and by (2)  ITT
Hartford  Life and Annuity Insurance Company  for allocation to certain separate
accounts it  established  and maintains  for  the purpose  of  funding  variable
annuity  contracts  it issues.  Persons desiring  to purchase  annuity contracts
funded by any Portfolio of the  Fund should read this Prospectus in  conjunction
with the Prospectus of the flexible premium deferred annuity contracts issued by
Hartford  Life  Insurance Company  or ITT  Hartford  Life and  Annuity Insurance
Company (the "Companies").

    In the future,  shares of the  Portfolios of  the Fund may  be allocated  to
certain  other  separate accounts  or sold  to affiliated  and/or non-affiliated
entities of  the Companies  in  connection with  variable annuity  contracts  or
variable  life insurance contracts. It is conceivable  that in the future it may
become disadvantageous  for both  variable life  and variable  annuity  contract
separate  accounts to invest in the same underlying fund. Although the Companies
and the Fund do not  currently foresee any such  disadvantage, if the shares  of
the  Fund are offered in connection  with variable life insurance contracts, the
Fund's Board of  Trustees intends  to monitor events  in order  to identify  any
material  irreconcilable  conflict  between the  interests  of  variable annuity
contract owners and  variable life  insurance contract owners  and to  determine
what action, if any, should be taken in response thereto.

    Shares  of  each Portfolio  of the  Fund  are offered  to the  Companies for
allocation to the  Accounts without  sales charge  at the  respective net  asset
values  of  the Portfolios  next determined  after  receipt by  the Fund  of the
purchase payment in the manner set forth above under "Determination of Net Asset
Value." In the  interest of economy  and convenience, certificates  representing
the Fund's shares will not be physically issued.

REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shares  of any Portfolio of the Fund can be redeemed by the Companies at any
time for cash,  without sales  charge, at the  net asset  value next  determined
after  receipt  of the  redemption request.  (For information  regarding charges
which may  be imposed  upon the  Contracts by  the applicable  Account, see  the
Prospectus for the Variable Annuity Contracts.)

                                       49
<PAGE>
    The  Fund  reserves the  right  to suspend  the  right of  redemption  or to
postpone the date of payment upon redemption of the shares of any Portfolio  for
any  period  during which  the New  York  Stock Exchange  is closed  (other than
weekend and holiday  closings) or  trading on  that Exchange  is restricted,  or
during  which an emergency exists (as  determined by the Securities and Exchange
Commission) as a result of which  disposal of the portfolio securities owned  by
the  Portfolio is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable
for the Portfolio to determine  the value of its net  assets, or for such  other
period  as the Securities  and Exchange Commission  may by order  permit for the
protection of shareholders.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.  The  Fund intends to distribute  substantially
all of the net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, of each
Portfolio.  Dividends  from  net  investment  income  and  any  distributions of
realized capital gains will be paid in additional shares of the Portfolio paying
the dividend  or  making the  distribution  and credited  to  the  shareholder's
account.

    MONEY  MARKET  PORTFOLIO.   Dividends from  net income  on the  Money Market
Portfolio will be declared, payable on each  day the New York Stock Exchange  is
open  for business  to shareholders of  record as  of the close  of business the
preceding business  day. Net  income, for  dividend purposes,  includes  accrued
interest  and  accretion  of  original  issue  and  market  discount,  less  the
amortization of market premium  and the estimated expenses  of the Money  Market
Portfolio.  The amount  of dividend  may fluctuate  from day  to day  and may be
omitted on some days if realized losses on portfolio securities exceed the Money
Market Portfolio's net investment income. Dividends are automatically reinvested
daily in additional shares of the Money Market Portfolio at the net asset  value
per share at the close of business that day. Any net realized capital gains will
be  declared and paid at least once  per calendar year; net short-term gains may
be paid more frequently, with the distribution of dividends from net  investment
income.

    OTHER  PORTFOLIOS.   Dividends from  net investment  income, if  any, on the
North  American  Government   Securities  Portfolio,   the  Diversified   Income
Portfolio,  the Balanced Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio, the Dividend Growth
Portfolio, the  Value-Added Market  Portfolio, the  Core Equity  Portfolio,  the
American  Value Portfolio,  the Global  Equity Portfolio,  the Developing Growth
Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio will be declared and paid  monthly,
and  any net realized capital gains will be  declared and paid at least once per
calendar year.

    TAXES.  Because the Fund intends to distribute substantially all of the  net
investment income and capital gains of each Portfolio and otherwise qualify each
Portfolio  as a regulated investment company  under Subchapter M of the Internal
Revenue Code (the "Code"),  it is not  expected that any  Portfolio of the  Fund
will be required to pay any Federal income tax on such income and capital gains.

    Gains  or losses on a Portfolio's transactions in certain listed options and
on futures and options on futures generally are treated as 60% long-term and 40%
short-term. When  a  Portfolio  engages in  options  and  futures  transactions,
various  tax  regulations applicable  to the  Portfolio may  have the  effect of
causing the Portfolio to recognize a gain  or loss for tax purposes before  that
gain  or loss is  realized, or to defer  recognition of a  realized loss for tax
purposes. Recognition, for tax purposes, of  an unrealized loss may result in  a
lesser  amount  of  the realized  net  short-term  gains of  the  North American
Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities
Portfolio, the Value-Added Market Portfolio,  the American Value Portfolio,  the
Global  Equity Portfolio and the Emerging  Markets Portfolio being available for
distribution. These  Portfolios  intend  to make  certain  elections  which  may
minimize  the impact  of these  rules but  which could  also result  in a higher
portion of the Portfolio's gains being treated as short-term capital gains.

    As a regulated investment  company, the Fund is  subject to the  requirement
that  less than 30%  of a Portfolio's gross  income be derived  from the sale or
other  disposition  of  securities  held  for  less  than  three  months.   This
requirement  may limit the  ability of the  North American Government Securities
Portfolio, the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Utilities  Portfolio,  the
Value-Added  Market Portfolio, the  American Value Portfolio,  the Global Equity
Portfolio and the Emerging  Markets Portfolio to engage  in options and  futures
transactions.

                                       50
<PAGE>
    With  respect  to investments  by the  North American  Government Securities
Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the
Utilities   Portfolio,  the  Dividend  Growth   Portfolio,  the  American  Value
Portfolio, the Global  Equity Portfolio  and the Emerging  Markets Portfolio  in
zero  coupon bonds  and investment by  the Diversified Income  Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets  Portfolio  in  payment-in-kind bonds,  the  Portfolios  accrue
income  prior to any actual cash payments by their issuers. In order to continue
to comply with Subchapter  M of the  Code and remain able  to forego payment  of
Federal  income  tax on  their  income and  capital  gains, each  Portfolio must
distribute all of its net investment income, including income accrued from  zero
coupon  and payment-in-kind bonds. As such,  these Portfolios may be required to
dispose  of   some  of   their   portfolio  securities   under   disadvantageous
circumstances to generate the cash required for distribution.

    Dividends, interest and capital gains received by a Portfolio on investments
in foreign issuers or which are denominated in foreign currency may give rise to
withholding  and other taxes imposed by foreign  countries, which may or may not
be refunded to the Portfolio.

    Since the Companies are the only shareholders of the Fund, no discussion  is
stated  herein  as to  the Federal  income tax  consequences at  the shareholder
level. For information concerning the Federal income tax consequences to holders
of variable  annuity contracts,  see  the Prospectus  for the  Variable  Annuity
Contracts.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    From  time to time the Fund advertises  the "yield" and "effective yield" of
the Money Market Portfolio. Both yield figures are based on historical  earnings
and  are not intended to  indicate future performance. The  "yield" of the Money
Market Portfolio  refers  to  the  income generated  by  an  investment  in  the
Portfolio   over  a   given  period  (which   period  will  be   stated  in  the
advertisement). This  income is  then annualized.  The "effective  yield" for  a
seven-day period is calculated similarly but, when annualized, the income earned
by  an investment in the Money Market Portfolio is assumed to be reinvested each
week within a 365-day period. The "effective yield" will be slightly higher than
the "yield" because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.  The
Money  Market  Portfolio's  "yield" and  "effective  yield" do  not  reflect the
deduction of any charges which  may be imposed on  the Contracts by the  Account
and  are  therefore not  equivalent  to total  return  under a  Contract  (for a
description of such charges, see the Prospectus for the Contracts).

    From time to time the Fund may quote the "total return" of each Portfolio in
advertisements and sales literature. The total return of a Portfolio is based on
historical earnings  and is  not intended  to indicate  future performance.  The
"average  annual total return" of a Portfolio  refers to a figure reflecting the
average annualized percentage increase (or decrease) in the value of an  initial
investment  in the Portfolio of  $1,000 over the life  of the Portfolio. Average
annual  total  return  reflects  all   income  earned  by  the  Portfolio,   any
appreciation or depreciation of the Portfolio's assets and all expenses incurred
by  the Portfolio for  the stated periods.  It also assumes  reinvestment of all
dividends and distributions paid by the Portfolio. However, average annual total
return does not reflect the deduction of any charges which may be imposed on the
Contracts by  the Account  which,  if reflected,  would reduce  the  performance
quoted.

    In addition to the foregoing, the Fund may advertise the total return of the
Portfolios  over  different  periods of  time  by means  of  aggregate, average,
year-by-year or other types of total return figures. Such calculations similarly
do not  reflect  the deduction  of  any charges  which  may be  imposed  on  the
Contracts by the Account. The Fund may also advertise the growth of hypothetical
investments  of $10,000, $50,000 and $100,000 in shares of a Portfolio. The Fund
from time to time may also advertise the performance of the Portfolios  relative
to   certain   performance  rankings   and   indexes  compiled   by  independent
organizations, such as Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The shares of  beneficial interest of  the Fund, with  $0.01 par value,  are
divided  into twelve separate  Portfolios, and the shares  of each Portfolio are
equal as to earnings, assets and voting privileges with all other shares of that
Portfolio. There are  no conversion, pre-emptive  or other subscription  rights.
Upon  liquidation of the Fund or any  Portfolio, shareholders of a Portfolio are
entitled to share pro  rata in the  net assets of  that Portfolio available  for
distribution to shareholders after all debts and

                                       51
<PAGE>
expenses have been paid. The shares do not have cumulative voting rights.

    The  assets received by the Fund on the sale of shares of each Portfolio and
all income, earnings, profits and proceeds  thereof, subject only to the  rights
of creditors, are allocated to each Portfolio, and constitute the assets of such
Portfolio.  The assets of  each Portfolio are  required to be  segregated on the
Fund's books of account.

    Additional Portfolios (the proceeds of which would be invested in  separate,
independently  managed portfolios with  distinct investment objectives, policies
and restrictions) may be  offered in the future,  but such additional  offerings
would  not  affect the  interests of  the current  shareholders in  the existing
Portfolios.

    On any matters affecting only one  Portfolio, only the shareholders of  that
Portfolio  are entitled to vote.  On matters relating to  all the Portfolios but
affecting the Portfolios differently, separate votes by Portfolio are  required.
Approval  of  an Investment  Management Agreement  and  a change  in fundamental
policies would  be  regarded  as  matters  requiring  separate  voting  by  each
Portfolio.  To the extent  required by law, Hartford  Life Insurance Company and
ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company, which are the only shareholders
of the Fund, will vote the shares of the Fund held in each Account in accordance
with instructions  from  Contract Owners,  as  more fully  described  under  the
caption  "Voting Rights" in  the Prospectus for  the Variable Annuity Contracts.
The Trustees of the Fund have been elected by Hartford Life Insurance Company.

    The Fund is  not required  to hold Annual  Meetings of  Shareholders and  in
ordinary  circumstances  the Fund  does not  intend to  hold such  meetings. The
Trustees may call  Special Meetings  of Shareholders for  action by  shareholder
vote as may be required by the Act or the Declaration of Trust.

    Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a business trust may, under certain
circumstances,  be held personally liable as partners for the obligations of the
Fund. However,  the  Declaration of  Trust  contains an  express  disclaimer  of
shareholder  liability for acts  or obligations of the  Fund, requires that Fund
obligations include  such  disclaimer,  and  provides  for  indemnification  and
reimbursement  of expenses out  of the Fund's property  for any shareholder held
personally liable  for  the  obligations  of  the Fund.  Thus,  the  risk  of  a
shareholder  incurring  financial loss  on account  of shareholder  liability is
limited to circumstances in which  the Fund itself would  be unable to meet  its
obligations.  Given the above limitations on shareholder personal liability, and
the nature of the Fund's assets and operations, in the opinion of  Massachusetts
counsel to the Fund, the risk to shareholders of personal liability is remote.

    TRANSFER  AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT. Dean Witter Trust Company, an
affiliate of  the  Investment Manager,  whose  address is  Harborside  Financial
Center,  Plaza Two, Jersey City,  NJ 07311, is the  Transfer Agent of the Fund's
shares and Dividend Disbursing Agent for payments of dividends and distributions
on Fund shares.

    SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES.  All inquiries regarding the Fund should be  directed
to  the Fund at the telephone numbers or address set forth on the front cover of
this Prospectus.

    Hartford Life Insurance Company provided the initial capital for the Fund by
purchasing 12,000 shares of the Money Market Portfolio and 800 shares of each of
the other Portfolios, for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000, on          ,
1994.

                                       52
<PAGE>
APPENDIX -- RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Moody's Investors Service Inc. ("Moody's")
                                  Bond Ratings

<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
Aaa        Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest
           degree  of  investment risk  and are  generally  referred to  as "gilt  edge." Interest
           payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is
           secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can
           be visualized are  most unlikely to  impair the fundamentally  strong position of  such
           issues.
Aa         Bonds  which are rated Aa are  judged to be of high  quality by all standards. Together
           with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are
           rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in
           Aaa securities or  fluctuation of protective  elements may be  of greater amplitude  or
           there  may be  other elements  present which make  the long-term  risks appear somewhat
           larger than in Aaa securities.
A          Bonds which are  rated A possess  many favorable  investment attributes and  are to  be
           considered  as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and
           interest are  considered  adequate,  but  elements  may  be  present  which  suggest  a
           susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
Baa        Bonds  which are rated Baa  are considered as medium  grade obligations; i.e., they are
           neither highly protected nor poorly  secured. Interest payments and principal  security
           appear  adequate for the present but certain  protective elements may be lacking or may
           be characteristically  unreliable  over any  great  length  of time.  Such  bonds  lack
           outstanding  investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
           well.
           Bonds rated Aaa, Aa, A and Baa are considered investment grade bonds.

Ba         Bonds which are rated Ba are judged  to have speculative elements; their future  cannot
           be  considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments
           may be very moderate, and therefore not well safeguarded during both good and bad times
           over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
B          Bonds which  are  rated B  generally  lack characteristics  of  desirable  investments.
           Assurance  of interest and principal  payments or of maintenance  of other terms of the
           contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa        Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or  there
           may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.
Ca         Bonds  which are rated Ca  present obligations which are  speculative in a high degree.
           Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.
C          Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be
           regarded as  having extremely  poor prospects  of ever  attaining any  real  investment
           standing.
</TABLE>

    CONDITIONAL RATING:  Municipal bonds for which the security depends upon the
completion  of  some  act  or  the  fulfillment  of  some  condition  are  rated
conditionally. These  are  bonds  secured  by (a)  earnings  of  projects  under
construction,  (b) earnings of projects  unseasoned in operation experience, (c)
rentals which begin when facilities are completed, or (d) payments to which some
other limiting condition attaches. Parenthetical rating denotes probable  credit
stature upon completion of construction or elimination of basis of condition.

    RATING  REFINEMENTS:  Moody's may  apply numerical modifiers, 1,  2 and 3 in
each generic  rating classification  from  Aa through  B  in its  corporate  and
municipal  bond rating system. The modifier  1 indicates that the security ranks
in the higher end  of its generic  rating category; the  modifier 2 indicates  a
mid-range  ranking; and a modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
end of its generic rating category.

                                       53
<PAGE>
                            Commercial Paper Ratings

    Moody's Commercial  Paper  ratings are  opinions  of the  ability  to  repay
punctually  promissory obligations not having an  original maturity in excess of
nine months. Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to  be
investment  grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:
Prime-1, Prime-2, Prime-3.

    Issuers rated Prime-1 have a  superior capacity for repayment of  short-term
promissory  obligations.  Issuers  rated  Prime-2  have  a  strong  capacity for
repayment of short-term promissory obligations;  and Issuers rated Prime-3  have
an  acceptable  capacity  for repayment  of  short-term  promissory obligations.
Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Standard & Poor's Corporation ("Standard & Poor's")

                                  Bond Ratings

    A  Standard  &  Poor's   bond  rating  is  a   current  assessment  of   the
creditworthiness  of  an obligor  with respect  to  a specific  obligation. This
assessment may take into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers, or
lessees.

    The ratings are  based on  current information  furnished by  the issuer  or
obtained  by Standard  & Poor's  from other  sources it  considers reliable. The
ratings are  based, in  varying degrees,  on the  following considerations:  (1)
likelihood  of default-capacity and willingness of  the obligor as to the timely
payment of interest and repayment of  principal in accordance with the terms  of
the  obligation;  (2)  nature  of  and provisions  of  the  obligation;  and (3)
protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of
bankruptcy, reorganization or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and
other laws affecting creditors' rights.

    Standard & Poor's does  not perform an audit  in connection with any  rating
and  may, on occasion, rely on  unaudited financial information. The ratings may
be changed, suspended or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or  unavailability
of, such information, or for other reasons.

<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
AAA        Debt  rated AAA has the  highest rating assigned by Standard  & Poor's. Capacity to pay
           interest and repay principal is extremely strong.
AA         Debt rated  AA has  a very  strong capacity  to pay  interest and  repay principal  and
           differs from the highest-rated issues only in small degree.
A          Debt  rated A has a  strong capacity to pay interest  and repay principal although they
           are somewhat more susceptible  to the adverse effects  of changes in circumstances  and
           economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.
BBB        Debt  rated BBB is  regarded as having an  adequate capacity to  pay interest and repay
           principal.  Whereas  it  normally  exhibits  adequate  protection  parameters,  adverse
           economic  conditions or changing  circumstances are more  likely to lead  to a weakened
           capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for debt in
           higher-rated categories.
           Bonds rated AAA, AA, A and BBB are considered investment grade bonds.

BB         Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative  grade
           debt.  However, it faces  major ongoing uncertainties or  exposure to adverse business,
           financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely
           interest and principal payment.
B          Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability  to default but presently has the capacity  to
           meet  interest  payments  and  principal  repayments.  Adverse  business,  financial or
           economic conditions would  likely impair capacity  or willingness to  pay interest  and
           repay principal.
</TABLE>

                                       54
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
CCC        Debt  rated CCC has a  current identifiable vulnerability to  default, and is dependent
           upon favorable business, financial and economic  conditions to meet timely payments  of
           interest  and repayments of principal.  In the event of  adverse business, financial or
           economic conditions, it is not  likely to have the capacity  to pay interest and  repay
           principal.
CC         The  rating  CC is  typically  applied to  debt subordinated  to  senior debt  which is
           assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.
C          The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which is assigned
           an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.
CI         The rating CI is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.
D          Debt rated "D" is  in payment default.  The "D" rating category  is used when  interest
           payments  or principal  payments are not  made on the  date due even  if the applicable
           grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will
           be made during such grace period. The "D" rating also will be used upon the filing of a
           bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.
NR         Indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information  on
           which  to base a rating  or that Standard &  Poor's does not rate  a particular type of
           obligation as a matter of policy.

           Bonds rated BB,  B, CCC,  CC and  C are  regarded as  having predominantly  speculative
           characteristics  with  respect to  capacity  to pay  interest  and repay  principal. BB
           indicates the least  degree of  speculation and C  the highest  degree of  speculation.
           While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are
           outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

           Plus  (+) or minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a
           plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major ratings categories.

           The foregoing ratings are sometimes followed by  a "p" which indicates that the  rating
           is  provisional. A provisional rating assumes  the successful completion of the project
           being financed by  the bonds being  rated and  indicates that payment  of debt  service
           requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful and timely completion
           of  the project.  This rating, however,  while addressing credit  quality subsequent to
           completion of the project, makes no comment  on the likelihood or risk of default  upon
           failure of such completion.
</TABLE>

                            Commercial Paper Ratings

    Standard  and Poor's commercial paper rating  is a current assessment of the
likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than
365 days. The  commercial paper rating  is not a  recommendation to purchase  or
sell a security. The ratings are based upon current information furnished by the
issuer  or  obtained  by  Standard  & Poor's  from  other  sources  it considers
reliable. The ratings  may be changed,  suspended, or withdrawn  as a result  of
changes  in or unavailability of such information. Ratings are graded into group
categories, ranging from "A" for the highest quality obligations to "D" for  the
lowest.  Ratings are applicable to both taxable and tax-exempt commercial paper.
The categories are as follows:

    Issues assigned A ratings are regarded  as having the greatest capacity  for
timely payment. Issues in this category are further refined with the designation
1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
    A-1 indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is very strong.
    A-2  indicates capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is strong. However,
        the relative degree of safety is not as overwhelming as for issues designated "A-1".
    A-3  indicates  a  satisfactory  capacity  for  timely  payment.  Obligations  carrying   this
        designation  are, however, somewhat more  vulnerable to the adverse  effects of changes in
        circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.
</TABLE>

                                       55
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
           , 1994                                                         [LOGO]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DEAN  WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES (the "Fund") is an open-end
diversified management investment company which  is intended to provide a  broad
range  of investment alternatives  with its twelve  separate Portfolios, each of
which has distinct investment objectives and policies:

    -THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

    -THE NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

    -THE DIVERSIFIED INCOME PORTFOLIO

    -THE BALANCED PORTFOLIO

    -THE UTILITIES PORTFOLIO

    -THE DIVIDEND GROWTH PORTFOLIO

    -THE VALUE-ADDED MARKET PORTFOLIO

    -THE CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

    -THE AMERICAN VALUE PORTFOLIO

    -THE GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO

    -THE DEVELOPING GROWTH PORTFOLIO

    -THE EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

    There can be no assurance that  the investment objectives of the  Portfolios
will be achieved. See "Investment Practices and Policies."

    A  Prospectus for the Fund dated            , 1994, which provides the basic
information you  should  know  before  allocating  your  investment  under  your
Variable  Annuity Contract to the Fund, may  be obtained without charge from the
Fund at  its  address or  telephone  number listed  below  or from  Dean  Witter
Reynolds  Inc.  at  any of  its  branch  offices. This  Statement  of Additional
Information is not a Prospectus. It contains information in addition to and more
detailed than that set forth in the  Prospectus for the Fund. It is intended  to
provide  you additional information  regarding the activities  and operations of
the Fund, and should be read in  conjunction with the Prospectuses for the  Fund
and for the Variable Annuity Contracts.

Dean Witter
Select Dimensions Investment Series
Two World Trade Center
New York, New York 10048
(212) 392-2550
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>
The Fund and its Management............................................................          3
Trustees and Officers..................................................................          7
Investment Practices and Policies......................................................         10
Investment Restrictions................................................................         42
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage...................................................         43
Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares.................................................         44
Dividends, Distributions and Taxes.....................................................         47
Performance Information................................................................         50
Description of Shares of the Fund......................................................         51
Custodian and Transfer Agent...........................................................         52
Independent Accountants................................................................         52
Reports to Shareholders................................................................         52
Legal Counsel..........................................................................         52
Experts................................................................................         53
Registration Statement.................................................................         53
Statement of Assets and Liabilities....................................................         53
Report of Independent Accountants......................................................         53
Appendix -- Ratings....................................................................         54
</TABLE>

                            ------------------------

    Currently,  the shares of  the Fund will  be sold only  to (1) Hartford Life
Insurance Company for allocation to certain of its separate accounts to fund the
benefits under certain flexible premium  deferred variable annuity contracts  it
issues,  and  to  (2)  ITT  Hartford  Life  and  Annuity  Insurance  Company for
allocation to  certain of  its  separate accounts  to  fund the  benefits  under
certain  flexible premium  deferred variable  annuity contracts  it issues. Such
separate accounts are  sometimes referred  to individually as  an "Account"  and
collectively  as  the  "Accounts."  The  variable  annuity  contracts  issued by
Hartford Life  Insurance Company  and ITT  Hartford Life  and Annuity  Insurance
Company  (the "Companies")  are sometimes referred  to as  the "Variable Annuity
Contracts" or the "Contracts." ITT  Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance  Company
is  a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hartford Life Insurance Company. In the future,
shares may be allocated to certain other separate accounts or sold to affiliated
and/or non-affiliated  entities of  the Companies  in connection  with  variable
annuity  contracts  or variable  life  insurance contracts.  The  Companies will
invest in shares of the Fund in accordance with allocation instructions received
from Contract  Owners, which  allocation  rights are  further described  in  the
Prospectus  for the Variable Annuity Contracts issued by Hartford Life Insurance
Company or ITT Hartford Life and  Annuity Insurance Company. The Companies  will
redeem  shares to the extent necessary  to provide benefits under the Contracts.
It is conceivable  that in  the future it  may become  disadvantageous for  both
variable  life  insurance and  variable  annuity contract  separate  accounts to
invest in the same underlying fund. Although  the Companies and the Fund do  not
currently  foresee any such disadvantage, if the  shares of the Fund are offered
in connection  with  variable life  insurance  contracts, the  Fund's  Board  of
Trustees   intends  to  monitor  events  in   order  to  identify  any  material
irreconcilable conflict  between  the  interests of  variable  annuity  contract
owners and variable life insurance contract owners and to determine what action,
if any, should be taken in response thereto.

                                       2
<PAGE>
THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE FUND

    The  Fund was organized under the  laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
on June 2, 1994 and  is a trust of the  type commonly known as a  "Massachusetts
Business Trust."

THE INVESTMENT MANAGER

    Dean  Witter InterCapital Inc. (the "Investment Manager" or "InterCapital"),
a Delaware corporation, whose address is  Two World Trade Center, New York,  New
York  10048, is  the Fund's Investment  Manager. InterCapital  is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Dean Witter, Discover &  Co. ("DWDC"), a Delaware corporation.  In
an  internal  reorganization which  took  place in  January,  1993, InterCapital
assumed  the  investment  advisory,  administrative  and  management  activities
previously  performed by the InterCapital Division  of Dean Witter Reynolds Inc.
("DWR"), a broker-dealer affiliate of InterCapital. (As hereinafter used in this
Statement of Additional  Information, the terms  "InterCapital" and  "Investment
Manager"   refer  to   DWR's  InterCapital   Division  prior   to  the  internal
reorganization  and  Dean  Witter  InterCapital  Inc.  thereafter.)  The   daily
management  of  the Fund  and  research relating  to  the Fund's  portfolios are
conducted by  or  under  the direction  of  officers  of the  Fund  and  of  the
Investment  Manager, subject to periodic review by the Fund's Board of Trustees.
In addition,  Trustees of  the Fund  provide guidance  on economic  factors  and
interest rate trends. Information as to these Trustees and officers is contained
under the caption, "Trustees and Officers."

    The  Investment Manager is also the investment manager or investment adviser
of the following investment companies: Dean Witter Liquid Asset Fund Inc.,  Dean
Witter High Yield Securities Inc., Dean Witter Tax-Free Daily Income Trust, Dean
Witter  Developing Growth  Securities Trust,  Dean Witter  Tax-Exempt Securities
Trust, Dean Witter  Natural Resource  Development Securities  Inc., Dean  Witter
Dividend  Growth Securities Inc.,  Dean Witter American  Value Fund, Dean Witter
U.S. Government Money  Market Trust,  Dean Witter World  Wide Investment  Trust,
Dean  Witter  Select Municipal  Reinvestment Fund,  Dean Witter  U.S. Government
Securities Trust, Dean Witter California  Tax-Free Income Fund, Dean Witter  New
York Tax-Free Income Fund, Dean Witter Convertible Securities Trust, Dean Witter
Federal  Securities Trust,  Dean Witter  Value-Added Market  Series, Dean Witter
Utilities Fund,  Dean  Witter  Managed  Assets  Trust,  Dean  Witter  California
Tax-Free Daily Income Trust, Dean Witter Strategist Fund, Dean Witter World Wide
Income  Trust, Dean Witter  Intermediate Income Securities,  Dean Witter Capital
Growth Securities,  Dean Witter  New  York Municipal  Money Market  Trust,  Dean
Witter  European  Growth Fund  Inc., Dean  Witter  Precious Metals  and Minerals
Trust, Dean  Witter Global  Short-Term  Income Fund  Inc., Dean  Witter  Pacific
Growth  Fund Inc., Dean  Witter Multi-State Municipal  Series Trust, Dean Witter
Premier Income Trust, Dean  Witter Short-Term U.S.  Treasury Trust, Dean  Witter
Health  Sciences  Trust,  Dean  Witter  Retirement  Series,  Dean  Witter Global
Dividend Growth  Securities,  Dean Witter  Limited  Term Municipal  Trust,  Dean
Witter Short-Term Bond Fund, Dean Witter Global Utilities Fund, Dean Witter High
Income  Securities, Dean  Witter National  Municipal Trust,  InterCapital Income
Securities Inc., High Income  Advantage Trust, High  Income Advantage Trust  II,
High   Income  Advantage  Trust  III,   Dean  Witter  Government  Income  Trust,
InterCapital Insured Municipal Bond Trust, InterCapital Insured Municipal Trust,
InterCapital Insured  Municipal Income  Trust, InterCapital  California  Insured
Municipal   Income  Trust,  InterCapital  Quality  Municipal  Investment  Trust,
InterCapital Quality  Municipal  Income Trust,  InterCapital  Quality  Municipal
Securities,  InterCapital California Quality  Municipal Securities, InterCapital
New York Quality Municipal Securities, Active Assets Money Trust, Active  Assets
Tax-Free   Trust,  Active  Assets  California   Tax-Free  Trust,  Active  Assets
Government Securities Trust, Municipal Income Trust, Municipal Income Trust  II,
Municipal  Income  Trust III,  Municipal  Income Opportunities  Trust, Municipal
Income  Opportunities  Trust  II,  Municipal  Income  Opportunities  Trust  III,
Municipal  Premium Income Trust and Prime Income Trust. The foregoing investment
companies, together with  the Fund,  are collectively  referred to  as the  Dean
Witter Funds.

    In  addition,  Dean Witter  Services Company  Inc. ("DWSC"),  a wholly-owned
subsidiary of  InterCapital,  serves as  manager  for the  following  investment
companies  for  which TCW  Funds Management,  Inc.,  the Sub-Adviser  of various
Portfolios  of  the  Fund,  is  the  investment  adviser:  TCW/DW  Core   Equity

                                       3
<PAGE>
Trust,  TCW/DW  North American  Government Income  Trust, TCW/DW  Latin American
Growth Fund, TCW/DW Income and Growth Fund, TCW/DW Small Cap Growth Fund, TCW/DW
North American Intermediate Income Trust, TCW/DW Emerging Markets  Opportunities
Trust,  TCW/DW Balanced Fund,  TCW/DW North American  Intermediate Income Trust,
TCW/DW Emerging Markets Opportunities Trust, TCW/DW Term Trust 2000, TCW/DW Term
Trust 2002 and TCW/DW  Term Trust 2003 (the  "TCW/DW Funds"). InterCapital  also
serves  as: (i) sub-adviser to Templeton Global Opportunities Trust, an open-end
investment company; (ii)  administrator of  The BlackRock  Strategic Term  Trust
Inc., a closed-end investment company; and (iii) sub-administrator of MassMutual
Participation   Investors  and   Templeton  Global   Governments  Income  Trust,
closed-end investment companies.

    The Investment Manager also serves as an investment adviser for Dean  Witter
World  Wide Investment Fund,  an investment company organized  under the laws of
Luxembourg, shares of which are not available for purchase in the United  States
or by American citizens outside the United States.

    Pursuant  to an Investment Management Agreement (the "Management Agreement")
with the Investment  Manager, the Fund  has retained the  Investment Manager  to
manage  the investment of the assets of each Portfolio, including the placing of
orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities. The Investment Manager
obtains and  evaluates such  information  and advice  relating to  the  economy,
securities  markets, and specific securities as it considers necessary or useful
to continuously manage  the assets of  the Portfolios  of the Fund  in a  manner
consistent with their investment objectives and policies.

    Under  the terms  of the Management  Agreement, the  Investment Manager also
maintains certain of  the Fund's  books and records  and furnishes,  at its  own
expense,  such office  space, facilities, equipment,  clerical help, bookkeeping
and certain legal services as the Fund may reasonably require in the conduct  of
its   business,  including  the  preparation   of  prospectuses,  statements  of
additional information, proxy statements and  reports required to be filed  with
federal and state securities commissions (except insofar as the participation or
assistance  of independent accountants  and attorneys is, in  the opinion of the
Investment Manager, necessary or desirable). In addition, the Investment Manager
pays the salaries  of all  personnel, including officers  of the  Fund, who  are
employees  of the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager also bears the cost
of telephone service,  heat, light, power  and other utilities  provided to  the
Fund.  The Investment  Manager has retained  DWSC to  perform its administrative
services under the Management Agreement.

    Under the  terms of  the  Management Agreement,  the Investment  Manager  is
authorized  to retain  a sub-adviser and,  pursuant to  a Sub-Advisory Agreement
between  the   Investment  Manager   and  TCW   Funds  Management,   Inc.   (the
"Sub-Adviser"),  the Investment Manager has  retained the Sub-Adviser to provide
the North American Government Securities Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio,  the
Core  Equity  Portfolio and  the  Emerging Markets  Portfolio  of the  Fund with
investment advice and portfolio management, in each case subject to the  overall
supervision  of  the  Investment  Manager.  The  Sub-Adviser  is  a wholly-owned
subsidiary of  The TCW  Group,  Inc., whose  direct and  indirect  subsidiaries,
including  Trust Company of the West and TCW Asset Management Company, provide a
variety of trust, investment management and investment advisory services. As  of
            ,  1994,  the  Sub-Adviser  and  its  affiliates  had  approximately
$            billion under management or committed to management. Trust  Company
of   the  West  and  its  affiliates  have  managed  securities  portfolios  for
institutional investors  since 1971.  The Sub-Adviser  is headquartered  at  865
South  Figueroa  Street,  Suite  1800,  Los  Angeles,  California  90017  and is
registered as an investment adviser under  the Investment Advisers Act of  1940.
The  Sub-Adviser serves as  investment adviser to the  eleven TCW/DW Funds named
above and also serves as investment adviser to TCW Convertible Securities  Fund,
Inc., a closed-end investment company traded on the New York Stock Exchange, and
to  TCW  Funds, Inc.,  open-end  investment companies,  and  acts as  adviser or
sub-adviser to other investment companies.

    Robert A. Day, who is Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Sub-Adviser,
may be  deemed to  be a  control  person of  the Sub-Adviser  by virtue  of  the
aggregate  ownership  by  Mr.  Day  and  his family  of  more  than  25%  of the
outstanding voting stock of The TCW Group, Inc.

                                       4
<PAGE>
    The Sub-Adviser in  turn has  entered into  further sub-advisory  agreements
(the  "Secondary Sub-Advisory Agreements") with two  of its affiliates, TCW Asia
Limited, a  Hong Kong  corporation,  and TCW  London International,  Limited,  a
California  corporation (the  "Secondary Sub-Advisers"),  pursuant to  which the
Secondary Sub-Advisers will assist the  Sub-Adviser in providing services  under
the Sub-Advisory Agreement in respect of the Emerging Markets Portfolio. Each of
the Secondary Sub-Advisers is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The TCW Group, Inc.

    Expenses   not  expressly  assumed  by  the  Investment  Manager  under  the
Management Agreement  or by  the Sub-Adviser  of the  North American  Government
Securities  Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio, the Core Equity Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets Portfolio  pursuant to the  Sub-Advisory Agreement (see  below)
will be paid by the Fund. Each Portfolio pays all other expenses incurred in its
operation  and a portion of the Fund's general administration expenses allocated
on the basis of the asset size  of the respective Portfolios. Expenses that  are
borne  directly by  a Portfolio  include, but  are not  limited to:  charges and
expenses of any  registrar, custodian,  share transfer  and dividend  disbursing
agent; brokerage commissions; certain taxes; registration costs of the Portfolio
and  its shares under  federal and state  securities laws; shareholder servicing
costs; charges  and expenses  of any  outside service  used for  pricing of  the
shares  of  the Portfolio;  interest on  borrowings by  the Portfolio;  fees and
expenses of  legal  counsel, including  counsel  to  the Trustees  who  are  not
interested persons of the Fund or of the Investment Manager (or the Sub-Adviser)
(not  including compensation or  expenses of attorneys who  are employees of the
Investment Manager (or  the Sub-Adviser)) and  independent accountants; and  all
other  expenses  attributable  to  a particular  Portfolio.  Expenses  which are
allocated on the basis  of size of the  respective Portfolios include the  costs
and  expenses of printing, including  typesetting, and distributing prospectuses
and statements of additional information of the Fund and supplements thereto  to
the  Fund's shareholders; all  expenses of shareholders'  and Trustees' meetings
and  of  preparing,  printing  and  mailing  proxy  statements  and  reports  to
shareholders;  fees and travel  expenses of Trustees or  members of any advisory
board or  committee who  are not  employees of  the Investment  Manager (or  the
Sub-Adviser)  or  any  corporate affiliate  of  the Investment  Manager  (or the
Sub-Adviser); state franchise  taxes; Securities and  Exchange Commission  fees;
membership  dues  of  industry  associations;  postage;  insurance  premiums  on
property or personnel (including officers and Trustees) of the Fund which  inure
to its benefit; and all other costs of the Fund's operations properly payable by
the  Fund  and allocable  on the  basis  of size  of the  respective Portfolios.
Depending on  the nature  of a  legal claim,  liability or  lawsuit,  litigation
costs,  payment of legal claims or  liabilities and any indemnification relating
thereto may be directly applicable to the Portfolio or allocated on the basis of
the size of the respective Portfolios. The Trustees have determined that this is
an appropriate method of allocation of expenses.

    As full compensation for the services  and facilities furnished to the  Fund
and  expenses of the Fund  assumed by the Investment  Manager, the Fund pays the
Investment Manager monthly compensation calculated daily by applying the  annual
rate  of     % to the net assets of the Money Market Portfolio;     % to the net
assets of the North American Government Securities Portfolio;      % to the  net
assets  of the  Diversified Income Portfolio;       %  to the net  assets of the
Balanced Portfolio;     % to the net assets of the Utilities Portfolio;     % to
the net assets of the Dividend Growth Portfolio;     % to the next assets of the
Value-Added Market  Portfolio;       %  to the  net assets  of the  Core  Equity
Portfolio;     % to the net assets of the American Value Portfolio;     % to the
net  assets of  the Global  Equity Portfolio;       % to  the net  assets of the
Developing Growth Portfolio; and     % to the net assets of the Emerging Markets
Portfolio, in each case  determined as of  the close of  each business day.  The
Investment  Manager  has undertaken  to assume  all  operating expenses  of each
Portfolio (except  for  any  brokerage  fees and  a  portion  of  organizational
expenses)  and  waive  the  compensation  provided  for  each  Portfolio  in its
Management Agreement with the  Fund until such time  as the pertinent  Portfolio
has  $50 million of net assets  or until six months from  the date of the Fund's
commencement of  operations, whichever  occurs first.  The Management  Agreement
also  provides that if the total operating expenses of a Portfolio, exclusive of
taxes, interest, brokerage  fees and  certain legal claims  and liabilities  and
litigation   and  indemnification  expenses,  as  described  in  the  Management
Agreement, for the fiscal year exceed  2.5% of the first $30,000,000 of  average
daily  net assets of the  Portfolio, 2% of the next  $70,000,000 and 1.5% of any
excess  over   $100,000,000,  the   Investment   Manager  will   reimburse   the

                                       5
<PAGE>
Portfolio  for the amount of such excess, up to the amount of the management fee
for such Portfolio for that year. Such amount, if any, will be calculated  daily
and credited on a monthly basis.

    The   Management  Agreement  provides   that  in  the   absence  of  willful
misfeasance, bad  faith, negligence  or reckless  disregard of  its  obligations
thereunder,  the Investment  Manager is  not liable  to the  Fund or  any of its
investors for any act or  omission by the Investment  Manager or for any  losses
sustained  by the  Fund or  its investors.  The Management  Agreement in  no way
restricts the Investment Manager from acting as investment manager or adviser to
others.

    The Investment  Manager will  pay the  organizational expenses  of the  Fund
incurred prior to the offering of the Fund's shares. The Fund will reimburse the
Investment  Manager  for such  expenses,  in an  amount of  up  to a  maximum of
$250,000. The Fund will defer and  will amortize the reimbursed expenses on  the
straight  line method over  a period not to  exceed five years  from the date of
commencement of the Fund's operations.

    Both the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser have authorized any of their
directors, officers and employees who have been elected as Trustees or  officers
of the Fund to serve in the capacities in which they have been elected. Services
furnished  to the North  American Government Securities  Portfolio, the Balanced
Portfolio, the Core Equity Portfolio and  the Emerging Markets Portfolio by  the
Investment  Manager and the Sub-Adviser may  be furnished by directors, officers
and employees of the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser. In connection  with
the  services rendered by  the Sub-Adviser, the  Sub-Adviser bears the following
expenses: (a) the salaries and expenses  of its personnel; and (b) all  expenses
incurred  by it  in connection  with performing the  services provided  by it as
Sub-Adviser, as described above.

    As full compensation for the services and facilities furnished to the  North
American  Government  Securities  Portfolio, the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the Core
Equity Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Portfolio and the Investment Manager, and
the expenses  of these  Portfolios and  the Investment  Manager assumed  by  the
Sub-Adviser,  the Investment  Manager pays the  Sub-Adviser monthly compensation
equal to   % of the Investment Manager's monthly compensation payable under  the
Management  Agreement  in respect  of the  North American  Government Securities
Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio,  the Core Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging
Markets  Portfolio. Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, if any reimbursement
is made by the  Investment Manager to the  North American Government  Securities
Portfolio,  the Balanced Portfolio,  the Core Equity  Portfolio and the Emerging
Markets Portfolio as a result of the Portfolio exceeding the expense limitation,
the Investment  Manager will  be reimbursed  for     % of  such payment  by  the
Sub-Adviser. For the services to be provided to the Sub-Adviser by the Secondary
Sub-Advisers under the Secondary Sub-Advisory Agreements, the Sub-Adviser pays a
portion  of its compensation  under the Sub-Advisory  Agreement to the Secondary
Sub-Advisers, which portion shall vary from time to time.

    The Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement in respect of the North
American Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the Balanced  Portfolio,  the  Core
Equity   Portfolio  and  the  Emerging  Markets  Portfolio,  and  the  Secondary
Sub-Advisory Agreements  in  respect  of the  Emerging  Markets  Portfolio  were
initially  approved by the Trustees  of the Fund on                , 1994 and by
Hartford Life Insurance Company (the "Company") as the then sole shareholder  on
            , 1994. The Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the
Secondary  Sub-Advisory  Agreements  are  sometimes herein  referred  to  as the
"Agreements." The Agreements may be terminated at any time, without penalty,  on
thirty  days' notice by the Trustees of the  Fund, by the holders of a majority,
as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Act"), of the
outstanding shares  of  the Fund,  or  by the  other  party or  parties  to  the
Agreements.  Each Agreement  will automatically  terminate in  the event  of its
assignment (as  defined in  the Act).  Under their  terms, each  Agreement  will
continue  in effect  until April  30, 1996,  and from  year to  year thereafter,
provided continuance of the Agreement is approved at least annually by the  vote
of  the holders of a majority, as defined  in the Act, of the outstanding shares
of each Portfolio (or, in the case  of the Sub-Advisory Agreement in respect  of
the  North American Government Securities Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio, the
Core Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio, the outstanding shares
of  each   of   those  Portfolios,   or,   in   the  case   of   the   Secondary

                                       6
<PAGE>
Sub-Advisory  Agreements  in  respect  of the  Emerging  Markets  Portfolio, the
outstanding shares of that Portfolio), or by the Trustees of the Fund;  provided
that  in either  event such continuance  is approved  annually by the  vote of a
majority of the Trustees  of the Fund  who are not parties  to the Agreement  or
"interested persons" (as defined in the Act) of any such party (the "Independent
Trustees"),  which  vote must  be cast  in person  at a  meeting called  for the
purpose of  voting on  such approval.  If  the question  of continuance  of  the
Management  Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement  or the Secondary Sub-Advisory
Agreements (or  adoption  of  any  new  Management,  Sub-Advisory  or  Secondary
Sub-Advisory  Agreement) is presented to shareholders, continuance (or adoption)
with respect to a Portfolio  shall be effective only  if approved by a  majority
vote of the outstanding voting securities of that Portfolio. If the shareholders
of  any one  or more  of the  Portfolios should  fail to  approve the Management
Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement or a Secondary Sub-Advisory Agreement, the
Investment Manager may nonetheless serve  as Investment Manager with respect  to
any  Portfolio  whose shareholders  approved the  Management Agreement,  and the
Sub-Adviser and the Secondary Sub-Advisers may nonetheless serve as  Sub-Adviser
or  Secondary Sub-Adviser,  as the  case may be,  with respect  to any Portfolio
whose shareholders  have approved  the  Management Agreement,  the  Sub-Advisory
Agreement  and the Secondary Sub-Advisory Agreements.  To the extent required by
law, the Companies, which are the only  shareholders of the Fund, will vote  the
shares  of the  Fund held  by it in  accordance with  instructions from Contract
Owners, as  more  fully described  under  the  caption "Voting  Rights"  in  the
Prospectus for the Contracts.

    The Fund has acknowledged that the name "Dean Witter" is a property right of
DWR. The Fund has agreed that DWR or its parent company may use or, at any time,
permit  others to use, the name "Dean Witter".  The Fund has also agreed that in
the event the Management Agreement is terminated, or if the affiliation  between
InterCapital  and its parent company is  terminated, the Fund will eliminate the
name "Dean Witter" from its name if DWR or its parent company shall so request.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Trustees and Executive  Officers of the  Fund, their principal  business
occupations  during the  last five  years and  their affiliations,  if any, with
InterCapital and TCW Funds Management, Inc.  and with the Dean Witter Funds  and
the TCW/DW Funds are shown below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME POSITION WITH FUND
               AND ADDRESS                              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING LAST FIVE YEARS
- -----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>
Charles A. Fiumefreddo*                    Chairman,  Chief Executive  Officer and Director  of InterCapital, Dean
Chairman of the Board,                     Witter Distributors  Inc.  ("Distributors") and  DWSC;  Executive  Vice
President, Chief Executive Officer         President and Director of DWR; Chairman, Director or Trustee, President
and Trustee                                and  Chief Executive Officer of the  Dean Witter Funds; Chairman, Chief
Two World Trade Center                     Executive Officer  and  Trustee  of  the  TCW/DW  Funds;  Chairman  and
New York, New York                         Director of Dean Witter Trust Company ("DWTC"); Director and/or officer
                                           of  various DWDC  subsidiaries; formerly  Executive Vice  President and
                                           Director of DWDC (until February, 1993).
David A. Hughey*                           Executive  Vice   President  and   Chief  Administrative   Officer   of
Trustee and Vice President                 InterCapital,  Distributors, DWSC and  DWTC and Director  of DWTC; Vice
Two World Trade Center                     President of the Dean Witter Funds and the TCW/ DW Funds.
New York, New York.......................
Sheldon Curtis*                            Senior Vice President,  Secretary and General  Counsel of  InterCapital
Trustee, Vice President,                   and  DWSC; Senior  Vice President  and Secretary  of DWTC;  Senior Vice
Secretary and                              President,  Assistant  Secretary  and  Assistant  General  Counsel   of
 General Counsel                           Distributors;  Assistant  Secretary of  DWDC  and DWR;  Vice President,
Two World Trade Center                     Secretary and General Counsel of the  Dean Witter Funds and the  TCW/DW
New York, New York                         Funds.
</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME POSITION WITH FUND
               AND ADDRESS                              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING LAST FIVE YEARS
- -----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>
Peter M. Avelar                            Senior  Vice  President  of  InterCapital  (since  April,  1992);  Vice
Vice President                             President of various  Dean Witter Funds;  previously Vice President  of
Two World Trade Center                     InterCapital (December, 1990-April, 1992) and Senior Portfolio Manager,
New York, New York                         First   Vice   President  of   PaineWebber  Asset   Management  (March,
                                           1989-December, 1990).

Thomas H. Connelly                         Senior Vice President of InterCapital;  Vice President of various  Dean
Vice President                             Witter Funds.
Two World Trade Center
New York, New York

Edward F. Gaylor                           Senior  Vice  President  of  InterCapital  (since  April,  1992);  Vice
Vice President                             President of various  Dean Witter Funds;  previously Vice President  of
Two World Trade Center                     InterCapital.
New York, New York

Rajesh K. Gupta                            Senior Vice President of InterCapital (since May, 1991); Vice President
Vice President                             of   various   Dean  Witter   Funds;   previously  Vice   President  of
Two World Trade Center                     InterCapital.
New York, New York

Kenton J. Hinchliffe                       Senior Vice President of InterCapital;  Vice President of various  Dean
Vice President                             Witter Funds.
Two World Trade Center
New York, New York

Anita H. Kolleeny                          Senior  Vice  President  of  InterCapital  (since  April,  1992);  Vice
Vice President                             President of various  Dean Witter Funds;  previously Vice President  of
Two World Trade Center                     InterCapital.
New York, New York

Jonathan R. Page                           Senior  Vice President of InterCapital;  Vice President of various Dean
Vice President                             Witter Funds.
Two World Trade Center
New York, New York

Vinh Q. Tran                               Vice President of InterCapital; Vice  President of various Dean  Witter
Vice President                             Funds.
Two World Trade Center
New York, New York

Paul D. Vance                              Senior  Vice President of InterCapital;  Vice President of various Dean
Vice President                             Witter Funds.
Two World Trade Center
New York, New York

Ronald J. Worobel                          Senior Vice President of InterCapital (since June 1993); Vice President
Vice President                             of various Dean Witter Funds;  formerly Vice President of  InterCapital
Two World Trade Center                     (June, 1992-June, 1993) and Managing Director, MacKay-Shields Financial
New York, New York                         Corp. (February, 1989-June, 1992).

Paula LaCosta                              Vice  President of InterCapital (since  April, 1992); Vice President of
Vice President                             various Dean  Witter  Funds;  previously Assistant  Vice  President  of
Two World Trade Center                     InterCapital.
New York, New York
</TABLE>

                                       8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME POSITION WITH FUND
               AND ADDRESS                              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING LAST FIVE YEARS
- -----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>
Philip A. Barach                           Managing  Director of  TCW Funds  Management, Inc.;  Managing Director,
Vice President                             Mortgage-Backed Securities of Trust Company  of the West and TCW  Asset
865 South Figueroa Street                  Management Company; Vice President of various TCW/DW Funds.
Los Angeles, California
James M. Goldberg                          Managing  Director of TCW Funds Management, Inc.; Managing Director and
Vice President                             Chairman of the Fixed Income Policy  Committee of Trust Company of  the
865 South Figueroa Street                  West and TCW Asset Management Company; Vice President of various TCW/DW
Los Angeles, California                    Funds.
Jeffrey E. Gundlach                        Managing  Director of  TCW Funds  Management, Inc.;  Managing Director,
Vice President                             Mortgage-Backed Securities of Trust Company  of the West and TCW  Asset
865 South Figueroa Street                  Management Company; Vice President of various TCW/DW Funds.
Los Angeles, California
Douglas R. Metcalf                         Managing  Director of TCW Funds Management,  Inc., Trust Company of the
Vice President                             West and TCW Asset Management  Company (since March, 1990);  previously
865 South Figueroa Street                  Managing  Director  of First  Interstate Bank  Ltd.; Vice  President of
Los Angeles, California                    various TCW/DW Funds.
James A. Tilton                            Managing Director of TCW Funds Management, Inc.; Managing Director  and
Vice President                             member  of the Equity Policy Committee of Trust Company of the West and
865 South Figueroa Street                  TCW Asset Management Company;  Chairman of the  Board of Verdugo  Hills
Los Angeles, California                    Hospital  and Chairman of the Board  of Councilors of the University of
                                           Southern  California  School  of  Public  Administration;  director  of
                                           various  other business organizations; Vice President of various TCW/DW
                                           Funds.
Robert M. Hanisee                          Managing Director of  TCW Funds Management,  Inc. (since April,  1990);
Vice President                             Managing  Director,  Director of  Research and  Chairman of  the Equity
865 South Figueroa Street                  Policy Committee of Trust Company of the West and TCW Asset  Management
Los Angeles, California                    Company  (since  April,  1990); previously  President  and  Director of
                                           Research for Seidler Amdec Securities.
Paul G. Wargnier                           Managing Director of  TCW Funds  Management, Inc.  (since June,  1990);
Vice President                             Managing Director of Trust Company of the West and TCW Asset Management
865 South Figueroa Street                  Company  (since June, 1990); previously  Vice President and Director of
Los Angeles, California                    Research for D.A. Campbell Co., Inc. (institutional brokerage firm).
Thomas F. Caloia                           First Vice President (since May,  1991) and Assistant Treasurer  (since
Treasurer                                  April,  1988) of  InterCapital; First  Vice President  and Treasurer of
Two World Trade Center                     DWSC; Treasurer  of  the  Dean  Witter  Funds  and  the  TCW/DW  Funds;
New York, New York                         previously Vice President of InterCapital.
- ---------
<FN>
*    Denotes  Trustees who are  "interested persons" of the  Fund, as defined in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>
    In addition, Robert  M. Scanlan,  President and Chief  Operating Officer  of
InterCapital  and DWSC,  Executive Vice President  of Distributors  and DWTC and
Director  of  DWTC,  and  Edmund  C.  Puckhaber,  Executive  Vice  President  of
InterCapital,  are Vice Presidents of the Fund, and Marilyn K. Cranney and Barry
Fink, First Vice Presidents and  Assistant General Counsels of InterCapital  and
DWSC, and Lawrence Lafer, LouAnne D. McInnis and Ruth Rossi, Vice Presidents and
Assistant  General Counsels of InterCapital  and DWSC, are Assistant Secretaries
of the Fund.

    The Fund pays each Trustee who is not an employee or retired employee of the
Investment Manager or  the Sub-Adviser, or  an affiliated company  of either  of
them,  an annual fee of $    plus  $  for each meeting of the Board of Trustees,
the Audit Committee or the Committee of the Independent Trustees attended by the
Trustee in  person  (the  Fund pays  the  Chairman  of the  Audit  Committee  an
additional  annual fee of  $     and pays  the Chairman of  the Committee of the
Independent Trustees an additional annual fee of $     , in each case  inclusive
of  the  Committee meeting  fees). The  Fund also  reimburses such  Trustees for
travel and  other out-of-pocket  expenses incurred  by them  in connection  with
attending  such meetings. Trustees and officers of the Fund who are or have been
employed  by  the  Investment  Manager  or  an  affiliated  company  receive  no
compensation or expense reimbursement from the Fund.

INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND POLICIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The  Fund is an open-end diversified  management investment company which is
intended to provide  a broad range  of investment alternatives  with its  twelve
separate  Portfolios,  each  of  which has  distinct  investment  objectives and
policies, as set forth below and in the Prospectus:

    -THE MONEY  MARKET  PORTFOLIO seeks  high  current income,  preservation  of
     capital and liquidity by investing in short-term money market instruments.

    -THE  NORTH AMERICAN  GOVERNMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO  seeks to  earn a high
     level of  current income  while maintaining  relatively low  volatility  of
     principal,   by  investing  primarily   in  investment  grade  fixed-income
     securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by   the  U.S.,  Canadian  or   Mexican
     governments.

    -THE  DIVERSIFIED INCOME PORTFOLIO seeks, as  a primary objective, to earn a
     high level of current
     income and, as a secondary objective, to maximize total return, but only to
     the extent consistent with its primary objective, by equally allocating its
     assets among three  separate groupings  of fixed-income  securities. Up  to
     one-third  of the securities in which  the Diversified Income Portfolio may
     invest will include securities rated Baa/BBB or lower.

    -THE BALANCED  PORTFOLIO  seeks  to  achieve high  total  return  through  a
     combination   of  income  and  capital  appreciation,  by  investing  in  a
     diversified portfolio of  common stocks and  investment grade  fixed-income
     securities.

    -THE  UTILITIES  PORTFOLIO seeks  to  provide current  income  and long-term
     growth  of  income  and  capital  by  investing  primarily  in  equity  and
     fixed-income  securities  of  companies  engaged  in  the  public utilities
     industry.

    -THE DIVIDEND GROWTH  PORTFOLIO seeks to  provide reasonable current  income
     and long-term growth of income and capital by investing primarily in common
     stock  of companies with a record of paying dividends and the potential for
     increasing dividends.

    -THE VALUE-ADDED MARKET  PORTFOLIO seeks to  achieve a high  level of  total
     return  on its  assets through  a combination  of capital  appreciation and
     current income by investing, on an equally weighted basis, in a diversified
     portfolio of common stocks  of the companies which  are represented in  the
     Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.

    -THE  CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO  seeks long-term growth  of capital by investing
     primarily in common  stocks and securities  convertible into common  stocks
     issued by domestic and foreign companies.

                                       10
<PAGE>
    -THE  AMERICAN  VALUE PORTFOLIO  seeks long-term  growth consistent  with an
     effort to reduce  volatility by  investing principally in  common stock  of
     companies  in industries which, at the time of the investment, are believed
     to be undervalued in the marketplace.

    -THE GLOBAL  EQUITY PORTFOLIO  seeks a  high level  of total  return on  its
     assets, primarily through long-term capital growth and, to a lesser extent,
     from  income. It seeks to achieve this objective through investments in all
     types of  common stocks  and equivalents,  preferred stocks  and bonds  and
     other  debt obligations of  domestic and foreign  companies and governments
     and international organizations.

    -THE DEVELOPING  GROWTH  PORTFOLIO  seeks long-term  capital  growth  by  by
     investing  primarily in common stocks of smaller and medium-sized companies
     that, in the  opinion of  the Investment  Manager, have  the potential  for
     growing  more  rapidly than  the  economy and  which  may benefit  from new
     products or services, technological developments or changes in management.

    -THE EMERGING  MARKETS PORTFOLIO  seeks  long-term capital  appreciation  by
     investing  primarily in equity  securities of companies  in emerging market
     countries. The Emerging Markets Portfolio may invest up to 35% of its total
     assets in high risk fixed-income securities that are rated below investment
     grade or are unrated.

    There can be no assurance that the Portfolios' investment objectives will be
achieved.

    Each Portfolio of the Fund is subject to the diversification requirements of
Section 817(h)  of the  Internal  Revenue Code  relating  to the  favorable  tax
treatment  of variable annuity contracts.  Regulations issued under such section
require each Portfolio  to invest  no more  than 55% of  its assets  in any  one
investment;  no more than 70% of its assets in any two investments; no more than
80% of its total assets  in any three investments; and  no more than 90% of  its
total  assets  in any  four investments.  For purposes  of the  regulations, all
securities of the same issuer are  treated as a single investment. In  addition,
the  Portfolios are subject  to the diversification requirements  of the Act, as
described  under  the  heading  "Investment  Restrictions"  below  and  in   the
Prospectus.

THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

    VARIABLE  AND FLOATING RATE  OBLIGATIONS.  As stated  in the Prospectus, the
Money Market Portfolio may invest in variable and floating rate obligations. The
interest rate payable on a variable rate obligation is adjusted at predesignated
periodic intervals and, on floating rate obligations, whenever there is a change
in the market  rate of interest  on which  the interest rate  payable is  based.
Other  features may  include the  right whereby  the Money  Market Portfolio may
demand prepayment of the principal amount of the obligation prior to its  stated
maturity  (a  "demand  feature") and  the  right  of the  issuer  to  prepay the
principal amount prior  to maturity. The  principal benefit of  a variable  rate
obligation  is that the interest rate adjustment minimizes changes in the market
value of the obligation. As a result, the purchase of variable rate and floating
rate obligations should  enhance the ability  of the Money  Market Portfolio  to
maintain  a  stable net  asset  value per  share (see  "How  Net Asset  Value is
Determined") and to sell obligations prior to maturity at a price  approximating
the  full principal  amount of  the obligations.  The principal  benefits to the
Money Market Portfolio of purchasing obligations with a demand feature are  that
liquidity  and the ability of the Money  Market Portfolio to obtain repayment of
the full principal amount of an  obligation prior to maturity are enhanced.  The
payment of principal and interest by issuers of certain obligations purchased by
the  Money Market  Portfolio may  be guaranteed  by letters  of credit  or other
credit facilities  offered  by  banks  or  other  financial  institutions.  Such
guarantees  will be  considered in determining  whether an  obligation meets the
Money Market Portfolio's investment quality requirements.

    PRIVATE PLACEMENTS.    As discussed  in  the Prospectus,  the  Money  Market
Portfolio  may invest  in commercial paper  issued in reliance  on the so-called
"private placement" exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) of  the
Securities  Act  of  1933  (the  "Securities Act")  and  which  may  be  sold to

                                       11
<PAGE>
other  institutional investors pursuant  to Rule 144A  under the Securities Act.
The adoption  by the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  of Rule  144A,  which
permits  the resale of certain restricted securities to institutional investors,
had the effect of broadening and  increasing the liquidity of the  institutional
trading  market for securities subject to  restrictions on resale to the general
public. Section 4(2) commercial paper sold  pursuant to Rule 144A is  restricted
in  that is  can be resold  only to qualified  institutional investors. However,
since institutions constitute  virtually the entire  market for such  commercial
paper,  the market  for such  Section 4(2) commercial  paper is,  in reality, as
liquid as that  for other  commercial paper.  While the  Money Market  Portfolio
generally  holds to  maturity commercial paper  in its portfolio,  the advent of
Rule 144A has  greatly simplified the  ability to sell  Section 4(2)  commercial
paper to other institutional investors.

    Open-end  investment companies are  not permitted to hold  over 15% (10% for
money market funds)  of their net  assets in  securities for which  there is  no
established market ("illiquid securities"). However, under procedures adopted by
the  Trustees of the Fund, the Money  Market Portfolio may purchase Section 4(2)
commercial paper without being subject to the limitation on illiquid investments
and will be able to utilize Rule 144A to sell that paper to other  institutional
investors.  The  procedures require  that  the Investment  Manager  consider the
following factors in determining that any restricted security eligible for  sale
pursuant  to Rule  144A be  considered liquid: (1)  the frequency  of trades and
quotes for the security, (2) the number  of dealers willing to purchase or  sell
the   security  and  the  number  of  other  potential  purchasers,  (3)  dealer
undertakings to  make a  market  in the  security, and  (4)  the nature  of  the
security  and the  nature of  the marketplace trades  (i.e., the  time needed to
dispose of the security,  the method of soliciting  offers and the mechanics  of
transfer).  The Investment  Manager will report  to the Trustees  on a quarterly
basis on  all restricted  securities held  by the  Money Market  Portfolio  with
regard  to their  ongoing liquidity.  In the  event any  Section 4(2) commercial
paper or  other  restricted security  held  by  the Money  Market  Portfolio  is
determined  to  be illiquid  by the  Trustees and  the Investment  Manager, that
investment would be included as an  illiquid security subject to the  limitation
on illiquid investments referred to above.

THE AMERICAN VALUE PORTFOLIO

    As  discussed  in  the  Prospectus,  the  American  Value  Portfolio  offers
investors  an  opportunity  to  participate   in  a  diversified  portfolio   of
securities,  consisting principally of common  stocks. The portfolio reflects an
investment decision-making process developed by the Investment Manager.

    INDUSTRY VALUATION APPROACH   As stated in the  Prospectus, in managing  the
American  Value Portfolios, the  Investment Manager generally  seeks to identify
industries,  rather  than  individual   companies,  as  prospects  for   capital
appreciation. This approach is designed to capitalize on four basic assumptions:
(1)  industry  trends  are  a  primary  force  governing  company  earnings; (2)
conventional forecasts by  security analysts  of company earnings  do not  fully
reflect  underlying  industry conditions  or changing  economic cycles;  (3) the
market's perception of industry trends  is often transitory or exaggerated;  and
(4)  distortions  in  relative  valuations beyond  their  normal  ranges provide
significant buying or selling opportunities.

    The Investment  Manager generally  seeks to  invest assets  of the  American
Value  Portfolio in industries it  considers to be "undervalued"  at the time of
purchase and  to  sell  those  it  considers  "overvalued".  In  so  doing,  the
Investment  Manager utilizes  a record  of historical  price/earnings ratios for
each of more than  sixty industry groups (which  may be increased or  decreased,
from  time to time) relative to the Standard  & Poor's Index of 500 stocks ("S&P
Index"). From this record a range or band is established in which variations  in
an industry's price/earnings multiple, relative to the S&P Index, are considered
normal.  Based upon a  forecast of industry earnings,  an industry is considered
"undervalued", "moderately valued"  or "overvalued" depending  upon whether  the
relative  price/earnings  multiple  is  below, within  or  above  the normalized
channel.

    The Investment Manager also uses models which utilize economic indicators or
other financial variables to evaluate the relative attractiveness of industries.
Economic indicators  considered  would  be specific  to  particular  industries.
Financial   variables  may  include  cash  flow,  asset  value,  historical  and

                                       12
<PAGE>
projected  earnings,  absolute  and  relative  price/earnings  ratios,  dividend
discount values, as well as other factors.

    A  basic  tenet of  the  industry valuation  approach  is that  there  is no
certainty of superior performance in any specific industry selection, but rather
that approximately equal weighting of investments in a group of industries, each
of which has been  identified as undervalued, can  benefit from the  performance
probabilities   of  the  total  group.  The  Investment  Manager  believes  that
subjective  judgment  enters  into  every  investment  process  no  matter   how
sophisticated  or  systematized,  but  that  any  adverse  impact  on investment
performance resulting from errors of judgment may be mitigated by  approximately
equal  weighting of  both the industries  and companies  within those industries
acquired for the portfolio.

    The foregoing  represents  the  main  outlines  of  the  industry  valuation
approach.  The following describes its key features, all of which are subject to
modification as described below  or as result of  applying the asset  allocation
disciplines described later.

1. Equal Industry Weightings.

    After  determining the industries  that it considers  to be undervalued, the
Investment Manager generally attempts to  invest approximately equal amounts  of
the  equity portion of the portfolio in  securities of companies in each of such
industries, subject to  adjustment for company  weightings as set  forth in  the
next paragraph.

2. Equal Company Weightings.

    From  the total of all companies included in the industry valuation process,
the  Investment  Manager  selects  a  limited  number  from  each  industry   as
representative  of  that industry.  Such  selections are  made  on the  basis of
various criteria, including size  and quality of a  company, the consistency  of
its  earnings and  various valuation  parameters. Valuation  screens may include
dividend discount model values, price-to-book ratios, price-to-cashflow  values,
relative  and  absolute price-to-earnings  ratios  and ratios  of price-earnings
multiples to earnings growth. Price  and earnings momentum ratings derived  from
external  sources are  also factored  into the  stock selection  decision. Those
companies which are in undervalued  industries and which the Investment  Manager
believes  to be attractive investments are finally selected for inclusion in the
portfolio. When final selections  are made, approximately  equal amounts of  the
equity portion of the portfolio are invested in each of such companies. This may
vary  depending on whether the Investment Manager  is in the process of building
or reducing  a stock  position. Consideration  will also  be given  to  earnings
visibility  and valuation. Stock in industries not identified as undervalued may
not be equally weighted. Also, smaller capitalization issues may not be  equally
weighted due to liquidity considerations.

3. Relative Industry Values.

    Industry  valuation only  attempts to  identify industries  whose securities
might be expected to perform relatively better than the market as represented by
the S&P Index. It does not seek to identify securities which will experience  an
absolute  increase  in  value notwithstanding  market  conditions.  However, the
process assumes that, despite interim  fluctuations in stock market prices,  the
long-term trend in equity security values will be up.

4. Industry Coverage.

    Industry  valuation presently covers securities classified by the Investment
Manager in approximately sixty industries.  The classification of industries  in
the  S&P Index  and in the  industry valuation  group are not  identical and the
universe of industry-valued securities includes some which are not contained  in
the  S&P  Index.  To  provide flexibility  for  taking  advantage  of investment
opportunities in  "non-classified"  industries,  that  is,  the  industries  not
included  in the Investment Manager's industry valuation, the Investment Manager
may invest  a portion  of the  American Value  Portfolio's assets  in a  limited
number  of  securities in  such non-classified  industries which  the Investment
Manager identifies as attractive investments.  Also, the Investment Manager  may
invest, on a selective basis, in stocks of moderately valued industries.

                                       13
<PAGE>
5. Continuity of Industry Trends.

    Industry  valuation assumes that the trend of industry price/earnings ratios
relative to the price/  earnings ratios of  all the companies  in the S&P  Index
will  be substantially continuous. It is possible, however, that certain changes
in industry trends may result  in a discontinuity that  will not be signaled  in
advance  by  the industry  valuation  process and  that,  at times,  the company
analysis may provide a useful corrective mechanism.

6. Practical Applications.

    In applying the industry  valuation approach to  management of the  American
Value  Portfolio, the Investment Manager will  make adjustments in the portfolio
which reflect modifications of the underlying concepts whenever, in its opinion,
such adjustments  are  necessary or  desirable  to achieve  the  American  Value
Portfolio's  objectives. Such  adjustments may  include, for  example, weighting
some industries or companies more or less than others, based upon the Investment
Manager's judgment  as  to  the  investment merits  of  specific  companies.  In
addition,  without specific  action by  the Investment  Manager, adjustments may
result from fluctuations in market  prices which distort previously  established
industry and company weightings. The portfolio may, at times, include securities
of  industries  which  are considered  overvalued  due to  consideration  of the
relative stage of the economic cycle (e.g., certain industries perform better in
inflationary times than other industries)  or may not include representation  in
industries  considered  undervalued  due  to  considerations  such  as valuation
criteria, stage-of-cycle analysis or lack of earnings visibility, balance  sheet
viability  or management  quality. Also, independent  of the  application of the
industry valuation process, the American Value Portfolio continuously sells  and
redeems  its own  shares, and, as  a result, securities  may have to  be sold at
times from the portfolio  to meet redemptions and  monies received upon sale  of
the  American  Value  Portfolio's  shares must  be  used  to  purchase portfolio
securities. Such sales and  purchases of portfolio securities  will result in  a
portfolio  that does  not completely  reflect equal  weighting of  investment in
industries or companies.

    ASSET ALLOCATION.   Common stocks,  particularly those  sought for  possible
capital  appreciation,  have historically  experienced a  great amount  of price
fluctuation. The  Investment Manager  believes  it is  desirable to  attempt  to
reduce  the risks of extreme price fluctuations even if such an attempt results,
as it likely will at times,  in reducing the probabilities of obtaining  greater
capital  appreciation. Accordingly, the Investment Managers's investment process
incorporates elements which  may reduce, although  certainly not eliminate,  the
volatility  of its holdings. The American Value  Portfolio may hold a portion of
its assets in fixed-income securities in an effort to moderate extremes of price
fluctuation. The determination  of the appropriate  asset allocation as  between
equity  and fixed-income investments  will be made by  the Investment Manager in
its discretion, based upon its evaluation of economic and market conditions.

THE DEVELOPING GROWTH PORTFOLIO

    LEVERAGING.  As discussed in the Prospectus, the Developing Growth Portfolio
may borrow  money, but  only from  a bank  and in  an amount  up to  25% of  the
Portfolio's  total  assets taken  at  the lower  of  market value  or  cost, not
including the  amount  borrowed, to  seek  to enhance  capital  appreciation  by
leveraging  its  investments  through purchasing  securities  with  the borrowed
funds. Such borrowings  will be subject  to current margin  requirements of  the
Federal  Reserve Board and where  necessary the Portfolio may  use any or all of
its securities as collateral for such borrowings. Any investment gains (and/  or
investment  income) made with  the additional monies in  excess of interest paid
will cause the net asset value of the Portfolio's shares (and/or the Portfolio's
net income per share) to  rise to a greater extent  than would otherwise be  the
case.  Conversely, if the investment performance  of the additional monies fails
to cover their cost  to the Portfolio,  net asset value  (and/or net income  per
share)  will decrease to a greater extent than would otherwise be the case. This
is the speculative factor involved in leverage.

    The Developing  Growth  Portfolio will  be  required to  maintain  an  asset
coverage  (including  the  proceeds of  borrowings)  of  at least  300%  of such
borrowings in  accordance with  the provisions  of the  Act. If,  due to  market
fluctuations  or other reasons,  the value of  the Portfolio's assets (including
the proceeds of borrowings) becomes at any time less than three times the amount
of any outstanding bank  debt, the Portfolio, within  three business days,  will
reduce its bank debt to the extent necessary to meet

                                       14
<PAGE>
the  required 300%  asset coverage.  In restoring  the 300%  asset coverage, the
Portfolio may have to sell a portion of its investments at a time when it may be
disadvantageous to do so.

    The investment policy provides that the Portfolio may not purchase or sell a
security on margin. The margin and bank borrowing restrictions will prevent  the
ordinary purchase of a security which involves a cash borrowing from a broker of
any part of the purchase price of a security.

    In  addition to borrowings for leverage,  the Portfolio may also borrow from
banks an additional amount as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency
purposes and, for these purposes, in no event an amount greater than 5% of total
assets taken at the lower of market value or cost.

THE EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

    EMERGING MARKET  COUNTRY  DESIGNATION.   The  following  countries  are  not
included  within the International  Bank of Reconstruction  and Development (the
"World Bank") definition of an  emerging market country: Saudi Arabia,  Ireland,
Spain, Israel, Hong Kong, Singapore, New Zealand, Australia, The United Kingdom,
Italy,  The Netherlands, Kuwait,  Canada, Belgium, Austria,  France, United Arab
Emirates, Germany, Denmark,  United States, Sweden,  Finland, Norway, Japan  and
Switzerland.

    POLITICAL  AND ECONOMIC RISKS.  Even though opportunities for investment may
exist in emerging  countries, any change  in the leadership  or policies of  the
governments  of those countries  or in the  leadership or policies  of any other
government which exercises  a significant  influence over  those countries,  may
halt  the  expansion,  or  reverse  the  liberalization,  of  foreign investment
policies now occurring and thereby eliminate any investment opportunities  which
may currently exist.

    Investors  should note  that upon  the accession  to power  of authoritarian
regimes, the governments  of a  number of emerging  market countries  previously
expropriated  large  quantities of  real and  personal  property. The  claims of
property owners against those governments were never finally settled. There  can
be  no assurance  that any property  represented by securities  purchased by the
Emerging Markets  Portfolio  will not  also  be expropriated,  nationalized,  or
otherwise  confiscated. If such confiscation were  to occur, the Portfolio could
lose a substantial portion of its investments in such countries. The Portfolio's
investments  would  similarly   be  adversely  affected   by  exchange   control
regulations in any of those countries.

    SECURITIES  MARKETS.  The market capitalizations of listed equity securities
on major exchanges in emerging market countries is significantly smaller than in
the United States. A high proportion of the shares of many companies in emerging
market countries may be held by a  limited number of persons, which may  further
limit  the number  of shares  available for  investment by  the Emerging Markets
Portfolio. A limited number of issuers in most, if not all, emerging  securities
markets   may  represent   a  disproportionately  large   percentage  of  market
capitalization and trading value. The  limited liquidity of emerging  securities
markets  may  also  affect the  Portfolio's  ability  to acquire  or  dispose of
securities at  the price  and time  it wishes  to do  so. In  addition,  certain
emerging  securities  markets  are  susceptible  to  being  influenced  by large
investors trading significant blocks of  securities or by large dispositions  of
securities resulting from the failure to meet margin calls when due.

    The  high  volatility of  certain emerging  securities  markets, as  well as
currency fluctuations, may result in  greater volatility in the Portfolio's  net
asset  value  than  would  be  the  case  for  companies  investing  in domestic
securities. If the Portfolio were  to experience unexpected net redemptions,  it
could be forced to sell securities in its portfolio without regard to investment
merit,  thereby decreasing the  asset base over which  Portfolio expenses can be
spread and possibly reducing the Portfolio's rate of return.

    Emerging market securities  exchanges and brokers  are generally subject  to
less  governmental supervision  and regulation  than in  the U.S.,  and emerging
market  securities   exchange  transactions   are  usually   subject  to   fixed
commissions,  which  are generally  higher than  negotiated commissions  on U.S.
transactions. In addition, emerging market securities exchange transactions  may
be  subject to difficulties associated with the settlement of such transactions.
Delays in  settlement could  result  in temporary  periods  when assets  of  the
Portfolio  are uninvested and no return is  earned thereon. The inability of the
Portfolio to make intended security  purchases due to settlement problems  could
cause the Portfolio to

                                       15
<PAGE>
miss  attractive investment opportunities.  Inability to dispose  of a portfolio
security due  to  settlement problems  either  could  result in  losses  to  the
Portfolio   due   to   subsequent   declines   in   value   of   the   portfolio
security or, if the Portfolio has entered into a contract to sell the  security,
could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

    RESTRICTIONS  ON  INVESTMENTS.    The  Emerging  Markets  Portfolio  may  be
prohibited under the Act from purchasing the securities of any company that,  in
its  most recent fiscal year,  derived more than 15%  of its gross revenues from
securities related  activities.  In  a  number  of  emerging  market  countries,
commercial  banks act as securities brokers and dealers, investment advisers and
underwriters or are  otherwise engaged in  securities-related activities,  which
may  limit the Portfolio's ability  to hold securities issued  by the banks. The
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has  proposed a rule which, if  adopted,
may  permit the Portfolio  to invest in  certain of these  securities subject to
certain restrictions.

    FOREIGN INVESTMENT  RESTRICTIONS.    Certain countries  prohibit  or  impose
substantial  restrictions on investments in  their capital markets, particularly
their  equity  markets,  by  foreign  entities  such  as  the  Emerging  Markets
Portfolio. For example, certain countries require governmental approval prior to
investments  by foreign  persons or  limit the  amount of  investment by foreign
persons in a particular  company or limit the  investment by foreign persons  to
only a specific class of securities of a company that may have less advantageous
terms  than  securities  of the  company  available for  purchase  by nationals.
Moreover, the national  policies of  certain countries  may restrict  investment
opportunities  in issuers or industries  deemed sensitive to national interests.
In addition, some countries require  governmental approval for the  repatriation
of  investment income,  capital or the  proceeds of securities  sales by foreign
investors. The Portfolio could be adversely  affected by delays in or a  refusal
to  grant any  required governmental approval  for repatriation, such  as by the
application to it of other restrictions on investments.

    DEBT-TO-EQUITY CONVERSIONS.  The Emerging Markets Portfolio may  participate
with  respect to  up to  5% of its  total assets  in debt-to-equity conversions.
Debt-to-equity conversion programs are sponsored  in varying degrees by  certain
emerging market countries and permit investors to use external debt of a country
to  make equity investments in local  companies. Many conversion programs relate
primarily to investments in transportation, communication, utilities and similar
infrastructure related areas.  The terms of  the programs vary  from country  to
country, but include significant restrictions on the application of the proceeds
received  in the  conversion and on  the repatriation of  investment profits and
capital. In  inviting conversion  applications by  holders of  eligible debt,  a
government  will usually specify a minimum discount  from par value that it will
accept  for   conversion.  The   Sub-Adviser  believes   that  emerging   market
debt-to-equity  conversion programs may offer  investors opportunities to invest
in otherwise restricted equity  securities of emerging  market countries with  a
potential for significant capital appreciation and, to a limited extent, intends
to invest assets of the Portfolio in such programs in appropriate circumstances.
There  can be no assurance that debt-to-equity conversion programs will continue
or be successful or that the Portfolio will be able to convert all or any of its
emerging market debt portfolio into equity investments.

ASIAN ECONOMIES AND SECURITIES MARKETS

    The Asian continent  covers approximately one-fifth  of the earth's  surface
and  is home to over half the world's population. Certain of the Asian countries
in which the  Emerging Markets Portfolio  may invest include  China, Hong  Kong,
India,  Indonesia, Korea,  Malaysia, Pakistan,  the Philippines,  Singapore, Sri
Lanka, Taiwan and Thailand. The discussion below focuses on some of the emerging
market countries in which the Sub-Adviser anticipates that the Emerging  Markets
Portfolio will initially invest.

    ASIAN  ECONOMIES.   In  recent  years, countries  in  the Asian  region have
experienced real  economic  growth rates  exceeding  those experienced  by  many
Western industrialized countries.

    The  Sub-Adviser of  the Emerging  Markets Portfolio  believes that economic
conditions in the  Asian region  exist to provide  for high  levels of  economic
activity  in  the  long-term,  offering  the  potential  for  long-term  capital
appreciation from investment in equity securities of Asian Companies (as defined
in the  Prospectus).  Among  these  conditions,  as  discussed  below,  are  the
following: (i) the increasing
industri-

                                       16
<PAGE>
alization  of Asian economies, (ii)  favorable demographics and competitive wage
rates, (iii)  high  rates of  domestic  savings available  to  fund  investment,
particularly  in the area of infrastructure, (iv) the ability to attract foreign
direct investment, (v) the emergence of a regional trading zone and (vi)  rising
per capita incomes available to support local markets for consumer goods.

    INDUSTRIALIZATION  OF ASIA.  The rapid ongoing shift from primary industries
into  industrial  manufacturing  has  contributed  to  high  rates  of  economic
activity.  During the  last two  decades, there was  a significant  shift in the
percentage of gross domestic product  ("GDP") accounted for by the  agricultural
sector  in  these markets  and a  marked  increase in  output by  the industrial
sector, most markedly  in Indonesia,  Malaysia and Thailand.  Generally, in  the
Asian  countries there is still potential for further industrialization so as to
reach the  levels presently  attained  by the  countries of  the  industrialized
world.

    FAVORABLE   DEMOGRAPHICS  AND   COMPETITIVE  WAGES.     Based  on  favorable
demographic statistics as to the Asian  countries relative to the United  States
and  Western Europe and the existence in  the region of low relative wage rates,
the Sub-Adviser believes that the competitive advantages of Asia through  access
to  a large pool of disciplined and low  cost (and, in East Asia, well educated)
labor, will continue  to lead  to high levels  of inward  capital investment  by
companies  based in the industrialized  world. Moreover, the demographic profile
of Asian  countries  shows a  plentiful  potential  supply of  new  labor  force
participants  as  indicated  by the  high  percentage of  the  populations under
fifteen years of age.  In this respect, China,  India, Indonesia, Malaysia,  the
Philippines  and Thailand are  well positioned. The  larger this percentage, the
lower the  likelihood of  significant upward  pressure on  wage rates  over  the
medium  term,  thus  ensuring  a continuation  of  the  current,  favorable cost
structure these countries  enjoy relative  to the  United States  and Japan.  In
addition,  these countries in particular need  to maintain a sufficient level of
overall economic activity in  order to provide  employment opportunities to  new
entrants.  If this cannot  be achieved, as  in the case  of the Philippines, the
export of labor  may occur.  Direct investment  and the  establishment of  labor
intensive  industries,  such as  textiles, have  had a  favorable impact  on job
creation in the Asian region. However, direct investment may be deterred by  the
absence  of basic infrastructure  such as energy,  telephone lines, ports, roads
and railways, as has occurred in the Philippines with shortages of electricity.

    SAVINGS AND INFRASTRUCTURE.   There  is a need  in the  Asian countries  for
substantial  investment in infrastructure.  A low penetration  rate of telephone
lines per 1,000 population exists in  each of China, India, Indonesia,  Malaysia
and  Thailand. Asia has  the means to overcome  the deficiency in infrastructure
given its  high domestic  savings rates.  A high  rate of  savings is  generally
associated  with strong investment,  rising productivity and  faster GDP growth.
China, Indonesia, Korea and Singapore  compare favorably with the United  States
in this regard. The savings rates of India and the Philippines are the lowest in
the  region and,  in the opinion  of the Sub-Adviser,  may have to  be raised if
investment, and hence growth, is to accelerate in such countries. China is still
in the process of  developing a network of  financial intermediaries capable  of
channeling  available funds between savers and  investors, the lack of which may
constrain growth in the short term.

    ABILITY TO ATTRACT FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT.  Foreign direct investment has
underpinned economic growth in the Asian region. With the rapid appreciation  of
the  Yen  since  the  end  of 1985,  Japanese  investment  flows  have increased
considerably. Japanese firms have built regional networks of affiliates in Asia,
where Japanese  direct  investment  has grown  predominantly  in  manufacturing,
especially in the electronics industry.

    The  Sub-Adviser believes that in addition  to increasing the foreign supply
of capital, direct foreign  investment from Japan confers  a number of  benefits
which  enhance the long-term growth potential  of a recipient country, including
but not  limited to  (i) the  mobilization of  domestic savings  for  productive
purpose   in  joint  ventures  between   multinational  corporations  and  local
companies, (ii)  the  improvement  of  local training  and  education  as  local
employees  are exposed to modern  production techniques and established training
methods, (iii) the modernization of  management and accounting, (iv) a  transfer
of technology and (v) the promotion of exports.

    TRADE  AND  EXPORTS.    Most  of the  countries  in  the  Asian  region have
historically pursued the Japanese development model of export-led growth.  This,
together with the inflow of foreign manufacturing

                                       17
<PAGE>
facilities,  has led in general to strong export sector performances. During the
1980s a  significant proportion  of Asian  exports were  shipped to  the  United
States  and  Europe,  which resulted  in  severe trade  account  imbalances. The
appreciation  of  the  Japanese  Yen  since  the  end  of  1985,  together  with
increasingly  persistent attempts on the part of various U.S. administrations to
lower Asian trade barriers, has resulted in a shift in the pattern of trade.

    RISING PER CAPITA INCOMES.   Overall economic activity  in the Asian  region
has  been supported by  a rising trend in  per capita GDP.  This trend is highly
significant in light of  the fact that  the Asian region  contains three of  the
world's four most populous nations: China, India and Indonesia. Consequently, in
the  Sub-Adviser's opinion, the  prospects for the  establishment of substantial
local markets  for  a  wide  range  of  consumer  products,  both  imported  and
manufactured locally, are attractive.

    ASIAN  SECURITIES MARKETS.  There has been  no set pattern to the historical
developments of the stock markets in  the region. Some stock exchanges, such  as
that  in Bombay, India,  have been operating  since as early  as 1875, while the
Shenzhen Exchange in  China, the  most recently established,  has operated  only
since  April,  1991.  Additionally,  for a  wide  variety  of  historical and/or
ideological reasons,  foreign  ownership restrictions  have  at some  time  been
imposed over most stock exchanges in the region.

    Until  1987, investment in  Indonesia was effectively  closed to foreigners;
Korea generally opened up 10% of equity ownership to foreigners in 1992;  Taiwan
offers  extremely limited access to  foreign investors and India  is only now in
the  process   of  authorizing   direct   access  for   approved   international
institutional  investors.  China, Indonesia,  Korea, Malaysia,  the Philippines,
Singapore and Thailand have foreign investment restrictions which can result  in
foreign  owned  stock trading  at  a substantial  premium  or discount  to local
shares. Average daily volume can be much  lower in these markets than a  typical
day's  trading volume in the United States, particularly in the small and medium
capitalization sectors of  the less  well developed  stock markets.  In some  of
these  markets, for example,  Hong Kong, Taiwan and  Thailand, retail trading is
comparatively more  active and  institutional investment  accounts for  a  lower
proportion of total trading. A large volume of retail trading can result in more
volatile  stock  markets, although  some  markets have  daily  price fluctuation
limits.

    Foreign investment restrictions may in the future be subject to change.  For
example,  the Securities Exchange  Commission of Thailand  is currently studying
various proposals  to  permit foreigners  to  hold local  stock  without  voting
rights.  If  adopted,  such  proposals  could have  the  effect  of  reducing or
eliminating the premium at which many foreign owned stocks presently trade. This
could have  an  adverse affect  on  the Emerging  Markets  Portfolio if  it  has
previously purchased such stocks at a premium. It is uncertain when or if such a
change may be implemented.

    Since  the  mid  1980s,  however, stock  market  development  throughout the
region, both with respect to daily  trading volume and the number of  securities
traded,  has gained  momentum. In terms  of market  capitalization, after Japan,
Hong Kong is  the largest stock  market in  Asia, followed by  Korea. In  recent
years,  Indonesia  has seen  a  significant expansion  in  the number  of listed
companies, coupled with a significant  increase in market capitalization.  Also,
the  number  of listed  companies in  India, Taiwan  and Thailand  has increased
significantly in recent  years, while  annual stock exchange  turnover in  these
markets has risen dramatically.

LATIN AMERICAN ECONOMIES AND SECURITIES MARKETS

    LATIN AMERICAN ECONOMIES.  During the past ten years, the countries of Latin
America  have undergone tremendous  political and economic  change. As countries
have moved  towards democratic  reforms and  market-oriented economic  policies,
many  have benefited from an increase in  trade and foreign investment which has
helped propel  economic growth.  In the  opinion of  the Sub-Adviser,  with  GDP
growth in the region expected to average between 4% to 6% over the next three to
five years, investment in equity securities of Latin American companies provides
the potential for high returns.

    Political  and economic reform in Latin America have been closely linked. At
the beginning  of  the  1980s,  many Latin  American  countries  were  ruled  by
authorization,  and often military, governments. The traditional inward-oriented
economics  policies,   which   were   characterized  by   state   ownership   of
indus-

                                       18
<PAGE>
tries  and restrictive  trade barriers, became  discredited as  countries in the
region continuously suffered from heavy debt loads, shrinking economies, balance
of payment difficulties and high  inflation. More recently, economic reforms  in
the  region  have begun  under  democratically elected  governments.  Reform has
centered around  lowering tariffs  and dismantling  trade barriers,  privatizing
state-owned  industrial and utility companies  and reducing government spending.
The incoming democratic movement was partially dependent on economic revival.

    Trade barriers were reduced  by several means.  First, nominal tariffs  were
lowered significantly, especially in countries such as Brazil, Mexico, Argentina
and  Colombia. Although Latin American tariffs have seen substantial declines as
a result of  reforms, tariffs  are still relatively  high compared  to those  of
industrialized  nations. Second,  import restrictions  were sharply  reduced and
trade borders were opened.

    Privatization has  also  been  a  key  component  of  economic  reform.  The
conversion  of  ownership from  the state  to the  private sector  has attracted
foreign  and  repatriated  capital.   Privatized  business  include   railroads,
telephones/telecommunications,  airlines and  other industrial  concerns. Monies
raised from privatization provide  an additional source  of financing for  Latin
American  governments, and  the newly  privatized businesses  have incentives to
operate efficiently since they must now compete against foreign imports and must
also provide a return to shareholders.

    While economic and political reforms  in Latin America have been  successful
to  date,  it is  uncertain  whether these  reforms  can be  sustained  over the
long-term. The prospects for  sustained democratic and market-oriented  policies
are  improved since countries in the region are joining GATT (General Agreements
on Tariffs and  Trade), which has  forced the adoption  of GATT rules  regarding
customs  valuation, anti-dumping and subsidies.  In addition, the recent passage
of NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement), which took effect on January  1,
1994,  will have a  positive effect on  cross-border trade between  the U.S. and
Mexico. In addition, other trade pacts such as the Columbia-Venezuela free trade
agreement, the G-3 Agreement (Mexico,  Venezuela and Columbia) and the  Mercosur
agreement,  which will  be implemented  on January  1, 1995  (Argentina, Brazil,
Uruguay and Paraguay), will further expand trade and investment opportunities.

    However, many problems still exist in Latin America. The region continues to
experience social and  income inequities, and  the high levels  of poverty  have
contributed to increased levels of social unrest. In addition, not all countries
have  tightened fiscal and monetary policies.  While there are opportunities for
extraordinary returns in Latin America, such returns are accompanied by  greater
risk of loss of capital than in developed countries.

    LATIN  AMERICAN SECURITIES MARKETS.  Latin American stock markets have grown
significantly over the past decade. The largest of these stock markets, measured
in terms of market capitalization, are Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina.

    The Sub-Adviser believes  that economic  growth and growth  in stock  market
capitalization  may  create an  environment for  improving performance  in stock
markets. The  Sub-Adviser also  believes the  economic expansion  of  developing
markets  in part is  led by increased foreign  investment from companies seeking
lower cost production facilities or new markets. Latin American markets with low
hourly wages and large populations have attracted companies relocating from  the
higher  production cost environments of North America, Western Europe and Japan.
Other characteristics, including  high economic growth  rates, falling rates  of
inflation,  falling  interest  rates  and  improving  credit  ratings,  may also
contribute to  attracting  new foreign  investment  for capital  improvement  or
manufacturing,  and  potentially  to  improving  performance  of  stock markets.
Historic and current economic data demonstrate the positive changes  experienced
by  several Latin American  markets over the  past decade. Of  course, this past
performance was achieved  during a period  of generally favorable  circumstances
for  emerging and  developing markets  and is no  guarantee of  future trends or
results.

                                       19
<PAGE>
GENERAL PORTFOLIO TECHNIQUES

MONEY MARKET SECURITIES

    As stated in  the Prospectus,  the money  market instruments  in which  each
Portfolio  other  than the  Money Market  Portfolio  and the  Diversified Income
Portfolio may  invest  include  U.S. Government  securities,  bank  obligations,
Eurodollar  certificates of deposit, obligations  of savings institutions, fully
insured certificates  of  deposit  and commercial  paper.  Such  securities  are
limited to:

    U.S.  GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES.    Obligations  issued  or  guaranteed  as  to
principal and  interest  by the  United  States or  its  agencies (such  as  the
Export-Import  Bank  of the  United States,  Federal Housing  Administration and
Government National Mortgage Association) or its instrumentalities (such as  the
Federal Home Loan Bank), including Treasury bills, notes and bonds;

    BANK  OBLIGATIONS.  Obligations (including certificates of deposit, bankers'
acceptances, commercial paper (see below)  and other debt obligations) of  banks
subject  to regulation  by the  U.S. Government  and having  total assets  of $1
billion or  more, and  instruments secured  by such  obligations, not  including
obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks except as permitted below;

    EURODOLLAR  CERTIFICATES  OF DEPOSIT.    Eurodollar certificates  of deposit
issued by foreign branches of domestic  banks having total assets of $1  billion
or  more (investments in  Eurodollar certificates may be  affected by changes in
currency rates  or  exchange control  regulations,  or changes  in  governmental
administration or economic or monetary policy in the United States and abroad);

    OBLIGATIONS  OF  SAVING INSTITUTIONS.   Certificates  of deposit  of savings
banks and savings and  loan associations, having total  assets of $1 billion  or
more (investments in savings institutions above $100,000 in principal amount are
not protected by federal deposit insurance);

    FULLY INSURED CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT.  Certificates of deposit of banks and
savings  institutions,  having total  assets  of less  than  $1 billion,  if the
principal amount of the  obligation is federally insured  by the Bank  Insurance
Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund (each of which is administered by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation), limited to $100,000 principal amount
per  certificate and to 15% or less of  the Portfolio's total assets in all such
obligations and in all illiquid assets, in the aggregate; and

    COMMERCIAL PAPER.  Commercial paper rated  within the two highest grades  by
Standard  & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or the highest grade by Moody's Investors
Service Inc.  ("Moody's")  or, if  not  rated, issued  by  a company  having  an
outstanding debt issue rated at least AAA by S&P or Aaa by Moody's.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES

    As  discussed in  the Prospectus,  the North  American Government Securities
Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the
Utilities   Portfolio,  the  Dividend  Growth   Portfolio,  the  American  Value
Portfolio, the Global Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio  may
invest in, among other securities, securities issued by the U.S. Government, its
agencies or instrumentalities. Such securities include:

        (1)  U.S. Treasury bills (maturities of one year or less), U.S. Treasury
    notes (maturities of one  to ten years) and  U.S. Treasury bonds  (generally
    maturities  of greater than ten years),  all of which are direct obligations
    of the U.S.  Government and,  as such,  are backed  by the  "full faith  and
    credit" of the United States.

        (2)  Securities  issued by  agencies and  instrumentalities of  the U.S.
    Government which  are backed  by the  full faith  and credit  of the  United
    States.  Among the  agencies and instrumentalities  issuing such obligations
    are the  Federal Housing  Administration, the  Government National  Mortgage
    Association  ("GNMA"), the Department of  Housing and Urban Development, the
    Export-Import Bank, the  Farmers Home Administration,  the General  Services
    Administration,   the  Maritime   Administration  and   the  Small  Business
    Administration. The maturities of such  obligations range from three  months
    to 30 years.

                                       20
<PAGE>
        (3)  Securities issued by  agencies and instrumentalities  which are not
    backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, but whose  issuing
    agency  or instrumentality has the right to borrow, to meet its obligations,
    from an existing line of credit  with the U.S. Treasury. Among the  agencies
    and  instrumentalities  issuing such  obligations  are the  Tennessee Valley
    Authority, the Federal National  Mortgage Association ("FNMA"), the  Federal
    Home  Loan Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC") and the  U.S. Postal Service. The
    U.S. Treasury has no legal obligation to provide such line of credit and may
    choose not to do so.

        (4) Securities issued  by agencies and  instrumentalities which are  not
    backed  by the  full faith and  credit of  the United States,  but which are
    backed by the  credit of the  issuing agency or  instrumentality. Among  the
    agencies and instrumentalities issuing such obligations are the Federal Farm
    Credit System and the Federal Home Loan Banks.

    Neither  the value nor the yield of the U.S. Government securities which may
be invested in  by the Portfolios  are guaranteed by  the U.S. Government.  Such
values  and  yield will  fluctuate with  changes  in prevailing  interest rates,
economic factors  and fiscal  and monetary  policies. Generally,  as  prevailing
interest  rates rise, the  value of any  U.S. Government securities  held by the
Portfolios will fall. Such securities  with longer maturities generally tend  to
produce  higher yields and are subject to greater market fluctuation as a result
of changes in interest rates than debt securities with shorter maturities.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

    Certain of  the  U.S. Government  securities  in which  the  North  American
Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio  and the
Balanced Portfolio  may invest,  e.g.,  certificates issued  by GNMA,  FNMA  and
FHLMC,  are  "mortgage-backed  securities,"  which  evidence  an  interest  in a
specific pool of  mortgages. These  certificates are, in  most cases,  "modified
pass-through"  instruments,  wherein the  issuing  agency guarantees  the timely
payment of the principal and interest on mortgages underlying the  certificates,
whether  or  not such  amounts are  collected  by the  issuer on  the underlying
mortgages. (A pass-through security is formed when mortgages are pooled together
and undivided interests in the  pool or pools are sold.  The cash flow from  the
mortgages  is passed  through to the  holders of  the securities in  the form of
periodic payments of interest, principal and prepayments net of a service fee).

    The average life  of such  certificates varies  with the  maturities of  the
underlying  mortgage instruments, which may be up  to thirty years but which may
include mortgage instruments with maturities  of fifteen years, adjustable  rate
mortgage   instruments,  variable  rate  mortgage  instruments,  graduated  rate
mortgage instruments and/or  other types  of mortgage  instruments. The  assumed
average  life of mortgages backing the majority of GNMA and FNMA certificates is
twelve years, and of FHLMC certificates is ten years. The average life is likely
to be substantially  shorter than the  original maturity of  the mortgage  pools
underlying   the  certificates,  as  a  pool's  duration  may  be  shortened  by
unscheduled or early payments  of principal on  the underlying mortgages.  (Such
prepayments  occur  when  the  holder  of  an  individual  mortgage  prepays the
remaining principal before the mortgage's  scheduled maturity date.) In  periods
of  falling interest  rates, the  rate of  prepayment tends  to increase thereby
shortening the actual  average life  of a pool  of mortgage-related  securities.
Conversely,  in  periods  of  rising  rates, the  rate  of  prepayment  tends to
decrease, thereby lengthening the  actual average life  of the pool.  Prepayment
rates  vary widely, and therefore  it is not possible  to accurately predict the
average life or realized yield of a particular pool.

    The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including  the
prevailing  level of interest  rates, general economic  conditions, the location
and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions.  Prepayment
rates  are  important because  of their  effect on  the yield  and price  of the
securities. If the Portfolio has purchased securities backed by pools containing
mortgages whose yields exceed the prevailing interest rate, any premium (i.e., a
price in excess of principal amount) paid for such securities may be lost. As  a
result,  the net  asset value  of shares  of the  Portfolio and  the Portfolio's
ability to  achieve  its investment  objectives  may be  adversely  affected  by
mortgage prepayments.

    GNMA  CERTIFICATES.    Certificates  of  the  Government  National  Mortgage
Association ("GNMA Certificates") are mortgage-backed securities, which evidence
an undivided interest in a pool or pools of

                                       21
<PAGE>
mortgages insured by the Federal  Housing Administration ("FHA") or the  Farmers
Home  Administration or  guaranteed by  the Veterans  Administration ("VA"). The
GNMA  Certificates  that  the  Portfolios  will  invest  in  are  the  "modified
pass-through"  type  in  that  GNMA guarantees  the  timely  payment  of monthly
installments of principal and interest due  on the mortgage pool whether or  not
such  amounts  are collected  by  the issuer  on  the underlying  mortgages. The
National Housing  Act provides  that the  full faith  and credit  of the  United
States is pledged to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA of the
amounts  due on the GNMA Certificates. Additionally, GNMA is empowered to borrow
without limitation from  the U.S.  Treasury if  necessary to  make any  payments
required under its guarantee.

    The  average life  of GNMA  Certificates varies  with the  maturities of the
underlying mortgage instruments some of which  have maturities of 30 years.  The
average life of the GNMA Certificate is likely to be substantially less than the
original  maturity of  the underlying  mortgage pool  because of  prepayments or
refinancing  of  the   mortgages  or  foreclosure.   (Due  to  GNMA   guarantee,
foreclosures  impose no risk to principal investments.) Statistics indicate that
the average  life  of  the  type  of mortgages  backing  the  majority  of  GNMA
Certificates  is  approximately 12  years  and for  this  reason it  is standard
practice to treat GNMA Certificates as 30-year mortgage-backed securities  which
prepay fully in the twelfth year.

    Yields on pass-through securities are typically quoted by investment dealers
and vendors based on the actual maturities of the underlying instruments and the
associated  average life assumption. Historically,  actual average life has been
consistent with the 12-year  assumption referred to above.  The actual yield  of
each GNMA Certificate is influenced by the prepayment experience of the mortgage
pool  underlying the  Certificates. Such prepayments  are passed  through to the
registered holder of the Certificate along with the regular monthly payments  of
principal  and interest, which  has the effect of  reducing future payments, and
consequently the yield. Reinvestment by the Portfolios of prepayments may  occur
at higher or lower interest rates than the original investment.

    FHLMC  CERTIFICATES.   FHLMC is  a corporate  instrumentality of  the United
States created pursuant to  the Emergency Home Finance  Act of 1970, as  amended
(the "FHLMC Act"). FHLMC was established primarily for the purpose of increasing
the  availability of  mortgage credit for  the financing of  needed housing. The
principal activity of FHLMC  currently consists of the  purchase of first  lien,
conventional,  residential mortgage  loans and  participation interests  in such
mortgage loans and the resale of the mortgage loans so purchased in the form  of
mortgage securities, primarily FHLMC Certificates.

    FHLMC  guarantees to each  registered holder a  FHLMC Certificate the timely
payment of interest at the rate provided for by such FHLMC Certificate,  whether
or  not  received.  FHLMC also  guarantees  to  each registered  holder  a FHLMC
Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage  loans,
without  any offset or deduction, but  does not, generally, guarantee the timely
payment of scheduled principal. FHLMC may remit the amount due on account of its
guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on any underlying
mortgage loan, but not later than  30 days following (i) foreclosure sale,  (ii)
payment  of a claim by any mortgage insurer or (iii) the expiration of any right
of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in  any event no later than one  year
after  demand  has  been made  upon  the  mortgagor for  accelerated  payment of
principal. The obligations of FHLMC  under its guarantee are obligations  solely
of FHLMC and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
The FHLMC has the right, however, to borrow from an existing line of credit with
the U.S. Treasury in order to meet is obligations.

    FHLMC  Certificates represent  a pro  rata interest  in a  group of mortgage
loans (a  "FHLMC Certificates  group") purchased  by FHLMC.  The mortgage  loans
underlying  the FHLMC Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate
mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty  years,
substantially  all of  which are  secured by  first liens  on one-to four-family
residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the
applicable standards set forth in the  FHLMC Act. A FHLMC Certificate group  may
include  whole  loans,  participation  interests in  whole  loans  and undivided
interests in whole loans and  participants comprising another FHLMC  Certificate
group.

    FNMA  CERTIFICATES  The Federal National  Mortgage Association ("FNMA") is a
federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under
the Federal  National  Mortgage Association  Charter  Act. FNMA  was  originally
established    in   1938    as   a    U.S.   Government    agency   to   provide

                                       22
<PAGE>
supplemental liquidity  to  the  mortgage  market and  was  transformed  into  a
stockholder  owned and privately  managed corporation by  legislation enacted in
1968. FNMA provides funds  to the mortgage market  primarily by purchasing  home
mortgage  loans  form  local  lenders,  thereby  replenishing  their  funds  for
additional lending. FNMA  acquires funds  to purchase home  mortgage loans  from
many  capital market investors that may  not ordinarily invest in mortgage loans
directly, thereby expanding the total amount of funds available for housing.

    Each FNMA Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to  receive
amounts  representing  such holder's  pro rata  interest in  scheduled principal
payments and interest  payments (at such  FNMA Certificate's pass-through  rate,
which  is net  of any  servicing and guarantee  fees on  the underlying mortgage
loans), and  any  principal  prepayments  on the  mortgage  loans  in  the  pool
represented by such FNMA Certificate and such holder's proportionate interest in
the  full principal  amount of  any foreclosed  or otherwise  finally liquidated
mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on  each
FNMA  Certificate will be guaranteed  by FNMA, which guarantee  is not backed by
the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

    Each FNMA Certificate  will represent  a pro rata  interest in  one or  more
pools  of FHA  Loans, VA  Loans or  conventional mortgage  loans (i.e., mortgage
loans that are  not insured  or guaranteed by  any governmental  agency) of  the
following  types: (i) fixed  rate level payment mortgage  loans; (ii) fixed rate
growing equity  mortgage  loans; (iii)  fixed  rate graduated  payment  mortgage
loans;  (iv) variable rate California mortgage  loans; (v) other adjustable rate
mortgage loans;  and  (vi) fixed  rate  mortgage loans  secured  by  multifamily
projects.  FNMA  Certificates  have  an assumed  average  life  similar  to GNMA
Certificates.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

    As discussed in  the Prospectus,  the North  American Government  Securities
Portfolio,  the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio, the Global
Equity Portfolio  and the  Emerging  Markets Portfolio  may enter  into  forward
foreign  currency exchange  contracts ("forward  contracts") as  a hedge against
fluctuations in future  foreign exchange  rates. Each of  these Portfolios  will
conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash)
basis  at the spot rate  prevailing in the foreign  currency exchange market, or
through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign  currencies.
A  forward  contract  involves an  obligation  to  purchase or  sell  a specific
currency at a future date, which may be  any fixed number of days from the  date
of  the contract agreed upon by  the parties, at a price  set at the time of the
contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted  directly
between  currency traders (usually large, commercial banks) and their customers.
Such forward contracts will  only be entered into  with United States banks  and
their foreign branches or foreign banks whose assets total $1 billion or more. A
forward  contract generally has  no deposit requirement,  and no commissions are
charged at any stage for trades.

    When management of the North  American Government Securities Portfolio,  the
Diversified   Income  Portfolio,  the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the  Global  Equity
Portfolio or the  Emerging Markets  Portfolio believes  that the  currency of  a
particular  foreign country may  suffer a substantial  movement against the U.S.
dollar, it may enter into  a forward contract to purchase  or sell, for a  fixed
amount   of  dollars  or   other  currency,  the   amount  of  foreign  currency
approximating the value of some or all of the Portfolio's securities denominated
in such foreign currency.  The Portfolio will also  not enter into such  forward
contracts or maintain a net exposure to such contracts where the consummation of
the  contracts  would obligate  the Portfolio  to deliver  an amount  of foreign
currency in excess of  the value of the  Portfolio's securities or other  assets
denominated  in that currency. Under  normal circumstances, consideration of the
prospect for  currency  parities  will  be incorporated  into  the  longer  term
investment  decisions made  with regard  to overall  diversification strategies.
However, the management  of these Portfolios  believes that it  is important  to
have  the flexibility  to enter into  such forward contracts  when it determines
that the  best  interests of  the  Portfolio  will be  served.  The  Portfolio's
custodian  bank will place cash, U.S. Government securities or other appropriate
liquid high grade debt securities in a segregated account of the Portfolio in an
amount equal  to the  value of  the Portfolio's  total assets  committed to  the
consummation of forward contracts entered into under the circumstances set forth
above. If the value of the

                                       23
<PAGE>
securities  placed  in  the  segregated  account  declines,  additional  cash or
securities will be placed in the account on  a daily basis so that the value  of
the account will equal the amount of the Portfolio's commitments with respect to
such contracts.

    Where, for example, the Portfolio is hedging a portfolio position consisting
of  foreign fixed-income  securities denominated  in a  foreign currency against
adverse exchange rate moves  vis-a-vis the U.S. dollar,  at the maturity of  the
forward  contract  for delivery  by  the Portfolio  of  a foreign  currency, the
Portfolio may  either sell  the  portfolio security  and  make delivery  of  the
foreign  currency, or it  may retain the security  and terminate its contractual
obligation to  deliver  the  foreign  currency  by  purchasing  an  "offsetting"
contract  with the same currency  trader obligating it to  purchase, on the same
maturity date, the  same amount  of the foreign  currency. It  is impossible  to
forecast  the  market value  of portfolio  securities at  the expiration  of the
contract. Accordingly,  it  may  be  necessary for  the  Portfolio  to  purchase
additional  foreign currency on  the spot market  (and bear the  expense of such
purchase) if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign
currency the Portfolio is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell
the security and make  delivery of the foreign  currency. Conversely, it may  be
necessary  to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon
the sale of the portfolio securities if  its market value exceeds the amount  of
foreign currency the Portfolio is obligated to deliver.

    If  the  Portfolio  retains  the  portfolio  securities  and  engages  in an
offsetting transaction, the Portfolio  will incur a gain  or loss to the  extent
that  there  has  been movement  in  spot  or forward  contract  prices.  If the
Portfolio engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into a
new forward contract to sell the foreign currency. Should forward prices decline
during the period between the Portfolio's  entering into a forward contract  for
the  sale  of a  foreign  currency and  the date  it  enters into  an offsetting
contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the Portfolio will realize  a
gain  to the extent the price of the  currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the
price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward prices increase,
the Portfolio will suffer a loss to the extent the price of the currency it  has
agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

    If  the Portfolio purchases a fixed-income  security which is denominated in
U.S. dollars but which will pay out  its principal based upon a formula tied  to
the  exchange rate between the U.S. dollar  and a foreign currency, it may hedge
against a decline  in the principal  value of  the security by  entering into  a
forward  contract to sell  an amount of  the relevant foreign  currency equal to
some or all of the principal value of the security.

    At times when  the Portfolio  has written a  call option  on a  fixed-income
security or the currency in which it is denominated, it may wish to enter into a
forward  contract to purchase or sell the foreign currency in which the security
is denominated. A  forward contract would,  for example, hedge  the risk of  the
security  on which a call currency option has been written declining in value to
a greater extent than  the value of  the premium received  for the options.  The
Portfolio  will maintain with its Custodian, at all times, cash, U.S. Government
securities, or other high grade debt  obligations in a segregated account  equal
in  value to  all forward contract  obligations and  option contract obligations
entered into in hedge situations such as this.

    Although each Portfolio values  its assets daily in  terms of U.S.  dollars,
the  Portfolios do  not intend to  convert their holdings  of foreign currencies
into U.S. dollars on  a daily basis.  Each Portfolio will,  however, do so  from
time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion.
Although  foreign exchange dealers do  not charge a fee  for conversion, they do
realize a profit based on the spread between the prices at which they are buying
and selling  various currencies.  Thus, a  dealer may  offer to  sell a  foreign
currency  to the Portfolio at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange
should the Portfolio desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

SOVEREIGN DEBT OBLIGATIONS

    As discussed in  the Prospectus,  the North  American Government  Securities
Portfolio  may invest  in Canadian and  Mexican Sovereign Debt  and the Emerging
Markets Portfolio may  invest in  Sovereign Debt of  emerging market  countries.
Political  conditions, in terms of a country or agency's willingness to meet the
terms of  its  debt obligations,  are  of considerable  significance.  Investors
should be aware that

                                       24
<PAGE>
the  Sovereign  Debt instruments  in which  the  Emerging Markets  Portfolio may
invest involve  great risk  and are  deemed to  be the  equivalent in  terms  of
quality  to securities  rated below investment  grade by Moody's  and Standard &
Poor's Corporation.

    Sovereign Debt generally offers high  yields, reflecting not only  perceived
credit  risk,  but also  the need  to  compete with  other local  investments in
domestic financial markets. Mexico and  certain other emerging market  countries
are  among the  largest debtors to  commercial banks and  foreign governments. A
foreign debtor's willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a
timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow  situation,
the  extent  of its  foreign reserves,  the  availability of  sufficient foreign
exchange on the date  a payment is  due, the relative size  of the debt  service
burden  to  the economy  as a  whole,  the foreign  debtor's policy  towards the
International Monetary Fund and the  political constraints to which a  sovereign
debtor  may be subject.  Sovereign debtors may default  on their Sovereign Debt.
Sovereign debtors may also be  dependent on expected disbursements from  foreign
governments,  multilateral agencies  and others  abroad to  reduce principal and
interest arrearages  on  their  debt.  The  commitment  on  the  part  of  these
governments,  agencies and others to make  such disbursements may be conditioned
on a  sovereign  debtor's implementation  of  economic reforms  and/or  economic
performance  and the  timely service  of such  debtor's obligations.  Failure to
implement such reforms,  achieve such  levels of economic  performance or  repay
principal  or interest  when due  may result in  the cancellation  of such third
parties' commitments to lend  funds to the sovereign  debtor, which may  further
impair such debtor's ability or willingness to service its debts.

    In recent years, some of the emerging market countries in which the Emerging
Markets  Portfolio expects to invest  have encountered difficulties in servicing
their Sovereign Debt. Some of these countries have withheld payments of interest
and/or principal  of  Sovereign  Debt.  These  difficulties  have  also  led  to
agreements  to restructure external debt  obligations; in particular, commercial
bank loans,  typically by  rescheduling  principal payments,  reducing  interest
rates  and extending new credits to  finance interest payments on existing debt.
In the future,  holders of  Sovereign Debt may  be requested  to participate  in
similar reschedulings to such debt.

    The  ability or willingness of the  governments of Mexico and other emerging
market countries to make timely payments on their Sovereign Debt is likely to be
influenced strongly by a country's balance of trade and its access to trade  and
other  international credits. A country whose  exports are concentrated in a few
commodities could vulnerable to a decline in the international prices of one  or
more  of such  commodities. Increased protectionism  on the part  of a country's
trading partners  could also  adversely affect  its exports.  Such events  could
extinguish  a country's  trade account  surplus, if  any. To  the extent  that a
country  receives  payment  for  its  exports  in  currencies  other  than  hard
currencies, its ability to make hard currency payments could be affected.

    The  occurrence of political, social or diplomatic changes in one or more of
the countries  issuing Sovereign  Debt could  adversely affect  the  Portfolio's
investments.  The countries issuing  such instruments are  faced with social and
political issues and some  of them have experienced  high rates of inflation  in
recent  years  and  have  extensive internal  debt.  Among  other  effects, high
inflation and internal debt service  requirements may adversely affect the  cost
and  availability of future domestic sovereign borrowing to finance governmental
programs,  and  may   have  other   adverse  social,   political  and   economic
consequences.  Political  changes or  a  deterioration of  a  country's domestic
economy or balance of trade may  affect the willingness of countries to  service
their  Sovereign Debt. While the Sub-Adviser intends to invest the assets of the
Portfolio in a manner that will minimize  the exposure to such risks, there  can
be  no assurance that adverse political changes  will not cause the Portfolio to
suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

    As a result of all of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its
obligations. If  such an  event occurs,  the Portfolio  may have  limited  legal
recourse  against the issuer and/or guarantor.  Remedies must, in some cases, be
pursued in the courts  of the defaulting  party itself, and  the ability of  the
holder  of foreign government debt securities  to obtain recourse may be subject
to the political  climate in  the relevant country.  Bankruptcy, moratorium  and
other  similar laws applicable  to issuers of Sovereign  Debt Obligations may be
substantially different  from  those  applicable  to  issuers  of  private  debt

                                       25
<PAGE>
obligations.  In  addition,  no  assurance  can be  given  that  the  holders of
commercial bank debt will not contest  payments to the holders of other  foreign
government  debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank
loan agreements.

    Periods of  economic uncertainty  may  result in  the volatility  of  market
prices  of Sovereign  Debt and in  turn, the  Portfolio's net asset  value, to a
greater extent than the volatility inherent in domestic securities. The value of
Sovereign Debt will likely  vary inversely with  changes in prevailing  interest
rates, which are subject to considerable variance in the international market.

HIGH YIELD SECURITIES

    As  discussed in  the Prospectus, the  Diversified Income  Portfolio and the
Emerging  Markets  Portfolio  will  also   invest  in  high  yield,  high   risk
fixed-income  securities rated  Baa or lower  by Moody's  Investors Service Inc.
("Moody's"), or  BBB or  lower by  Standard &  Poor's Corporation  ("S&P").  The
ratings  of fixed-income securities by Moody's  and S&P are a generally accepted
barometer of credit risk. They are, however, subject to certain limitations from
an investor's standpoint.

    Such limitations include the following: the  rating of an issuer is  heavily
weighted  by past developments and does  not necessarily reflect probable future
conditions; there is frequently a lag between the time a rating is assigned  and
the time it is updated; and there may be varying degrees of difference in credit
risk  of securities in each rating category. The Investment Manager and, for the
Emerging Markets Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser  will attempt to reduce the  overall
portfolio  credit  risk  through  diversification  and  selection  of  portfolio
securities based on considerations mentioned below.

    While the ratings provided a generally useful guide to credit risks, they do
not, nor do they purport to, offer any criteria for evaluating the interest rate
risk. Changes in the general level  of interest rates cause fluctuations in  the
prices  of fixed-income securities already outstanding and will therefore result
in fluctuation in net asset value of  the Portfolio's shares. The extent of  the
fluctuation  is determined by a complex interaction  of a number of factors. The
Investment Manager or, for the Emerging Markets Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser  will
evaluate  those factors  it considers relevant  and will  make portfolio changes
when it deems it appropriate  in seeking to reduce  the risk of depreciation  in
the  value of the  assets of the  Portfolio. However, in  seeking to achieve the
Portfolio's primary objective, there  will be times, such  as during periods  of
rising  interest rates, when  depreciation and realization  of capital losses on
securities  in  the  portfolio  will   be  unavoidable.  Moreover,  medium   and
lower-rated securities and non-rated securities of comparable quality tend to be
subject  to  wider fluctuations  in yield  and market  values than  higher rated
securities. Such fluctuations  after a security  is acquired do  not affect  the
cash income received from that security but are reflected in the net asset value
of the Portfolio.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

    As  discussed in the Prospectus,  when cash may be  available to a Portfolio
for only  a  few  days, it  may  be  invested by  the  Portfolio  in  repurchase
agreements  until such time as it may otherwise be invested or used for payments
of obligations of the Portfolio. These agreements, which may be viewed as a type
of secured lending by  the Portfolio, typically involve  the acquisition by  the
Portfolio  of debt  securities from  a selling  financial institution  such as a
bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that
the Portfolio will sell back to  the institution, and that the institution  will
repurchase,  the  underlying  security  ("collateral"),  which  is  held  by the
Portfolio's custodian bank,  at a specified  price and  at a fixed  time in  the
future,  usually  not  more than  seven  days  from the  date  of  purchase. The
Portfolio will receive  interest from the  institution until the  time when  the
repurchase  is to occur. Although such date is deemed by the Portfolio to be the
maturity date of a repurchase agreement, the maturities of securities subject to
repurchase agreements are not subject to any limits. While repurchase agreements
involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in debt securities,
the  Portfolios  follow  procedures  designed  to  minimize  such  risks.  These
procedures   include   effecting  repurchase   transactions  only   with  large,
well-capitalized and  well-established financial  institutions, whose  financial
conditions  will  be  continually  monitored.  In  addition,  the  value  of the
collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will always be at least equal  to
the  repurchase price, including  any accrued interest  earned on the repurchase
agreement. In  the event  of a  default  or bankruptcy  by a  selling  financial
institution, the Portfolio will

                                       26
<PAGE>
seek  to liquidate such  collateral. However, the  exercising of the  right by a
Portfolio to liquidate  such collateral  could involve certain  costs or  delays
and,  to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation
to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Portfolio could suffer  a
loss.  It is the  current policy of  each Portfolio not  to invest in repurchase
agreements that do not mature within seven days if any such investment, together
with any other illiquid assets held by  the Portfolio, amounts to more than  15%
(10%  in  the  case  of the  Money  Market  Portfolio) of  its  net  assets. The
investments by a Portfolio in repurchase agreements may at times be  substantial
when,   in  the  view  of  the  Investment  Manager,  liquidity,  tax  or  other
considerations warrant.

LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

    Consistent with applicable  regulatory requirements, each  Portfolio of  the
Fund  may lend its portfolio securities  to brokers, dealers and other financial
institutions, provided  that  such  loans  are  callable  at  any  time  by  the
Portfolio,  and are at all times secured  by cash or cash equivalents, which are
maintained in a segregated account  pursuant to applicable regulations and  that
are  equal  to  at least  the  market  value, determined  daily,  of  the loaned
securities. The  advantage of  such loans  is that  the Portfolio  continues  to
receive  the income  on the  loaned securities  while at  the same  time earning
interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested  in
short-term  obligations. A Portfolio will not lend portfolio securities having a
value of more than 25% of its total assets.

    A loan may be terminated by the borrower on one business day's notice, or by
the Portfolio on four  business days' notice. If  the borrower fails to  deliver
the  loaned securities within  four days after receipt  of notice, the Portfolio
could use the collateral  to replace the securities  while holding the  borrower
liable  for  any  excess  of  replacement  cost  over  collateral.  As  with any
extensions of credit, there  are risks of  delay in recovery  and in some  cases
even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail
financially.  However, these loans of portfolio  securities will only be made of
firms deemed by  the Fund's management  to be creditworthy  and when the  income
which  can  be  earned  from  such loans  justifies  the  attendant  risks. Upon
termination of the loan,  the borrower is required  to return the securities  to
the  Fund. Any  gain or loss  in the market  price during the  loan period would
inure to the Portfolio.

    When voting or consent rights which accompany loaned securities pass to  the
borrower,  a Portfolio will follow the  policy of calling the loaned securities,
in whole or in part as may be appropriate, to be delivered within one day  after
notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have
a  material effect on the Portfolio's  investment in such loaned securities. The
Portfolio will pay  reasonable finder's,  administrative and  custodial fees  in
connection  with a  loan of  its securities. No  Portfolio has  the intention of
lending its portfolio securities in the foreseeable future.

WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES AND FORWARD COMMITMENTS

    As discussed in the Prospectus, from time to time, in the ordinary course of
business, each Portfolio of the Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or
delayed delivery  basis  or  may  purchase  or  sell  securities  on  a  forward
commitment  basis. When such transactions are  negotiated, the price is fixed at
the time of commitment, but delivery and payment can take place a month or  more
after  the  date  of the  commitment.  While  the Portfolio  will  only purchase
securities on a when-issued, delayed  delivery or forward commitment basis  with
the intention of acquiring the securities, the Portfolio may sell the securities
before  the  settlement  date, if  it  is  deemed advisable.  The  securities so
purchased or sold are subject to market fluctuation and no interest or dividends
accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date. At the time the  Portfolio
makes  the commitment to  purchase or sell securities  on a when-issued, delayed
delivery or forward commitment basis, the  Fund will record the transaction  and
thereafter  reflect the  value, each  day, of such  security purchased  or, if a
sale, the proceeds to  be received, in  determining the net  asset value of  the
Portfolio.  At the time of delivery of the  securities, the value may be more or
less than  the purchase  or sale  price.  The Portfolio  will also  establish  a
segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will continually maintain
cash or U.S. Government securities or other high grade debt portfolio securities
equal  in value to commitments to  purchase securities on a when-issued, delayed
delivery or forward commitment basis;  subject to this requirement, a  Portfolio
may  purchase  securities  on  such  basis without  limit.  An  increase  in the
percentage of a Portfolio's assets committed to the purchase of securities on  a
when-issued  or  delayed  delivery  basis may  increase  the  volatility  of the

                                       27
<PAGE>
Portfolio's net asset value. The Investment  Manager and the Board of  Trustees,
do  not believe that a  Portfolio's net asset value  or income will be adversely
affected by its purchase of securities on such basis.

WHEN, AS AND IF ISSUED SECURITIES

    As discussed in the Prospectus, each  Portfolio other than the Money  Market
Portfolio  and the  Value-Added Market  Portfolio may  purchase securities  on a
"when, as and if issued" basis under which the issuance of the security  depends
upon  the  occurrence of  a  subsequent event,  such  as approval  of  a merger,
corporate reorganization or debt restructuring. The commitment for the  purchase
of  any such security will  not be recognized in  the portfolio of the Portfolio
until the  Investment  Manager  determines  that issuance  of  the  security  is
probable. At such time, the Fund will record the transaction and, in determining
the  net asset value  of the Portfolio,  will reflect the  value of the security
daily. At such time, the Portfolio will also establish a segregated account with
its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash or U.S. Government  securities
or  other  high  grade  liquid  debt  portfolio  securities  equal  in  value to
recognized commitments  for  such  securities.  The  value  of  the  Portfolio's
commitments  to purchase  the securities  of any  one issuer,  together with the
value of all securities of such issuer owned by the Portfolio, may not exceed 5%
of the value of the Portfolio's total assets at the time the initial  commitment
to  purchase  such  securities is  made  (see "Investment  Restrictions"  in the
Prospectus).  Subject  to  the  foregoing  restrictions,  these  Portfolios  may
purchase  securities on such basis without  limit. An increase in the percentage
of a Portfolio's assets committed to the  purchase of securities on a "when,  as
and  if issued" basis  may increase the  volatility of its  net asset value. The
Investment Manager and, in the case of the North American Government  Securities
Portfolio,  the Balanced Portfolio,  the Core Equity  Portfolio and the Emerging
Markets Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser,  and the Board of  Trustees, do not  believe
that the net asset value of these Portfolios will be adversely affected by their
purchase  of securities on such basis. These Portfolios may also sell securities
on a "when, as and if issued"  basis provided that the issuance of the  security
will result automatically from the exchange or conversion of a security owned by
the Portfolio at the time of the sale.

ZERO COUPON SECURITIES

    A  portion of the U.S. Government securities purchased by the North American
Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the  Balanced
Portfolio,  the Utilities Portfolio, the Dividend Growth Portfolio, the American
Value Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets  Portfolio
may  be "zero coupon" Treasury securities.  These are U.S. Treasury bills, notes
and bonds  which have  been stripped  of their  unmatured interest  coupons  and
receipts  or which are certificates representing interests in such stripped debt
obligations and coupons. In addition,  a portion of the fixed-income  securities
purchased  by the Diversified  Income Portfolio, the  Balanced Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets  Portfolio  may  be "zero  coupon"  securities.  "Zero  coupon"
securities  are  purchased at  a  discount from  their  face amount,  giving the
purchaser the  right to  receive their  full value  at maturity.  A zero  coupon
security  pays  no interest  to  its holder  during its  life.  Its value  to an
investor consists  of the  difference between  its  face value  at the  time  of
maturity  and the price for which it  was acquired, which is generally an amount
significantly less  than  its face  value  (sometimes  referred to  as  a  "deep
discount" price).

    The  interest  earned  on  such  securities  is,  implicitly,  automatically
compounded and paid out at maturity.  While such compounding at a constant  rate
eliminates  the risk of receiving lower  yields upon reinvestment of interest if
prevailing interest rates decline, the owner  of a zero coupon security will  be
unable to participate in higher yields upon reinvestment of interest received if
prevailing  interest rates  rise. For  this reason,  zero coupon  securities are
subject to substantially  greater market  price fluctuations  during periods  of
changing  prevailing interest  rates than  are comparable  debt securities which
make current distributions of interest. Current federal tax law requires that  a
holder  (such as the Portfolios)  of a zero coupon  security accrue a portion of
the discount at which the security was purchased as income each year even though
the Fund receives no interest payments in cash on the security during the year.

                                       28
<PAGE>
    Currently the  only U.S.  Treasury security  issued without  coupons is  the
Treasury  bill. However, in the  last few years a  number of banks and brokerage
firms have  separated  ("stripped")  the  principal  portions  from  the  coupon
portions  of the U.S. Treasury  bonds and notes and  sold them separately in the
form of  receipts  or certificates  representing  undivided interests  in  these
instruments  (which instruments are generally  held by a bank  in a custodial or
trust account).

OPTIONS AND FUTURES TRANSACTIONS
    As discussed  in  the Prospectus,  each  of the  North  American  Government
Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio,
the  American  Value Portfolio,  the Global  Equity  Portfolio and  the Emerging
Markets Portfolio may write covered call options against securities held in  its
portfolio  and  covered  put  options  on  eligible  portfolio  securities  (the
Utilities  Portfolio,  the  American  Value  Portfolio  and  the  Global  Equity
Portfolio  may also  write covered  put and call  options on  stock indexes) and
purchase options of  the same  series to  effect closing  transactions, and  may
hedge  against  potential  changes  in  the  market  value  of  investments  (or
anticipated investments) by  purchasing put  and call options  on portfolio  (or
eligible  portfolio) securities and engaging  in transactions involving interest
rate futures contracts  and bond  index futures  contracts and  options on  such
contracts.  In addition, the Utilities  Portfolio, the American Value Portfolio,
the Global Equity Portfolio  and the Emerging Markets  Portfolio may also  hedge
against such changes by entering into transactions involving stock index futures
contracts  and options thereon, and (except  for the Emerging Markets Portfolio)
options on stock indexes. The Value-Added Market Portfolio may purchase  futures
contracts on stock indexes such as the S&P Index and the New York Stock Exchange
Composite   Index  and  may  sell  such  futures  contracts  to  effect  closing
transactions.  The   North  American   Government  Securities   Portfolio,   the
Diversified  Income  Portfolio, the  Global  Equity Portfolio  and  the Emerging
Markets Portfolio may also hedge against  potential changes in the market  value
of  the currencies in  which their investments  (or anticipated investments) are
denominated by purchasing  put and call  options on currencies  and engaging  in
transactions   involving  currencies  futures  contracts  and  options  on  such
contracts.

    OPTIONS ON TREASURY BONDS  AND NOTES.  Because  trading interest in  options
written  on  Treasury bonds  and  notes tends  to  center on  the  most recently
auctioned issues, the exchanges on which such securities trade will not continue
indefinitely to  introduce  options with  new  expirations to  replace  expiring
options  on  particular  issues.  Instead,  the  expirations  introduced  at the
commencement of options  trading on a  particular issue will  be allowed to  run
their  course, with the possible addition of a limited number of new expirations
as the original ones  expire. Options trading  on each issue  of bonds or  notes
will  thus be phased  out as new options  are listed on  more recent issues, and
options representing  a  full  range  of  expirations  will  not  ordinarily  be
available for every issue on which options are traded.

    OPTIONS ON TREASURY BILLS.  Because a deliverable Treasury bill changes from
week to week, writers of Treasury bill calls cannot provide in advance for their
potential   exercise  settlement  obligations  by   acquiring  and  holding  the
underlying security. However, if a Portfolio  holds a long position in  Treasury
bills with a principal amount of the securities deliverable upon exercise of the
option,  the position may be  hedged from a risk standpoint  by the writing of a
call option. For so long as the  call option is outstanding, the Portfolio  will
hold the Treasury bills in a segregated account with its Custodian, so that they
will be treated as being covered.

    OPTIONS  ON GNMA CERTIFICATES.  Currently,  options on GNMA Certificates are
only traded  over-the-counter. Since  the remaining  principal balance  of  GNMA
Certificates  declines each month as a result of mortgage payments, a Portfolio,
as a writer of a GNMA call  holding GNMA Certificates as "cover" to satisfy  its
delivery   obligation  in  the  event  of  exercise,  may  find  that  the  GNMA
Certificates it holds no  longer have a  sufficient remaining principal  balance
for this purpose. Should this occur, the Portfolio will purchase additional GNMA
Certificates from the same pool (if obtainable) or replacement GNMA Certificates
in  the cash market in  order to maintain its cover.  A GNMA Certificate held by
the Portfolio to  cover an  option position in  any but  the nearest  expiration
month  may cease to represent cover for the  option in the event of a decline in
the GNMA coupon rate  at which new  pools are originated  under the FHA/VA  loan
ceiling  in  effect  at  any  given  time,  as  such  decline  may  increase the
prepayments made on other  mortgage pools. If this  should occur, the  Portfolio
will no longer be covered, and the Portfolio will

                                       29
<PAGE>
either  enter into  a closing purchase  transaction or  replace such Certificate
with a Certificate  which represents cover.  When the Portfolio  closes out  its
position  or replaces such Certificate, it may realize an unanticipated loss and
incur transaction costs.

    OPTIONS ON FOREIGN  CURRENCIES.   The North  American Government  Securities
Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the
Emerging  Markets Portfolio may purchase and write options on foreign currencies
for purposes  similar  to  those  involved with  investing  in  forward  foreign
currency  exchange contracts. For example, in  order to protect against declines
in the dollar value of portfolio  securities which are denominated in a  foreign
currency,  the Portfolio may purchase  put options on an  amount of such foreign
currency equivalent to the current  value of the portfolio securities  involved.
As  a result, the Portfolio would be enabled  to sell the foreign currency for a
fixed amount  of U.S.  dollars, thereby  "locking in"  the dollar  value of  the
portfolio  securities (less  the amount of  the premiums paid  for the options).
Conversely, these Portfolios may purchase call options on foreign currencies  in
which securities they anticipate purchasing are denominated to secure a set U.S.
dollar  price for such securities and protect  against a decline in the value of
the U.S.  dollar  against  such  foreign currency.  These  Portfolios  may  also
purchase call and put options to close out written option positions.

    The   North  American  Government   Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified
Securities Portfolio,  the  Global Equity  Portfolio  and the  Emerging  Markets
Portfolio  may also  write call options  on foreign currency  to protect against
potential declines in its portfolio securities which are denominated in  foreign
currencies.  If the  U.S. dollar  value of the  portfolio securities  falls as a
result of a decline in the exchange rate between the foreign currency in which a
security is  denominated and  the U.S.  dollar,  then a  loss to  the  Portfolio
occasioned  by such value decline would be ameliorated by receipt of the premium
on the  option sold.  At the  same time,  however, the  Portfolio gives  up  the
benefit  of any  rise in  value of the  relevant portfolio  securities above the
exercise price of  the option and,  in fact,  only receives a  benefit from  the
writing  of the option to the extent  that the value of the portfolio securities
falls below the  price of the  premium received. The  North American  Government
Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Global Equity
Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may also write options to close out
long call option positions. A put option on a foreign currency would be  written
by the Portfolio for the same reason it would purchase a call option, namely, to
hedge  against an increase in the U.S.  dollar value of a foreign security which
the Portfolio anticipates  purchasing. Here,  the receipt of  the premium  would
offset,  to the  extent of the  size of the  premium, any increased  cost to the
Portfolio resulting from  an increase in  the U.S. dollar  value of the  foreign
security.  However, the Portfolio could not benefit from any decline in the cost
of the foreign security which is greater than the price of the premium received.
These Portfolios may also write  options to close out  long put and call  option
positions.

    The  markets in foreign currency options  are relatively new and the ability
of the North  American Government Securities  Portfolio, the Diversified  Income
Portfolio,  the Global  Equity Portfolio and  the Emerging  Markets Portfolio to
establish and close out positions on such options is subject to the  maintenance
of  a liquid secondary market.  Although a Portfolio will  not purchase or write
such options  unless  and  until,  in  the opinion  of  the  management  of  the
Portfolio,  the market  for them has  developed sufficiently to  ensure that the
risks in  connection  with  such options  are  not  greater than  the  risks  in
connection with the underlying currency, there can be no assurance that a liquid
secondary  market will exist  for a particular  option at any  specific time. In
addition, options on  foreign currencies are  affected by all  of those  factors
which influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.

    The  value  of a  foreign  currency option  depends  upon the  value  of the
underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar.  As a result, the price of  the
option  position may vary with changes in the value of either or both currencies
and have  no  relationship to  the  investment  merits of  a  foreign  security,
including  foreign securities held  in a "hedged"  investment portfolio. Because
foreign  currency  transactions  occurring  in  the  interbank  market   involve
substantially  larger amounts  than those  that may  be involved  in the  use of
foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an
odd lot market (generally  consisting of transactions of  less than $1  million)
for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for
round lots.

                                       30
<PAGE>
    There  is  no  systematic reporting  of  last sale  information  for foreign
currencies or  any  regulatory  requirement that  quotations  available  through
dealers  or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Quotation
information available is generally representative of very large transactions  in
the  interbank market and  thus may not  reflect relatively smaller transactions
(i.e., less than $1  million) where rates may  be less favorable. The  interbank
market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent
that  the U.S. options markets  are closed while the  markets for the underlying
currencies remain open, significant price and  rate movements may take place  in
the underlying markets that are not reflected in the options market.

    COVERED  CALL  WRITING.   As stated  in the  Prospectus, the  North American
Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities
Portfolio, the American  Value Portfolio,  the Global Equity  Portfolio and  the
Emerging  Markets  Portfolio  are permitted  to  write covered  call  options on
portfolio securities, and  the North American  Government Securities  Portfolio,
the  Diversified Income Portfolio, the Global  Equity Portfolio and the Emerging
Markets Portfolio are permitted to write covered call options on the U.S. dollar
and foreign currencies, in each case without limit, in order to aid in achieving
their investment  objectives.  Generally, a  call  option is  "covered"  if  the
Portfolio   owns,  or  has  the  right   to  acquire,  without  additional  cash
consideration (or for additional  cash consideration held  for the Portfolio  by
its  Custodian  in  a  segregated account)  the  underlying  security (currency)
subject to the option except that in  the case of call options on U.S.  Treasury
Bills,  a Portfolio  might own  U.S. Treasury Bills  of a  different series from
those underlying  the  call  option,  but with  a  principal  amount  and  value
corresponding  to the exercise price  and a maturity date  no later than that of
the securities (currency) deliverable  under the call option.  A call option  is
also  covered if the Portfolio  holds a call on  the same security (currency) as
the underlying security of the written  option, where the exercise price of  the
call  used for coverage is equal to or  less than the exercise price of the call
written or  greater  than  the  exercise  price  of  the  call  written  if  the
mark-to-market   difference  is  maintained  by  the  Portfolio  in  cash,  U.S.
Government securities or other high  grade debt obligations which the  Portfolio
holds in a segregated account maintained with the Portfolio's Custodian.

    The  Portfolio will receive from the purchaser,  in return for a call it has
written, a "premium"; i.e., the price  of the option. Receipt of these  premiums
may  better  enable  the  North American  Government  Securities  Portfolio, the
Diversified Income  Portfolio,  the  Utilities  Portfolio,  the  American  Value
Portfolio,  the Global  Equity Portfolio and  the Emerging  Markets Portfolio to
achieve a higher current income return  than would be realized from holding  the
underlying  securities  (and,  in  the case  of  the  North  American Government
Securities Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Global  Equity
Portfolio  and the Emerging Markets  Portfolio, currencies) alone. Moreover, the
premium received will  offset a portion  of the potential  loss incurred by  the
Portfolio  if the securities  (currencies) underlying the  option are ultimately
sold (exchanged) by the Portfolio at a loss. The premium received will fluctuate
with varying economic market  conditions. If the market  value of the  portfolio
securities  (or,  in  the  case  of  the  North  American  Government Securities
Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets Portfolio, the currencies  in which they are denominated)  upon
which  call options  have been  written increases,  the Portfolio  may receive a
lower total return from the portion of its portfolio upon which calls have  been
written than it would have had such calls not been written.

    As  regards  listed options  and  certain over-the-counter  ("OTC") options,
during the option period, the Portfolio may be required, at any time, to deliver
the underlying security (currency) against payment of the exercise price on  any
calls  it has written (exercise of certain listed and OTC options may be limited
to specific expiration dates). This obligation is terminated upon the expiration
of the option period or at such  earlier time when the writer effects a  closing
purchase   transaction.  A  closing  purchase  transaction  is  accomplished  by
purchasing an  option of  the  same series  as  the option  previously  written.
However,  once the Portfolio has been assigned an exercise notice, the Portfolio
will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction.

    Closing purchase transactions are ordinarily effected to realize a profit on
an outstanding call option,  to prevent an  underlying security (currency)  from
being  called, to permit the sale of  an underlying security (or the exchange of
the underlying currency) or to enable the Portfolio to write another call option
on the underlying security (currency) with either a different exercise price  or
expiration date or

                                       31
<PAGE>
both.  The Portfolio  may realize  a net  gain or  loss from  a closing purchase
transaction depending upon  whether the amount  of the premium  received on  the
call  option is  more or less  than the  cost of effecting  the closing purchase
transaction. Any loss incurred in a  closing purchase transaction may be  wholly
or  partially  offset by  unrealized  appreciation in  the  market value  of the
underlying security  (currency). Conversely,  a gain  resulting from  a  closing
purchase  transaction  could be  offset in  whole or  in part  or exceeded  by a
decline in the market value of the underlying security (currency).

    If a call option expires unexercised,  the Portfolio realizes a gain in  the
amount  of the  premium on  the option  less the  commission paid.  Such a gain,
however, may be  offset by depreciation  in the market  value of the  underlying
security (currency) during the option period. If a call option is exercised, the
Portfolio  realizes a  gain or  loss from  the sale  of the  underlying security
(currency) equal to the difference between the purchase price of the  underlying
security (currency) and the proceeds of the sale of the security (currency) plus
the premium received when the option was written, less the commission paid.

    Options  written by a Portfolio  normally have expiration dates  of up to to
eighteen months from the date written. The  exercise price of a call option  may
be  below, equal to or above the current market value of the underlying security
(currency) at the time the option is written. See "Risks of Options and  Futures
Transactions," below.

    COVERED  PUT WRITING.  As stated in the Prospectus, as a writer of a covered
put option, the North American Government Securities Portfolio, the  Diversified
Income  Portfolio, the  Utilities Portfolio,  the American  Value Portfolio, the
Global Equity Portfolio or the  Emerging Markets Portfolio incurs an  obligation
to  buy the security underlying the option from the purchaser of the put, at the
option's exercise price at any time during the option period, at the purchaser's
election (certain listed and  OTC put options written  by the Portfolio will  be
exercisable by the purchaser only on a specific date). A put is "covered" if the
Portfolio  maintains, in  a segregated account  maintained on its  behalf at its
Custodian, cash, U.S. Government securities or other high grade debt obligations
in an amount equal to  at least the exercise price  of the option, at all  times
during  the option period. Similarly, a written put position could be covered by
the Portfolio  by its  purchase of  a put  option on  the same  security as  the
underlying  security  of the  written option,  where the  exercise price  of the
purchased option is equal to or more than the exercise price of the put  written
or  less  than the  exercise  price of  the  put written  if  the mark-to-market
difference is maintained by the Portfolio in cash, U.S. Government securities or
other high grade  debt obligations  which the  Portfolio holds  in a  segregated
account  maintained at its Custodian. In writing puts, the Portfolio assumes the
risk of loss should  the market value of  the underlying security decline  below
the exercise price of the option (any loss being decreased by the receipt of the
premium on the option written). In the case of listed options, during the option
period,  the Portfolio  may be  required, at  any time,  to make  payment of the
exercise price against delivery of the underlying security. The operation of and
limitations on covered put options in other respects are substantially identical
to those of call options.

    The North American Government  Securities Portfolio, the Diversified  Income
Portfolio,  the Utilities  Portfolio, the  American Value  Portfolio, the Global
Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets  Portfolio will write put options  for
three  purposes: (1)  to receive  the income derived  from the  premiums paid by
purchasers; (2)  when  the  Investment  Manager  (or,  for  the  North  American
Government   Securities  Portfolio  and  the  Emerging  Markets  Portfolio,  the
Sub-Adviser) wishes to purchase  the security underlying the  option at a  price
lower  than its current market price, in which case the Portfolio will write the
covered put at an exercise price reflecting the lower purchase price sought; and
(3) to close out a long put option position. The potential gain on a covered put
option is limited to  the premium received on  the option (less the  commissions
paid  on the transaction) while the potential loss equals the difference between
the exercise price of the option and the current market price of the  underlying
securities  when the put is exercised, offset  by the premium received (less the
commissions paid on the transaction).

    PURCHASING CALL AND PUT OPTIONS.  As stated in the Prospectus, the  Emerging
Markets  Portfolio may purchase listed  and OTC call and  put options in amounts
equalling up  to  10% of  its  total assets,  and  each of  the  North  American
Government  Securities  Portfolio  and  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio  may
purchase such call and put  options in amounts equalling up  to 5% of its  total
assets.  Each of the  Utilities Portfolio, the American  Value Portfolio and the
Global Equity Portfolio may  purchase such call and  put options and options  on
stock indexes in amounts equalling 10% of its total assets, with a maximum of 5%

                                       32
<PAGE>
of  its total  assets invested  in the  purchase of  stock index  options. These
Portfolios may  purchase call  options in  order  to close  out a  covered  call
position  (see  "Covered  Call  Writing"  above)  or  purchase  call  options on
securities they  intend  to purchase.  Each  of the  North  American  Government
Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Global Equity
Portfolio and  the Emerging  Markets Portfolio  may purchase  a call  option  on
foreign  currency to hedge against an adverse exchange rate move of the currency
in which the  security it  anticipates purchasing is  denominated vis-a-vis  the
currency  in which the exercise  price is denominated. The  purchase of the call
option to effect a closing transaction on a call written over-the-counter may be
a listed or an OTC option. In either case, the call purchased is likely to be on
the same securities (currencies) and have the same terms as the written  option.
If  purchased over-the-counter, the option would  generally be acquired from the
dealer or  financial  institution  which  purchased  the  call  written  by  the
Portfolio.

    Each  of the North American Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified
Income Portfolio, the  Utilities Portfolio,  the American  Value Portfolio,  the
Global  Equity Portfolio  and the  Emerging Markets  Portfolio may  purchase put
options on  securities  (and, in  the  case  of the  North  American  Government
Securities  Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Global Equity
Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio, on currencies) which it holds  (or
has  the right  to acquire) in  its portfolio  only to protect  itself against a
decline in the value of the security (currency). If the value of the  underlying
security  (currency) were to fall below the  exercise price of the put purchased
in an amount greater than the premium  paid for the option, the Portfolio  would
incur  no additional  loss. These  Portfolios may  also purchase  put options to
close out written  put positions  in a manner  similar to  call options  closing
purchase  transactions. In addition, a Portfolio may  sell a put option which it
has previously  purchased  prior to  the  sale of  the  securities  (currencies)
underlying such option. Such a sale would result in a net gain or loss depending
on  whether the amount received on the sale is more or less than the premium and
other transaction costs paid on the put  option when it was purchased. Any  such
gain or loss could be offset in whole or in part by a change in the market value
of  the underlying security (currency). If a put option purchased by a Portfolio
expired without being sold or exercised, the Portfolio would realize a loss.

    RISKS OF OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS.  During  the option period, the covered  call
writer  has, in return for  the premium on the  option, given up the opportunity
for capital appreciation above the exercise price should the market price of the
underlying security (or, in the case of the North American Government Securities
Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets Portfolio,  the value of  the security's denominated  currency)
increase,  but has retained the risk of  loss should the price of the underlying
security (or, in the case of the North American Government Securities Portfolio,
the Diversified Income Portfolio, the  Global Equity Portfolio and the  Emerging
Markets  Portfolio, the value  of the security's  denominated currency) decline.
The covered put writer also retains the risk of loss should the market value  of
the  underlying security decline below the exercise price of the option less the
premium received on the  sale of the  option. In both cases,  the writer has  no
control  over the time  when it may be  required to fulfill  its obligation as a
writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice,  it
cannot  effect  a  closing  purchase  transaction  in  order  to  terminate  its
obligation  under  the  option  and  must  deliver  or  receive  the  underlying
securities at the exercise price.

    Prior  to exercise or expiration, an  option position can only be terminated
by entering  into a  closing purchase  or sale  transaction. If  a covered  call
option  writer is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction or to purchase
an offsetting over-the-counter  option, it cannot  sell the underlying  security
until the option expires or the option is exercised. Accordingly, a covered call
option  writer may not be able to sell  an underlying security at a time when it
might otherwise be advantageous  to do so.  A secured put  option writer who  is
unable  to effect  a closing purchase  transaction or to  purchase an offsetting
over-the-counter option would continue to bear the risk of decline in the market
price of the underlying  security until the option  expires or is exercised.  In
addition, a covered writer would be unable to utilize the amount held in cash or
U.S. Government securities or other high grade short-term obligations securities
as  security for the put option for other investment purposes until the exercise
or expiration of the option.

                                       33
<PAGE>
    A  Portfolio's ability to close out its position as a writer of an option is
dependent upon the existence of a  liquid secondary market on option  exchanges.
There is no assurance that such a market will exist, particularly in the case of
OTC  options, as such options will generally only be closed out by entering into
a closing purchase transaction with the purchasing dealer. However, a  Portfolio
may  be  able to  purchase an  offsetting option  which does  not close  out its
position as a writer but constitutes an  asset of equal value to the  obligation
under  the option written. If  the Portfolio is not able  to either enter into a
closing purchase  transaction or  purchase an  offsetting position,  it will  be
required  to  maintain the  securities subject  to the  call, or  the collateral
underlying the put, even though it might  not be advantageous to do so, until  a
closing transaction can be entered into (or the option is exercised or expires).

    Among  the possible reasons for the absence  of a liquid secondary market on
an Exchange  are: (i)  insufficient trading  interest in  certain options;  (ii)
restrictions  on  transactions  imposed  by an  Exchange;  (iii)  trading halts,
suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes  or
series  of options  or underlying  securities; (iv)  interruption of  the normal
operations on an Exchange;  (v) inadequacy of the  facilities of an Exchange  or
the  Options Clearing Corporation  ("OCC") to handle  current trading volume; or
(vi) a decision by one or more  Exchanges to discontinue the trading of  options
(or  a particular  class or  series of  options), in  which event  the secondary
market on that Exchange (or in that  class or series of options) would cease  to
exist, although outstanding options on that Exchange that had been issued by the
OCC  as  a result  of trades  on that  Exchange would  generally continue  to be
exercisable in accordance with their terms.

    In the event of the bankruptcy of a broker through which a Portfolio engages
in transactions in options, the Portfolio could experience delays and/or  losses
in  liquidating open positions purchased or sold through the broker and/or incur
a loss of all or part of its margin deposits with the broker. Similarly, in  the
event of the bankruptcy of the writer of an OTC option purchased by a Portfolio,
the Portfolio could experience a loss of all or part of the value of the option.
Transactions  are entered  into by  a Portfolio  only with  brokers or financial
institutions deemed creditworthy by the Portfolio's management.

    Each of  the Exchanges  has established  limitations governing  the  maximum
number  of  call or  put  options on  the  same underlying  security  or futures
contract (whether or  not covered) which  may be written  by a single  investor,
whether  acting  alone or  in concert  with others  (regardless of  whether such
options are written on the same or different Exchanges or are held or written on
one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). An Exchange may order  the
liquidation  of positions found  to be in  violation of these  limits and it may
impose other sanctions or restrictions.  These position limits may restrict  the
number of listed options which a Portfolio may write.

    The  hours of trading for options may  not conform to the hours during which
the underlying securities  are traded.  To the  extent that  the option  markets
close  before the markets  for the underlying  securities, significant price and
rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected
in the option markets.

    STOCK INDEX OPTIONS.  The Utilities Portfolio, the American Value  Portfolio
and  the Global  Equity Portfolio  may invest  in options  on stock  indexes. As
stated in the  Prospectus, options on  stock indexes are  similar to options  on
stock  except that, rather than the right to take or make delivery of stock at a
specified price,  an option  on a  stock index  gives the  holder the  right  to
receive,  upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of
the stock index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a
call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. This
amount of cash  is equal to  such difference  between the closing  price of  the
index  and  the  exercise price  of  the  option expressed  in  dollars  times a
specified multiple  (the  "multiplier").  The multiplier  for  an  index  option
performs  a  function similar  to the  unit of  trading for  a stock  option. It
determines the total dollar value per  contract of each point in the  difference
between  the exercise price of an option and the current level of the underlying
index. A multiplier of  100 means that a  one-point difference will yield  $100.
Options  on different indexes may have  different multipliers. The writer of the
option is obligated,  in return for  the premium received,  to make delivery  of
this  amount. Unlike stock  options, all settlements  are in cash  and a gain or
loss depends  on  price  movements  in  the stock  market  generally  (or  in  a
particular  segment of the market) rather than the price movements in individual
stocks. Currently, options are traded on,

                                       34
<PAGE>
among other indexes,  the S&P 100  Index and the  S&P 500 Index  on the  Chicago
Board  Options  Exchange, the  Major Market  Index  and the  Computer Technology
Index, Oil Index and Institutional Index on the American Stock Exchange and  the
NYSE  Index and NYSE  Beta Index on  the New York  Stock Exchange, The Financial
News Composite Index  on the Pacific  Stock Exchange and  the Value Line  Index,
National  O-T-C Index  and Utilities Index  on the  Philadelphia Stock Exchange,
each of which and any  similar index on which options  are traded in the  future
which  include stocks that are not limited to any particular industry or segment
of the market is referred to as a "broadly based stock market index." Options on
broad-based stock indexes provide the Portfolio  with a means of protecting  the
Portfolio  against the  risk of market-wide  price movements.  If the Investment
Manager anticipates a market decline, the Portfolio could purchase a stock index
put option. If the expected market decline materialized, the resulting  decrease
in  the value of the Portfolio's portfolio would  be offset to the extent of the
increase in the value of the put option. If the Investment Manager anticipates a
market rise, the Portfolio may purchase a stock index call option to enable  the
Portfolio  to participate  in such rise  until completion  of anticipated common
stock purchases by  the Portfolio. Purchases  and sales of  stock index  options
also  enable  the  Investment Manager  to  more  speedily achieve  changes  in a
Portfolio's equity positions.

    The Utilities Portfolio, the American Value Portfolio and the Global  Equity
Portfolio  will write put  options on stock  indexes only if  such positions are
covered by cash, U.S. Government securities or other high grade debt obligations
equal to the aggregate  exercise price of the  puts, or by a  put option on  the
same  stock index with a strike price no  lower than the strike price of the put
option sold  by the  Portfolio,  which cover  is held  for  the Portfolio  in  a
segregated account maintained for it by its Custodian. All call options on stock
indexes  written by a Portfolio will be  covered either by a portfolio of stocks
substantially replicating the movement of  the index underlying the call  option
or by holding a separate call option on the same stock index with a strike price
no higher than the strike price of the call option sold by the Portfolio.

    RISKS  OF OPTIONS ON INDEXES.  Because  exercises of stock index options are
settled in cash,  call writers  such as  the Utilities  Portfolio, the  American
Value  Portfolio and the  Global Equity Portfolio cannot  provide in advance for
their potential settlement obligations by  acquiring and holding the  underlying
securities. A call writer can offset some of the risk of its writing position by
holding  a  diversified  portfolio  of  stocks similar  to  those  on  which the
underlying index  is  based. However,  most  investors cannot,  as  a  practical
matter,  acquire and hold a portfolio containing  exactly the same stocks as the
underlying index, and, as a result, bear a risk that the value of the securities
held will vary from the value of the  index. Even if an index call writer  could
assemble  a  stock  portfolio that  exactly  reproduced the  composition  of the
underlying index,  the writer  still would  not  be fully  covered from  a  risk
standpoint  because of the "timing risk" inherent in writing index options. When
an index option is exercised, the amount of cash that the holder is entitled  to
receive  is  determined by  the difference  between the  exercise price  and the
closing index level  on the date  when the  option is exercised.  As with  other
kinds  of options, the writer will not learn that it has been assigned until the
next business day, at the earliest. The time lag between exercise and notice  of
assignment  poses  no  risk for  the  writer of  a  covered call  on  a specific
underlying security,  such  as  a  common  stock,  because  there  the  writer's
obligation  is to deliver the underlying security, not  to pay its value as of a
fixed time  in the  past. So  long as  the writer  already owns  the  underlying
security, it can satisfy its settlement obligations by simply delivering it, and
the  risk that its value  may have declined since the  exercise date is borne by
the exercising holder. In contrast,  even if the writer  of an index call  holds
stocks  that exactly match the composition of  the underlying index, it will not
be able to satisfy its assignment obligations by delivering those stocks against
payment of the exercise price.  Instead, it will be required  to pay cash in  an
amount based on the closing index value on the exercise date; and by the time it
learns  that  it  has  been  assigned,  the  index  may  have  declined,  with a
corresponding decline in the value of its stock portfolio. This "timing risk" is
an inherent limitation on the ability of index call writers to cover their  risk
exposure by holding stock positions.

    A  holder of an index option who exercises it before the closing index value
for that day is available runs the  risk that the level of the underlying  index
may  subsequently change. If such  a change causes the  exercised option to fall
out-of-the-money, the exercising holder will  be required to pay the  difference

                                       35
<PAGE>
between  the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the
applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

    If dissemination of the current level of an underlying index is interrupted,
or if trading is interrupted in  stocks accounting for a substantial portion  of
the  value of an index, the trading of  options on that index will ordinarily be
halted. If the trading of options on an underlying index is halted, an  exchange
may impose restrictions prohibiting the exercise of such options.

    FUTURES  CONTRACTS.    As  stated  in  the  Prospectus,  the  North American
Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities
Portfolio, the American  Value Portfolio,  the Global Equity  Portfolio and  the
Emerging Markets Portfolio may purchase and sell interest rate futures contracts
that  are traded, or may in the future be traded, on U.S. commodity exchanges on
such underlying  securities  as  U.S.  Treasury bonds,  notes,  bills  and  GNMA
Certificates  and bond index  futures contracts that  are traded, or  may in the
future be traded,  on U.S. commodity  exchanges on such  indexes as the  Moody's
Investment-Grade  Corporate Bond Index. The Utilities Portfolio, the Value-Added
Market Portfolio, the American Value Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio  and
the  Emerging Markets Portfolio  may also purchase and  sell stock index futures
contracts that are traded on U.S. commodity exchanges on such indexes as the S&P
500 Index and  the New York  Stock Exchange Composite  Index. The Global  Equity
Portfolio  and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may also purchase and sell futures
contracts that are currently traded, or may in the future be traded, on  foreign
commodity  exchanges on such underlying securities  as common stocks and on such
indexes of foreign equity securities  as may exist or  come into being, such  as
the  Financial  Times Equity  Index.  The North  American  Government Securities
Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets Portfolio may also purchase and sell futures contracts that are
currently traded, or may in the future be traded, on foreign commodity exchanges
on such underlying securities as foreign government fixed-income securities,  on
various   currencies  ("currency  futures")  and  on  such  indexes  of  foreign
fixed-income securities as may exist or come into being.

    As a futures contract  purchaser, a Portfolio incurs  an obligation to  take
delivery  of a specified amount  of the obligation underlying  the contract at a
specified time in the  future for a  specified price. As a  seller of a  futures
contract,  a Portfolio incurs  an obligation to deliver  the specified amount of
the underlying  obligation at  a specified  time in  return for  an agreed  upon
price.

    The  North American Government Securities  Portfolio, the Diversified Income
Portfolio, the Utilities  Portfolio, the  American Value  Portfolio, the  Global
Equity  Portfolio  and  the Emerging  Markets  Portfolio will  purchase  or sell
interest rate futures contracts  for the purpose  of hedging their  fixed-income
portfolio  (or anticipated  portfolio) securities against  changes in prevailing
interest rates  or,  in  the case  of  the  Utilities Portfolio,  to  alter  the
Portfolio's  asset allocation in  fixed-income securities. If  it is anticipated
that interest rates  may rise and,  concomitantly, the price  of certain of  its
portfolio  securities  fall,  a  Portfolio may  sell  an  interest  rate futures
contract or  a bond  index futures  contract. If  declining interest  rates  are
anticipated,  or  if the  Investment Manager  wishes  to increase  the Utilities
Portfolio's allocation of fixed-income securities,  a Portfolio may purchase  an
interest  rate  futures contract  or a  bond index  futures contract  to protect
against a potential increase in the price of securities the Portfolio intends to
purchase. Subsequently, appropriate securities may be purchased by the Portfolio
in an  orderly  fashion;  as securities  are  purchased,  corresponding  futures
positions would be terminated by offsetting sales of contracts.

    The  Utilities Portfolio,  the American  Value Portfolio,  the Global Equity
Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio  will purchase or sell stock  index
futures  contracts  for  the  purpose  of  hedging  their  equity  portfolio (or
anticipated portfolio)  securities  against  changes in  their  prices.  If  the
Investment  Manager anticipates that the prices of stock held by a Portfolio may
fall or wishes to decrease the Utilities Portfolio's asset allocation in  equity
securities,  the Portfolio may sell a  stock index futures contract. Conversely,
if the  Investment  Manager wishes  to  increase  the assets  of  the  Utilities
Portfolio  which are invested in stocks or as a hedge against anticipated prices
rises in  those  stocks  which  the  Utilities  Portfolio,  the  American  Value
Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio or the Emerging Markets Portfolio intends
to  purchase, the  Portfolio may  purchase stock  index futures  contracts. This
allows the Portfolio to purchase equities, in accordance

                                       36
<PAGE>
with the asset  allocations of  the Portfolio's  management, in  an orderly  and
efficacious  manner.  The  circumstances  under  which  the  Value-Added  Market
Portfolio may purchase and sell stock index futures are described below.

    The North American Government  Securities Portfolio, the Diversified  Income
Portfolio,  the Global Equity Portfolio and  the Emerging Markets Portfolio will
purchase or  sell  currency  futures  on currencies  in  which  their  portfolio
securities  (or  anticipated  portfolio  securities)  are  denominated  for  the
purposes of  hedging against  anticipated changes  in currency  exchange  rates.
These Portfolios will enter into currency futures contracts for the same reasons
as  set forth  under the heading  "Forward Foreign  Currency Exchange Contracts"
above for entering into forward foreign currency exchange contracts; namely,  to
"lock-in"  the  value  of a  security  purchased  or sold  in  a  given currency
vis-a-vis a different currency or to hedge against an adverse currency  exchange
rate  movement of a  portfolio security's (or  anticipated portfolio security's)
denominated currency vis-a-vis a different currency.

    In addition to the above, interest rate and bond index and stock index  (and
currency) futures contracts will be bought or sold in order to close out a short
or long position in a corresponding futures contract.

    Although  most interest rate  futures contracts call  for actual delivery or
acceptance of  securities,  the contracts  usually  are closed  out  before  the
settlement  date  without  the  making  or  taking  of  delivery.  Index futures
contracts provide for the  delivery of an  amount of cash  equal to a  specified
dollar  amount times the difference between the index value at the open or close
of the  last trading  day of  the contract  and the  futures contract  price.  A
futures contract sale is closed out by effecting a futures contract purchase for
the  same aggregate amount of the specific type  of security (or, in the case of
the North  American  Government  Securities Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income
Portfolio,  the  Global Equity  Portfolio  and the  Emerging  Markets Portfolio,
currency) and the same delivery date.  If the sale price exceeds the  offsetting
purchase  price, the  seller would  be paid the  difference and  would realize a
gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, the seller  would
pay  the  difference and  would realize  a loss.  Similarly, a  futures contract
purchase is  closed  out by  effecting  a futures  contract  sale for  the  same
aggregate  amount  of the  specific  type of  security  (currency) and  the same
delivery date. If  the offsetting  sale price  exceeds the  purchase price,  the
purchaser  would  realize a  gain,  whereas if  the  purchase price  exceeds the
offsetting sale price, the purchaser would realize a loss. There is no assurance
that a Portfolio will be able to enter into a closing transaction.

    INTEREST RATE  FUTURES  CONTRACTS.    When  The  North  American  Government
Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio,
the  American  Value  Portfolio, the  Global  Equity Portfolio  or  the Emerging
Markets Portfolio enters into  a futures contract, it  is initially required  to
deposit  with its Custodian, in an account  in the name of the broker performing
the transaction, an "initial  margin" of cash or  U.S. Government securities  or
other  high  grade  short-term  obligations equal  to  approximately  2%  of the
contract amount. Initial margin requirements are established by the Exchanges on
which futures contracts trade and may,  from time to time, change. In  addition,
brokers may establish margin deposit requirements in excess of those required by
the Exchanges.

    Initial   margin  in  futures  transactions  is  different  from  margin  in
securities transactions in that initial margin does not involve the borrowing of
funds by a brokers' client but is,  rather, a good faith deposit on the  futures
contract  which will be returned to the Portfolio upon the proper termination of
the futures contract. The  margin deposits made are  marked to market daily  and
the  Portfolio  may be  required to  make  subsequent deposits  of cash  or U.S.
Government securities, called "variation  margin", with the Portfolio's  futures
contract  clearing broker,  which are  reflective of  price fluctuations  in the
futures contract. Currently, interest rate futures contracts can be purchased on
debt securities such as U.S. Treasury Bills and Bonds, U.S. Treasury Notes  with
maturities  between 6 1/2 and 10  years, GNMA Certificates and Bank Certificates
of Deposit.

    INDEX FUTURES CONTRACTS.  As discussed in the Prospectus, the North American
Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities
Portfolio, the American  Value Portfolio,  the Global Equity  Portfolio and  the
Emerging  Markets Portfolio may invest in  bond index futures contracts, and the
Utilities Portfolio, the American Value  Portfolio, the Global Equity  Portfolio
and the Emerging

                                       37
<PAGE>
Markets  Portfolio may invest in stock  index futures contracts. The Value-Added
Market Portfolio  may purchase  stock  index futures  contracts as  a  temporary
substitute  for the purchase of individual stocks which may then be purchased in
orderly fashion, and may sell such contracts to effect closing transactions.  An
index  futures contract sale creates an  obligation by the Portfolio, as seller,
to deliver cash at a specified  future time. An index futures contract  purchase
would  create an obligation by the Portfolio,  as purchaser, to take delivery of
cash at a specified future time. Futures contracts on indexes do not require the
physical delivery of securities, but provide for a final cash settlement on  the
expiration  date  which  reflects  accumulated profits  and  losses  credited or
debited to each party's account.

    The Portfolio is required to  maintain margin deposits with brokerage  firms
through  which it effects  index futures contracts  in a manner  similar to that
described above  for interest  rate futures  contracts. Currently,  the  initial
margin  requirements  range from  3% to  10%  of the  contract amount  for index
futures. In  addition, due  to current  industry practice,  daily variations  in
gains  and losses on open contracts are required  to be reflected in cash in the
form of  variation  margin payments.  The  Portfolio  may be  required  to  make
additional margin payments during the term of the contract.

    At  any time prior to expiration of  the futures contract, the Portfolio may
elect to close the position by taking an opposite position which will operate to
terminate  the  Portfolio's   position  in   the  futures   contract.  A   final
determination  of variation margin is then  made, additional cash is required to
be paid by or released to the Portfolio  and the Portfolio realizes a loss or  a
gain.

    Currently, index futures contracts can be purchased or sold with respect to,
among  others, the Standard  & Poor's 500  Stock Price Index  and the Standard &
Poor's 100 Stock Price  Index on the Chicago  Mercantile Exchange, the New  York
Stock  Exchange  Composite Index  on the  New York  Futures Exchange,  the Major
Market Index on the American Stock Exchange,  the Value Line Stock Index on  the
Kansas City Board of Trade and the Moody's Investment-Grade Corporate Bond Index
on the Chicago Board of Trade.

    CURRENCY  FUTURES.  As noted above, the North American Government Securities
Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets Portfolio  may invest in  foreign currency futures.  Generally,
foreign  currency futures provide  for the delivery  of a specified  amount of a
given currency, on the  exercise date, for a  set exercise price denominated  in
U.S.  dollars or  other currency.  Foreign currency  futures contracts  would be
entered into for  the same reason  and under the  same circumstances as  forward
foreign currency exchange contracts. The Portfolio's management will assess such
factors  as cost spreads, liquidity and transaction costs in determining whether
to utilize  futures  contracts or  forward  contracts in  its  foreign  currency
transactions  and hedging strategy. Currently, currency futures exist for, among
other foreign  currencies,  the  Japanese yen,  German  mark,  Canadian  dollar,
British pound, Swiss franc and European currency unit.

    Purchasers  and sellers of foreign currency futures contracts are subject to
the same risks that  apply to the  buying and selling  of futures generally.  In
addition, there are risks associated with foreign currency futures contracts and
their  use  as a  hedging device  similar  to those  associated with  options on
foreign currencies described  above. Further, settlement  of a foreign  currency
futures  contract must occur within the country issuing the underlying currency.
Thus, the  Portfolio must  accept or  make delivery  of the  underlying  foreign
currency  in  accordance with  any U.S.  or  foreign restrictions  or regulation
regarding the maintenance of foreign banking arrangements by U.S. residents  and
may  be required to pay any fees, taxes or charges associated with such delivery
which are assessed in the issuing country.

    Options on foreign currency futures contracts may involve certain additional
risks. Trading options on foreign currency futures contracts is relatively  new.
The  ability to establish and close out  positions on such options is subject to
the maintenance  of  a  liquid  secondary  market.  To  reduce  this  risk,  the
Portfolios  will  not  purchase or  write  options on  foreign  currency futures
contracts unless and until,  in the opinion of  the Portfolio's management,  the
market  for such options has developed sufficiently that the risks in connection
with such options are not greater than the risks in connection with transactions
in the underlying foreign currency futures contracts.

                                       38
<PAGE>
    OPTIONS ON  FUTURES CONTRACTS.   The  North American  Government  Securities
Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Utilities  Portfolio, the
American Value Portfolio, the Global  Equity Portfolio and the Emerging  Markets
Portfolio may purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts which
are  traded on an exchange  and enter into closing  transactions with respect to
such options to terminate an existing position. An option on a futures  contract
gives  the purchaser  the right,  in return  for the  premium paid,  to assume a
position in a futures contract  (a long position if the  option is a call and  a
short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time
during  the term of the option. Upon the exercise of the option, the delivery of
the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option  is
accompanied  by  delivery of  the accumulated  balance  in the  writer's futures
margin account, which  represents the amount  by which the  market price of  the
futures  contract at the time of exercise exceeds,  in the case of a call, or is
less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures
contract.

    The North American Government  Securities Portfolio, the Diversified  Income
Portfolio,  the Utilities  Portfolio, the  American Value  Portfolio, the Global
Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio will only purchase and write
options on futures contracts for identical purposes to those set forth above for
the purchase of a futures contract (purchase of  a call option or sale of a  put
option)  and the sale of a futures contract (purchase of a put option or sale of
a call option), or to close out  a long or short position in futures  contracts.
If,  for example, the Investment Manager (or,  in the case of the North American
Government  Securities  Portfolio  and  the  Emerging  Markets  Portfolio,   the
Sub-Adviser)  wished to  protect against an  increase in interest  rates and the
resulting  negative  impact  on  the  value  of  a  portion  of  a   Portfolio's
fixed-income portfolio, it might write a call option on an interest rate futures
contract,  the underlying security  of which correlates with  the portion of the
portfolio the Portfolio's management  seeks to hedge.  Any premiums received  in
the  writing of options on futures contracts  may, of course, augment the income
of the Portfolio and  thereby provide a further  hedge against losses  resulting
from price declines in portions of its portfolio.

    The writer of an option on a futures contract is required to deposit initial
and  variation margin  pursuant to requirements  similar to  those applicable to
futures contracts. Premiums received from the writing of an option on a  futures
contract are included in initial margin deposits.

    LIMITATIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES.  The North American
Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Utilities
Portfolio,  the American  Value Portfolio, the  Global Equity  Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets  Portfolio may  not enter  into futures  contracts or  purchase
related  options  thereon if,  immediately thereafter,  the amount  committed to
margin plus  the amount  paid  for premiums  for  unexpired options  on  futures
contracts  exceeds 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets, after taking
into account unrealized  gains and unrealized  losses on such  contracts it  has
entered  into,  provided,  however,  that  in the  case  of  an  option  that is
in-the-money (the exercise price  of the call (put)  option is less (more)  than
the  market  price of  the underlying  security)  at the  time of  purchase, the
in-the-money amount  may be  excluded  in calculating  the 5%.  The  Value-Added
Market  Portfolio is  similarly limited in  its purchase of  stock index futures
contracts. However,  there is  no  overall limitation  on  the percentage  of  a
Portfolio's  assets which may  be subject to  a hedge position.  In addition, in
accordance with  the regulations  of the  Commodity Futures  Trading  Commission
("CFTC")  under which the Fund is exempted from registration as a commodity pool
operator, these Portfolios may only enter into futures contracts and options  on
futures  contracts transactions  for purposes  of hedging a  part or  all of the
Portfolio's portfolio. If the CFTC changes  its regulations so that a  Portfolio
would  be permitted  to write options  on futures contracts  for income purposes
without CFTC registration, these Portfolios may engage in such transactions  for
those purposes. Except as described above, there are no other limitations on the
use of futures and options thereon by these Portfolios.

    RISKS  OF TRANSACTIONS IN FUTURES CONTRACTS  AND RELATED OPTIONS.  As stated
in the  Prospectus,  the North  American  Government Securities  Portfolio,  the
Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Utilities  Portfolio,  the  American Value
Portfolio, the Global Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging Markets Portfolio  may
sell  a  futures  contract  to  protect against  the  decline  in  the  value of
securities (or,  in  the  case  of  the  North  American  Government  Securities
Portfolio,  the  Diversified  Income  Portfolio,  the  Global  Equity  Portfolio

                                       39
<PAGE>
and the  Emerging  Markets  Portfolio,  the currency  in  which  securities  are
denominated)  held by  the Portfolio. However,  it is possible  that the futures
market may advance and  the value of  securities (or, in the  case of the  North
American  Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the
Global Equity  Portfolio and  the Emerging  Markets Portfolio,  the currency  in
which they are denominated) held in the Portfolio may decline. If this occurred,
the  Portfolio would lose  money on the  futures contract and  also experience a
decline in value of  its portfolio securities. However,  while this could  occur
for  a very brief  period or to  a very small  degree, over time  the value of a
diversified portfolio will  tend to move  in the same  direction as the  futures
contracts.

    If  the  North  American Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the Diversified
Income Portfolio, the  Utilities Portfolio,  the American  Value Portfolio,  the
Global  Equity Portfolio and the Emerging  Markets Portfolio purchases a futures
contract to hedge against the increase in value of securities it intends to  buy
(or,  in the  case of  the North  American Government  Securities Portfolio, the
Diversified Income  Portfolio,  the Global  Equity  Portfolio and  the  Emerging
Markets Portfolio, the currency in which they are denominated), and the value of
such  securities (currency) decreases,  then the Portfolio  may determine not to
invest in the  securities as  planned and  will realize  a loss  on the  futures
contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities.

    If  a Portfolio maintains a short position in a futures contract or has sold
a call option on a futures contract, it will cover this position by holding,  in
a  segregated  account  maintained  at  its  Custodian,  cash,  U.S.  Government
securities or other high  grade debt obligations equal  in value (when added  to
any  initial  or  variation  margin  on deposit)  to  the  market  value  of the
securities (currencies) underlying the futures contract or the exercise price of
the option.  Such  a position  may  also be  covered  by owning  the  securities
(currencies)  underlying  the futures  contract (in  the case  of a  stock index
futures  contract  a  portfolio  of  securities  substantially  replicating  the
relevant  index),  or  by holding  a  call  option permitting  the  Portfolio to
purchase the same  contract at a  price no higher  than the price  at which  the
short position was established.

    In  addition, if a Portfolio holds a  long position in a futures contract or
has sold a put option on a futures contract, it will hold cash, U.S.  Government
securities  or other high grade debt obligations  equal to the purchase price of
the contract or the exercise price of the put option (less the amount of initial
or variation  margin on  deposit) in  a segregated  account maintained  for  the
Portfolio  by its Custodian.  Alternatively, the Portfolio  could cover its long
position by  purchasing  a put  option  on the  same  futures contract  with  an
exercise  price as  high or higher  than the price  of the contract  held by the
Portfolio.

    Exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a futures contract may move
on any day. If the price moves equal the daily limit on successive days, then it
may prove impossible to liquidate a futures position until the daily limit moves
have ceased.  In the  event  of adverse  price  movements, the  Portfolio  would
continue  to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin on open
futures positions. In such situations,  if the Portfolio has insufficient  cash,
it  may  have  to  sell  portfolio securities  to  meet  daily  variation margin
requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the
Portfolio may be required to take or make delivery of the instruments underlying
interest rate futures contracts it holds at a time when it is disadvantageous to
do so. The inability to close out options and futures positions could also  have
an adverse impact on the Portfolio's ability to effectively hedge its portfolio.

    With  regard  to the  North  American Government  Securities  Portfolio, the
Diversified Income  Portfolio,  the Global  Equity  Portfolio and  the  Emerging
Markets  Portfolio, futures contracts and options thereon which are purchased or
sold on foreign  commodities exchanges  may have greater  price volatility  than
their  U.S. counterparts. Furthermore, foreign commodities exchanges may be less
regulated and under  less governmental scrutiny  than U.S. exchanges.  Brokerage
commissions, clearing costs and other transaction costs may be higher on foreign
exchanges. Greater margin requirements may limit the ability of these Portfolios
to  enter into  certain commodity  transactions on  foreign exchanges. Moreover,
differences in  clearance and  delivery requirements  on foreign  exchanges  may
occasion  delays in the  settlement of the  Portfolio's transactions effected on
foreign exchanges.

                                       40
<PAGE>
    In the  event of  the bankruptcy  of a  broker through  which the  Portfolio
engages  in  transactions in  futures or  options  thereon, the  Portfolio could
experience delays and/or losses in liquidating open positions purchased or  sold
through  the broker and/or  incur a loss of  all or part  of its margin deposits
with the broker. Similarly, in the event  of the bankruptcy of the writer of  an
OTC  option purchased by the Portfolio, the Portfolio could experience a loss of
all or part  of the  value of  the option. Transactions  are entered  into by  a
Portfolio only with brokers or financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the
Portfolio's management.

    While  the futures contracts and options transactions  to be engaged in by a
Portfolio for the purpose  of hedging the  Portfolio's portfolio securities  are
not  speculative  in  nature,  there  are risks  inherent  in  the  use  of such
instruments. One such  risk which may  arise in employing  futures contracts  to
protect against the price volatility of portfolio securities (and, for the North
American  Government Securities Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the
Global Equity Portfolio and  the Emerging Markets  Portfolio, the currencies  in
which they are denominated) is that the prices of securities and indexes subject
to  futures contracts  (and thereby the  futures contract  prices) may correlate
imperfectly with the behavior  of the cash prices  of the Portfolio's  portfolio
securities (and the currencies in which they are denominated). Another such risk
is  that prices of interest  rate futures contracts may  not move in tandem with
the changes in  prevailing interest rates  against which the  Portfolio seeks  a
hedge.  A correlation may also be distorted  by the fact that the futures market
is dominated by short-term traders seeking to profit from the difference between
a contract or security  price objective and their  cost of borrowed funds.  Such
distortions  are generally minor  and would diminish  as the contract approached
maturity.

    As stated  in  the Prospectus,  there  may exist  an  imperfect  correlation
between  the price movements  of futures contracts purchased  by a Portfolio and
the movements in the prices of the securities (currencies) which are the subject
of the hedge. If  participants in the  futures market elect  to close out  their
contracts  through  offsetting  transactions  rather  than  meet  margin deposit
requirements, distortions in the normal relationship between the debt securities
and futures  markets  could  result.  Price distortions  could  also  result  if
investors  in  futures contracts  opt  to make  or  take delivery  of underlying
securities rather  than engage  in  closing transactions  due to  the  resultant
reduction  in the liquidity of the futures  market. In addition, due to the fact
that, from the  point of view  of speculators, the  deposit requirements in  the
futures  markets are less  onerous than margin requirements  in the cash market,
increased participation  by  speculators  in  the  futures  market  could  cause
temporary  price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the
futures market and because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the
prices of securities and movements in the prices of futures contracts, a correct
forecast of interest rate  trends may still not  result in a successful  hedging
transaction.

    As  stated in the Prospectus, there is  no assurance that a liquid secondary
market will  exist  for futures  contracts  and  related options  in  which  the
Portfolios  may invest. In the event a liquid  market does not exist, it may not
be possible to close out a futures  position, and in the event of adverse  price
movements, a Portfolio would continue to be required to make daily cash payments
of variation margin. In addition, limitations imposed by an exchange or board of
trade  on which futures contracts  are traded may compel  or prevent a Portfolio
from closing out a contract which may  result in reduced gain or increased  loss
to  the Portfolio.  The absence  of a liquid  market in  futures contracts might
cause the  Portfolios to  make or  take delivery  of the  underlying  securities
(currencies) at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

    Compared  to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of call
or put  options  on  futures  contracts involves  less  potential  risk  to  the
Portfolio because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options
(plus  transaction costs). However, there may be circumstances when the purchase
of a call or  put option on  a futures contract  would result in  a loss to  the
Portfolio  notwithstanding that the purchase or sale of a futures contract would
not result in  a loss,  as in the  instance where  there is no  movement in  the
prices of the futures contract or underlying securities (currencies).

    PORTFOLIO  TURNOVER.    Although  the  Fund does  not  intend  to  engage in
short-term  trading  of  portfolio  securities  as  a  means  of  achieving  the
investment  objectives  of the  respective Portfolios,  each Portfolio  may sell
portfolio securities without regard  to the length of  time they have been  held
whenever such sale

                                       41
<PAGE>
will in the Investment Manager's opinion strengthen the Portfolio's position and
contribute  to its investment objectives. A  100% turnover rate would occur, for
example, if all the portfolio securities  of a Portfolio (other than  short-term
money  market securities)  were replaced once  during the fiscal  year. Based on
this definition, it is anticipated that  the Money Market Portfolio's policy  of
investing in securities with remaining maturities of less than one year will not
result in a quantifiable portfolio turnover rate. It is not anticipated that the
portfolio turnover rates of the Portfolios will exceed the following percentages
in   any  one  year:  North  American  Government  Securities  Portfolio:  100%;
Diversified  Income  Portfolio:  150%;   Balanced  Portfolio:  100%;   Utilities
Portfolio:  100%; Dividend Growth Portfolio:  90%; Value-Added Market Portfolio:
100%; Core Equity Portfolio: 100%; American Value Portfolio: 400%; Global Equity
Portfolio:  100%;  Developing  Growth  Portfolio:  300%;  and  Emerging  Markets
Portfolio: 100%.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In addition to the investment restrictions enumerated in the Prospectus, the
investment   restrictions  listed  below  have  been  adopted  by  the  Fund  as
fundamental policies of the Portfolios, except as otherwise indicated. Under the
Act, a fundamental policy may not be changed with respect to a Portfolio without
the vote of a majority of  the outstanding voting securities of that  Portfolio,
as  defined in the Act. Such  a majority is defined as  the lesser of (a) 67% or
more of the shares of the Portfolio present at a meeting of shareholders of  the
Fund, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio
are  present or  represented by proxy  or (b)  more than 50%  of the outstanding
shares of the Portfolio.  For purposes of the  following restrictions and  those
contained  in the Prospectus:  (i) all percentage  limitations apply immediately
after a purchase or  initial investment; and (ii)  any subsequent change in  any
applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the
amount  of total or net assets does not require elimination of any security from
the portfolio.

    Each Portfolio of the Fund may not:

        1.  Purchase or sell real estate or interests therein (including limited
    partnership interests), although  the Portfolio may  purchase securities  of
    issuers  which engage  in real estate  operations and  securities secured by
    real estate  or interests  therein (as  such,  in case  of default  of  such
    securities, a Portfolio may hold the real estate securing such security).

        2.    Purchase  oil, gas  or  other  mineral leases,  rights  or royalty
    contracts or exploration or development programs, except that the  Portfolio
    may  invest  in the  securities of  companies which  operate, invest  in, or
    sponsor such programs.

        3.  Pledge its assets or  assign or otherwise encumber them except:  (a)
    to   secure  borrowings  effected  within   the  limitations  set  forth  in
    restriction (5) in  the Prospectus  or (b), in  the case  of the  Developing
    Growth Portfolio, to secure borrowings effected in connection with leverage.
    For the purpose of this restriction, collateral arrangements with respect to
    initial  or variation  margin for  futures are not  deemed to  be pledges of
    assets.

        4.  Issue senior securities as defined in the Act except insofar as  the
    Portfolio  may be deemed to have issued  a senior security by reason of: (a)
    entering into any repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase agreement;  (b)
    purchasing  any securities on  a when-issued or  delayed delivery basis; (c)
    purchasing or selling  any financial futures  contracts or options  thereon;
    (d)  borrowing money in accordance with  restrictions described above and in
    the Prospectus; or (e) lending portfolio securities.

        5.  Make loans of  money or securities, except:  (a) by the purchase  of
    portfolio  securities in which the Portfolio  may invest consistent with its
    investment  objective  and   policies;  (b)  by   investing  in   repurchase
    agreements;  or (c) by lending its portfolio  securities or (d), in the case
    of the Emerging Markets Portfolio,  by investing in loan participations  and
    loan assignments.

        6.  Make short sales of securities.

        7.   Purchase securities on margin,  except for such short-term loans as
    are necessary  for the  clearance of  portfolio securities.  The deposit  or
    payment    by    the   Portfolio    of    initial   or    variation   margin

                                       42
<PAGE>
    in connection  with futures  contracts  or related  options thereon  is  not
    considered the purchase of a security on margin.

        8.   Purchase or  sell commodities or  commodities contracts except that
    the Portfolios may purchase or sell futures contracts or options on futures.

        9.  Engage  in the  underwriting of  securities, except  insofar as  the
    Portfolio  may be deemed an underwriter under  the Securities Act of 1933 in
    disposing of a portfolio security. (The Portfolios may invest in  restricted
    securities  subject  to the  fundamental (in  the case  of the  Money Market
    Portfolio) and  non-fundamental  (in  the  case  of  the  other  Portfolios)
    limitations contained in the Prospectus).

        10.  Invest for the  purpose of exercising control  or management of any
    other issuer.

    In addition, as a non-fundamental policy,  the Portfolios may not invest  in
securities  of  any issuer  if, to  the knowledge  of the  Fund, any  officer or
Trustee of the Fund or any officer or director of the Investment Manager or,  in
the  case of  the North American  Government Securities  Portfolio, the Balanced
Portfolio, the Core  Equity Portfolio  and the Emerging  Markets Portfolio,  the
Sub-Adviser  owns more  than 1/2  of 1%  of the  outstanding securities  of such
issuer, and such officers, Trustees  and directors who own  more than 1/2 of  1%
own in the aggregate more than 5% of the outstanding securities of such issuers.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Subject  to the general supervision of the Board of Trustees, the Investment
Manager and,  for  the  North  American  Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the
Balanced   Portfolio,  the  Core  Equity  Portfolio  and  the  Emerging  Markets
Portfolio, the  Sub-Adviser  are  responsible  for decisions  to  buy  and  sell
securities  for each Portfolio of the Fund, the selection of brokers and dealers
to effect the  transactions, and  the negotiation of  brokerage commissions,  if
any.  Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange are effected through
brokers who  charge a  commission for  their services.  In the  over-the-counter
market,  securities are generally traded on a "net" basis with dealers acting as
principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price
of the  security  usually includes  a  profit  to the  dealer.  In  underwritten
offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price which includes an amount of
compensation  to  the underwriter,  generally referred  to as  the underwriter's
concession or discount. When securities are  purchased or sold directly from  or
to an issuer, no commissions or discounts are paid.

    Purchases  of money market  instruments are made  from dealers, underwriters
and issuers; sales, if any, prior to maturity, are made to dealers and  issuers.
The   Fund  does  not  normally  incur  brokerage  commission  expense  on  such
transactions. Money market  instruments are  generally traded on  a "net"  basis
with  dealers  acting  as principal  for  their  own accounts  without  a stated
commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to  the
dealer.

    The  Investment Manager  and, for  the North  American Government Securities
Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio,  the Core Equity  Portfolio and the  Emerging
Markets  Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser currently serve  as investment advisors to a
number of clients, including other investment  companies, and may in the  future
act  as  investment manager  or adviser  to others.  It is  the practice  of the
Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser to cause purchase and sale transactions to
be allocated among the Portfolios of the Fund and others whose assets it manages
in such  manner as  it deems  equitable. In  making such  allocations among  the
Portfolios  of the Fund  and other client accounts,  the main factors considered
are the  respective  investment  objectives,  the  relative  size  of  portfolio
holdings  of the  same or  comparable securities,  the availability  of cash for
investment, the size of investment  commitments generally held and the  opinions
of  the persons responsible  for managing the  portfolios of the  Fund and other
client accounts.  This  procedure  may, under  certain  circumstances,  have  an
adverse effect on the Fund.

    The  policy of the Fund regarding purchases  and sales of securities for the
various Portfolios is that primary consideration will be given to obtaining  the
most  favorable prices and efficient executions of transactions. Consistent with
this policy, when securities transactions are effected on a stock exchange,  the
Fund's  policy is  to pay commissions  which are considered  fair and reasonable
without necessarily determining that the lowest possible commissions are paid in
all circumstances.  The Fund  believes that  a requirement  always to  seek  the
lowest    possible   commission   cost    could   impede   effective   portfolio

                                       43
<PAGE>
management and preclude the Fund and the Investment Manager (or the Sub-Adviser)
from obtaining a high quality of brokerage and research services. In seeking  to
determine  the reasonableness of brokerage  commissions paid in any transaction,
the Investment  Manager (or  the  Sub-Adviser) relies  upon its  experience  and
knowledge  regarding commissions generally charged by various brokers and on its
judgment in evaluating  the brokerage  and research services  received from  the
broker effecting the transaction. Such determinations are necessarily subjective
and  imprecise, as in most cases an exact dollar value for those services is not
ascertainable.

    The Fund  anticipates that  certain of  its transactions  involving  foreign
securities  will be effected on securities  exchanges. Fixed commissions on such
transactions are  generally  higher  than  negotiated  commissions  on  domestic
transactions. There is also generally less government supervision and regulation
of foreign securities exchanges and brokers than in the United States.

    In  seeking to  implement the  policies of the  Portfolios of  the Fund, the
Investment Manager or  the Sub-Adviser effects  transactions with those  brokers
and  dealers who the Investment Manager  or the Sub-Adviser believes provide the
most favorable prices and are capable of providing efficient executions. If  the
Investment  Manager or  the Sub-Adviser  believes such  price and  execution are
obtainable from more  than one broker  or dealer, it  may give consideration  to
placing  portfolio transactions with those brokers  and dealers who also furnish
research and  other  services  to  the  Fund,  the  Investment  Manager  or  the
Sub-Adviser.  Such services may include, but are not limited to, any one or more
of the following: information as to the availability of securities for  purchase
or   sale;  statistical  or  factual   information  or  opinions  pertaining  to
investment;  wire  services;   and  appraisals  or   evaluations  of   portfolio
securities.

    The  information and  services received  by the  Investment Manager  and the
Sub-Adviser from brokers and dealers may be of benefit to the Investment Manager
or the Sub-Adviser in the  management of accounts of  some of its other  clients
and  may not in  all cases benefit a  Portfolio of the  Fund directly. While the
receipt of such information and services is useful in varying degrees and  would
generally  reduce the amount of research  or services otherwise performed by the
Investment Manager or  the Sub-Adviser and  thus reduce its  expenses, it is  of
indeterminable  value  and  the fees  paid  to  the Investment  Manager  and the
Sub-Adviser are not reduced by any amount that may be attributable to the  value
of such services.

    Pursuant to an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Fund may
effect  principal transactions in certain money market instruments with DWR. The
Fund will limit  its transactions  with DWR  to U.S.  Government and  Government
Agency  Securities, Bank  Money Instruments  (i.e., Certificates  of Deposit and
Bankers' Acceptances) and Commercial Paper.  Such transactions will be  effected
with  DWR only when the  price available from DWR  is better than that available
from other dealers.

    Consistent with  the  policy  described  above,  brokerage  transactions  in
securities listed on exchanges or admitted to unlisted trading privileges may be
effected  through DWR. In order for DWR to effect any portfolio transactions for
the Fund, the commissions,  fees or other remuneration  received by DWR must  be
reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration paid
to  other brokers in  connection with comparable  transactions involving similar
securities being purchased or sold on an exchange during a comparable period  of
time.  This standard would  allow DWR to  receive no more  than the remuneration
which would  be  expected  to  be  received  by  an  unaffiliated  broker  in  a
commensurate  arm's-length transaction.  Furthermore, the Trustees  of the Fund,
including a majority  of the Trustees  who are not  "interested" persons of  the
Fund,  as  defined in  the  Act, have  adopted  procedures which  are reasonably
designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to DWR
are consistent  with  the foregoing  standard.  The  Fund does  not  reduce  the
management  fee it pays to the Investment Manager by any amount of the brokerage
commissions it may pay to DWR.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As discussed in the Prospectus, investments in the Fund may be made only  by
(1)  Hartford Life Insurance Company for allocation to certain separate accounts
it established and maintains for the

                                       44
<PAGE>
purpose of funding variable annuity contracts it issues, and by (2) ITT Hartford
Life and Annuity Insurance Company  for allocation to certain separate  accounts
it  established  and  maintains  for the  purpose  of  funding  variable annuity
contracts  it  issues.  These  separate  accounts  are  sometimes  referred   to
individually as an "Account" and collectively as the "Accounts." The Fund offers
the  shares of each Portfolio of the Fund to Hartford Life Insurance Company and
ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company (the "Companies") without  sales
charge  at the  respective net  asset values  of the  Portfolios next determined
after receipt by the Fund of the purchase payment in the manner set forth  under
the  caption "Determination  of Net  Asset Value"  below and  in the Prospectus.
Shares of any Portfolio of the Fund can be redeemed by the Companies at any time
for cash, without  sales charge, at  the net asset  value next determined  after
receipt of the redemption request. Such payment may be postponed or the right of
redemption suspended at times when normal trading is not taking place on the New
York  Stock Exchange, as discussed in the Prospectus. (For information regarding
charges which  may  be  imposed upon  the  Contracts  by the  Account,  see  the
Prospectus for the Variable Annuity Contracts.)

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

    As  discussed in the  Prospectus, the net  asset value of  the shares of the
each Portfolio is determined once daily at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each day
that the  New York  Stock  Exchange is  open for  trading.  The New  York  Stock
Exchange  currently observes the following holidays: New Year's Day; Presidents'
Day; Good Friday; Memorial Day;  Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving  Day;
and Christmas Day.

    As  discussed in  the Prospectus,  the Money  Market Portfolio  utilizes the
amortized cost  method  in valuing  its  portfolio securities  for  purposes  of
determining  the  net asset  value  of its  shares.  The Money  Market Portfolio
utilizes the  amortized cost  method in  valuing its  portfolio securities  even
though  the  portfolio  securities may  increase  or decrease  in  market value,
generally in  connection with  changes  in interest  rates. The  amortized  cost
method  of valuation  involves valuing  a security  at its  cost at  the time of
purchase adjusted by  a constant  amortization to  maturity of  any discount  or
premium,  regardless of the  impact of fluctuating interest  rates on the market
value of the instrument. While this  method provides certainty in valuation,  it
may  result in periods during  which value, as determined  by amortized cost, is
higher or lower than the  price the Money Market  Portfolio would receive if  it
sold  the investment. During such  periods, the yield to  investors in the Money
Market Portfolio may  differ somewhat from  that obtained in  a similar  company
which  uses  mark-to-market  values for  all  of its  portfolio  securities. For
example, if the  use of amortized  cost resulted in  a lower (higher)  aggregate
portfolio  value on a particular day, a prospective investor in the Money Market
Portfolio would be  able to obtain  a somewhat higher  (lower) yield than  would
result  from investment in  such a similar company  and existing investors would
receive less (more) investment income. The purpose of this method of calculation
is to facilitate  the maintenance of  a constant  net asset value  per share  of
$1.00.

    The  use of the amortized  cost method to value  the portfolio securities of
the Money Market Portfolio and the maintenance of the per share net asset  value
of  $1.00 is  permitted pursuant  to Rule 2a-7  of the  Act (the  "Rule") and is
conditioned on  its compliance  with various  conditions contained  in the  Rule
including: (a) the Trustees are obligated, as a particular responsibility within
the  overall duty  of care  owed to  the Portfolio's  shareholders, to establish
procedures reasonably designed,  taking into account  current market  conditions
and  the Portfolio's investment objectives, to stabilize the net asset value per
share as computed for  the purpose of distribution  and redemption at $1.00  per
share;  (b) the  procedures include  (i) calculation,  at such  intervals as the
Trustees determine are appropriate and as are reasonable

                                       45
<PAGE>
in  light of current  market conditions, of  the deviation, if  any, between net
asset value per share using amortized cost to value portfolio securities and net
asset value per  share based upon  available market quotations  with respect  to
such portfolio securities; (ii) periodic review by the Trustees of the amount of
deviation  as well  as methods  used to calculate  it; and  (iii) maintenance of
written records  of  the  procedures,  and  the  Trustees'  considerations  made
pursuant to them and any actions taken upon such consideration; (c) the Trustees
should consider what steps should be taken, if any, in the event of a difference
of  more  than 1/2  of 1%  between the  two  methods of  valuation; and  (d) the
Trustees should take such  action as they deem  appropriate (such as  shortening
the average portfolio maturity, realizing gains or losses, withholding dividends
or,  as provided by the Declaration of Trust, reducing the number of outstanding
shares of  the Money  Market Portfolio)  to eliminate  or reduce  to the  extent
reasonably practicable material dilution or other unfair results to investors or
existing shareholders which might arise from differences between the two methods
of  valuation. Any  reduction of outstanding  shares will be  effected by having
each shareholder  proportionately contribute  to  the Money  Market  Portfolio's
capital  the  necessary shares  that represent  the amount  of excess  upon such
determination. Each  Contract  Owner will  be  deemed  to have  agreed  to  such
contribution  in these circumstances  by allocating investment  under his or her
Contract to the Money Market Portfolio.

    Generally, for  purposes  of the  procedures  adopted under  the  Rule,  the
maturity  of  a  portfolio  instrument  is deemed  to  be  the  period remaining
(calculated from the trade  date or such  other date on  which the Money  Market
Portfolio's  interest in the  instrument is subject to  market action) until the
date noted on  the face of  the instrument as  the date on  which the  principal
amount  must be paid, or in the case of an instrument called for redemption, the
date on which the redemption payment must be made.

    A variable rate obligation that is subject to a demand feature is deemed  to
have  a maturity  equal to  the longer  of the  period remaining  until the next
readjustment of the interest  rate or the period  remaining until the  principal
amount  can  be recovered  through demand.  A floating  rate instrument  that is
subject to a demand  feature is deemed  to have a maturity  equal to the  period
remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand.

    An  Eligible Security is defined  in the Rule to  mean a security which: (a)
has a remaining maturity of thirteen months or less; (b)(i) is rated in the  two
highest   short-term  rating   categories  by  any   two  nationally  recognized
statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs") that have issued a short-term rating
with respect to the security or class of debt obligations of the issuer; or (ii)
if only one NRSRO has issued a  short-term rating with respect to the  security,
then  by that NRSRO; (c) was a long-term  security at the time of issuance whose
issuer has  outstanding a  short-term  debt obligation  which is  comparable  in
priority  and security and has a rating as specified in clause (b) above; or (d)
if no rating is assigned by any NRSRO as provided in clauses (b) and (c)  above,
the  unrated security is determined by the  Board to be of comparable quality to
any such rated security. The Money  Market Portfolio will limit its  investments
to securities that meet the requirements for Eligible Securities as set forth in
the Prospectus.

    As  permitted by the Rule, the Board  has delegated to the Fund's Investment
Manager, subject to the Board's oversight pursuant to guidelines and  procedures
adopted  by  the  Board, the  authority  to determine  which  securities present
minimal credit risks and which unrated  securities are comparable in quality  to
rated securities.

    Also,  as required by  the Rule, the  Money Market Portfolio  will limit its
investments in securities,  other than  Government securities, so  that, at  the
time  of purchase:  (a) except as  further limited  in (b) below  with regard to
certain securities, no more than 5% of its total assets will be invested in  the
securities  of any one issuer; and (b)  with respect to Eligible Securities that
have received a  rating in  less than  the highest category  by any  one of  the
NRSROs  whose ratings are used to qualify  the security as an Eligible Security,
or that have been determined to be of comparable quality: (i) no more than 5% in
the aggregate of the Portfolio's total  assets in all such securities, and  (ii)
no more than the greater of 1% of total assets, or $1 million, in the securities
on any one issuer.

    The  presence of a line of credit or other credit facility offered by a bank
or other financial institution  which guarantees the  payment obligation of  the
issuer,    in    the    event    of    a    default    in    the    payment   of

                                       46
<PAGE>
principal or interest of an obligation, may be taken into account in determining
whether an  investment is  an  Eligible Security,  provided that  the  guarantee
itself is an Eligible Security.

    The  Rule  further  requires  that  the  Money  Market  Portfolio  limit its
investments to U.S. dollar-denominated instruments which the Trustees  determine
present  minimal credit risks  and which are Eligible  Securities. The Rule also
requires the Portfolio to maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio  maturity
(not more than 90 days) appropriate to its objective of maintaining a stable net
asset value of $1.00 per share and precludes the purchase of any instrument with
a  remaining  maturity  of more  than  397  days. Should  the  disposition  of a
portfolio security result  in a  dollar-weighted average  portfolio maturity  of
more than 90 days, the Portfolio will invest its available cash in such a manner
as  to  reduce  such maturity  to  90 days  or  less  as soon  as  is reasonably
practicable.

    If the Board determines that  it is no longer in  the best interests of  the
Money Market Portfolio and its shareholders to maintain a stable price of $1 per
share  or if the Board believes that maintaining such price no longer reflects a
market-based net asset value per share, the  Board has the right to change  from
an  amortized cost basis  of valuation to valuation  based on market quotations.
The Fund will notify shareholders of the Portfolio of any such change.

    As stated in the Prospectus,  in the calculation of  the net asset value  of
the Portfolios other than the Money Market Portfolio, short-term debt securities
with  remaining maturities  of sixty days  or less  at the time  of purchase are
valued at amortized cost,  unless the Trustees determine  such does not  reflect
the  securities' market value, in which case  these securities will be valued at
their fair value as determined by the Trustees. Other short-term debt securities
will be  valued on  a  mark-to-market basis  until such  time  as they  reach  a
remaining  maturity of  sixty days, whereupon  they will be  valued at amortized
cost using their value on the 61st  day unless the Trustees determine such  does
not reflect the securities' market value, in which case these securities will be
valued at their fair value as determined by the Trustees. Listed options on debt
securities are valued at the latest sale price on the exchange on which they are
listed  unless no sales of such options have taken place that day, in which case
they will be  valued at  the mean  between their  latest bid  and asked  prices.
Unlisted  options on  debt securities and  all options on  equity securities are
valued at the mean between their latest bid and asked prices. Futures are valued
at the latest sale price on the commodities exchange on which they trade  unless
the  Trustees determine that such price does  not reflect their market value, in
which case  they  will be  valued  at their  fair  value as  determined  by  the
Trustees.  All other securities and other assets  are valued at their fair value
as determined  in good  faith  under procedures  established  by and  under  the
general supervision of the Trustees.

    Generally, trading in foreign securities, as well as corporate bonds, United
States  government  securities and  money  market instruments,  is substantially
completed each day at  various times prior  to the close of  the New York  Stock
Exchange. The values of such securities used in computing the net asset value of
a  Portfolio's shares are determined as of such times. Foreign currency exchange
rates are also generally  determined prior to  the close of  the New York  Stock
Exchange.  Occasionally, events which  affect the values  of such securities and
such exchange rates may occur between the times at which they are determined and
the close of the New York Stock Exchange and will therefore not be reflected  in
the computation of a Portfolio's net asset value. If events materially affecting
the  value of  such securities occur  during such period,  then these securities
will be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith under  procedures
established by and under the supervision of the Trustees.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    MONEY  MARKET PORTFOLIO.  As discussed in the Prospectus, dividends from net
income on the Money Market  Portfolio will be declared  payable on each day  the
New York Stock Exchange is open for business to shareholders of record as of the
close of business the preceding business day. Net income, for dividend purposes,
includes  accrued interest and accretion of  original issue and market discount,
less the amortization of market premium and the estimated expenses of the  Money
Market  Portfolio.  Net  income  will be  calculated  immediately  prior  to the
determination of net asset value per share of the

                                       47
<PAGE>
Money Market Portfolio (see "Determination of Net Asset Value" above and in  the
Prospectus).  The amount of  dividend may fluctuate  from day to  day and may be
omitted on some days if realized losses on portfolio securities exceed the Money
Market Portfolio's  net investment  income. The  Trustees may  revise the  above
dividend  policy,  or postpone  the payment  of dividends,  if the  Money Market
Portfolio should  have  or anticipate  any  large unexpected  expense,  loss  or
fluctuation  in net  assets which in  the opinion  of the Trustees  might have a
significant adverse effect on shareholders. On occasion, in order to maintain  a
constant  $1.00 per  share net  asset value,  the Trustees  may direct  that the
number of outstanding shares  of the Money Market  Portfolio be reduced in  each
shareholder's  account.  Such  reduction  may  result  in  taxable  income  to a
shareholder  in  excess  of  the  net  increase  (i.e.,  dividends,  less   such
reductions),  if any,  in the shareholder's  account for  a period. Furthermore,
such reduction may be realized as a capital loss when the shares are liquidated.
Any net realized  capital gains  will be  declared and  paid at  least once  per
calendar  year, except  that net short-term  gains may be  paid more frequently,
with the distribution of dividends from net investment income.

    OTHER PORTFOLIOS.  The  dividend policies of  the North American  Government
Securities  Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Balanced Portfolio,
the Utilities Portfolio, the Dividend  Growth Portfolio, the Value-Added  Market
Portfolio,  the Core Equity Portfolio, the  American Value Portfolio, the Global
Equity Portfolio,  the  Developing Growth  Portfolio  and the  Emerging  Markets
Portfolio  are discussed in the Prospectus.  In computing interest income, these
Portfolios will not accrete any discount or amortize any premium resulting  from
the  purchase of debt securities except those original issue discounts for which
accretion is  required  for  federal income  tax  purposes.  Additionally,  with
respect to market discount on bonds, a portion of any capital gain realized upon
disposition may be recharacterized as taxable ordinary income in accordance with
the  provisions  of the  Internal Revenue  Code  (the "Code").  Dividends and/or
interest and capital gains received by the North American Government  Securities
Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the
Emerging  Markets Portfolio may give rise to withholding and other taxes imposed
by foreign countries.  Realized gains  and losses on  security transactions  are
determined on the identified cost method.

    Gains  or losses on sales of securities  by the Fund will be long-term gains
or losses if  the securities have  been held by  the Fund for  more than  twelve
months. Gains or losses on the sale of securities held for twelve months or less
will be short-term gains or losses.

    OPTIONS  AND FUTURES.  Exchange-traded  futures contracts, listed options on
futures contracts and certain  listed options are  classified as "Section  1256"
contracts  under the Code.  Unless the Portfolio makes  an election as discussed
below, the  character of  gain or  loss resulting  from the  sale,  disposition,
closing  out, expiration  or other termination  of Section  1256 contracts would
generally be treated  as long-term  capital gain  or loss  to the  extent of  60
percent  thereof and short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40 percent
thereof and such Section 1256 contracts would also be required to be  marked-to-
market  at the end of the Fund's fiscal year, for purposes of federal income tax
calculations.

    Over-the-counter options are  not classified as  Section 1256 contracts  and
are  not subject to the mark-to-market  or 60 percent-40 percent taxation rules.
When call  options  written  by a  Portfolio,  or  put options  purchased  by  a
Portfolio,  are  exercised,  the gain  or  loss  realized on  the  sales  of the
underlying securities may be either short-term or long-term, depending upon  the
holding period of the securities. In determining the amount of gain or loss, the
sales  proceeds are  reduced by  the premium  paid for  over-the-counter puts or
increased by the premium received for over-the-counter calls.

    If a Portfolio holds a security which is offset by a Section 1256  contract,
the  Portfolio would be deemed  to hold a "mixed  straddle" position, as such is
defined in  the Code.  A Portfolio  may  elect to  identify its  mixed  straddle
positions  pursuant to Section 1256(d) of the Code and thereby avoid application
of both  the  mark-to-market  and  60 percent-40  percent  taxation  rules.  The
Portfolio  may also make certain other elections with respect to mixed straddles
which could avoid  or limit  the application of  certain rules  which could,  in
certain   circumstances,  cause  deferral  or  disallowance  of  losses,  change
long-term capital  gains into  short-term capital  gains, or  change  short-term
capital losses into long-term capital losses.

                                       48
<PAGE>
    Whether  the portfolio  security constituting  part of  the identified mixed
straddle is deemed to have been held for less than three months for purposes  of
determining  qualification of  the Portfolio  as a  regulated investment company
will be determined generally  by the actual holding  period of the security.  In
certain  circumstances,  entering  into a  mixed  straddle could  result  in the
recognition of unrealized  gain or  loss which would  be taken  into account  in
determining  the amount of  income available for  the Portfolio's distributions,
and can result in an  amount which is greater or  less than the Portfolio's  net
realized gains being available for distribution. If an amount which is less than
the  Portfolio's net realized gains is available for distribution, the Portfolio
may elect to distribute more than such  available amount, up to the full  amount
of  such net  realized gains.  Such a  distribution may,  in part,  constitute a
return of  capital to  the shareholders.  If  the Portfolio  does not  elect  to
identify  a mixed straddle, no recognition of  gain or loss on the securities in
its portfolio will result when the mixed straddle is entered into. However,  any
losses  realized on the straddle will be governed by a number of tax rules which
might, under certain circumstances, defer or disallow the losses in whole or  in
part,  change long-term gains into short-term gains, or change short-term losses
into long-term losses. A deferral or  disallowance of recognition of a  realized
loss  may result in an amount  being available for the Portfolio's distributions
which is greater than the Portfolio's net realized gains.

    SPECIAL RULES  FOR CERTAIN  FOREIGN  CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS  (NORTH  AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES  PORTFOLIO, DIVERSIFIED  INCOME PORTFOLIO,  GLOBAL EQUITY
PORTFOLIO AND  EMERGING MARKETS  PORTFOLIO).   In  general, gains  from  foreign
currencies  and  from foreign  currency  options, foreign  currency  futures and
forward foreign exchange contracts relating to investments in stock,  securities
or  foreign  currencies are  currently considered  to  be qualifying  income for
purposes of determining whether each of the North American Government Securities
Portfolio, the Diversified Income Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the
Emerging Markets Portfolio qualifies  as a regulated  investment company. It  is
currently unclear, however, who will be treated as the issuer of certain foreign
currency  instruments  or  how  foreign currency  options,  futures,  or forward
foreign currency  contracts  will  be  valued  for  purposes  of  the  regulated
investment company diversification requirements applicable to the Portfolio. The
Fund  may request a private  letter ruling from the  Internal Revenue Service on
some or all of these issues.

    Under Code Section 988, special rules are provided for certain  transactions
in  a  foreign currency  other than  the  taxpayer's functional  currency (I.E.,
unless certain special rules apply, currencies  other than the U.S. dollar).  In
general,  foreign currency gains or losses  from forward contracts, from futures
contracts that are not "regulated futures contracts", and from unlisted  options
will be treated as ordinary income or loss under Code Section 988. Also, certain
foreign  exchange gains or  losses derived with  respect to foreign fixed-income
securities are also  subject to  Section 988 treatment.  In general,  therefore,
Code  Section 988 gains  or losses will  increase or decrease  the amount of the
Portfolio's investment company  taxable income  available to  be distributed  to
shareholders as ordinary income, rather than increasing or decreasing the amount
of  the Portfolio's net  capital gain. Additionally, if  Code Section 988 losses
exceed other  investment  company taxable  income  during a  taxable  year,  the
affected   Portfolio  would   not  be  able   to  make   any  ordinary  dividend
distributions.

    The North American Government  Securities Portfolio, the Diversified  Income
Portfolio, the Global Equity Portfolio and the Emerging Markets Portfolio may be
subject  to taxes in foreign countries in which they invest. In addition, if the
European Growth Portfolio were deemed to be a resident of the United Kingdom for
United Kingdom tax purposes or if the Portfolio were treated as being engaged in
a trading activity through an agent in the United Kingdom, there is a risk  that
the  United Kingdom  would attempt to  tax all  or a portion  of the Portfolio's
gains or  income.  In  light of  the  terms  and conditions  of  the  Investment
Management  and Sub-Advisory  Agreements, it is  believed that any  such risk is
minimal.

    If  any  of  the  North   American  Government  Securities  Portfolio,   the
Diversified  Income  Portfolio, the  Global  Equity Portfolio  and  the Emerging
Markets Portfolio invests in an entity which is classified as a "passive foreign
investment company" ("PFIC") for U.S.  tax purposes, the application of  certain
technical  tax  provisions  applying  to  such  companies  could  result  in the
imposition of  federal  income tax  with  respect  to such  investments  at  the
Portfolio  level which could not be eliminated by distributions to shareholders.
The U.S. Treasury issued proposed regulation section 1.1291-8 which  establishes
a mark-

                                       49
<PAGE>
to-market  regime which allows investment companies investing in PFIC's to avoid
most, if not all, of the difficulties posed by the PFIC rules. In any event,  it
is  not anticipated that any taxes on a Portfolio with respect to investments in
PFIC's would be significant.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The annualized current yield of the Money Market Portfolio, as may be quoted
from time to time in advertisements and other communications to shareholders and
potential investors, is computed by determining, for a stated seven-day  period,
the  net  change,  exclusive  of  capital changes  and  including  the  value of
additional shares purchased with dividends and any dividends declared therefrom,
in the value  of a  hypothetical pre-existing account  having a  balance of  one
share  at the beginning  of the period, subtracting  a hypothetical charge which
reflects deductions from  shareholder accounts  (such as  management fees),  and
dividing the difference by the value of the account at the beginning of the base
period  to obtain the base  period return, and then  multiplying the base period
return by (365/7).

    The Money Market Portfolio's  annualized effective yield,  as may be  quoted
from time to time in advertisements and other communications to shareholders and
potential  investors, is computed by determining  (for the same stated seven-day
period as for the current yield),  the net change, exclusive of capital  changes
and  including the value  of additional shares purchased  with dividends and any
dividends declared  therefrom,  in  the value  of  a  hypothetical  pre-existing
account  having  a  balance  of  one  share  at  the  beginning  of  the period,
subtracting  a  hypothetical  charge  reflecting  deductions  from   shareholder
accounts,  and  dividing the  difference  by the  value  of the  account  at the
beginning of  the  base  period to  obtain  the  base period  return,  and  then
compounding the base period return by adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal
to 365 divided by 7, and subtracting 1 from the result.

    The  yields quoted in any advertisement or other communication should not be
considered a representation of the yields  of the Money Market Portfolio in  the
future  since the yield is not fixed. Actual  yields will depend not only on the
type, quality  and  maturities of  the  investments  held by  the  Money  Market
Portfolio and changes in interest rates on such investments, but also on changes
in the Portfolio's expenses during the period.

    Yield  information may be  useful in reviewing the  performance of the Money
Market Portfolio and for providing a basis for comparison with other  investment
alternatives.  However unlike bank deposits or other investments which typically
pay a fixed  yield for a  stated period  of time, the  Money Market  Portfolio's
yield  fluctuates. Furthermore, the quoted yield  does not reflect charges which
may be imposed on the Contracts by  the applicable Account and therefore is  not
equivalent  to total return under a Contract (for a description of such charges,
see the Prospectus for the Contracts).

    As discussed in the  Prospectus, from time  to time the  Fund may quote  the
"total  return"  of  each  Portfolio  in  advertising  and  sales  literature. A
Portfolio's "average annual  total return"  represents an  annualization of  the
Portfolio's total return over a particular period and is computed by finding the
annual  percentage rate which  will result in  the ending redeemable  value of a
hypothetical $1,000 investment made at the beginning of a one, five or ten  year
period,  or for  the period  from the  date of  commencement of  the Portfolio's
operations, if  shorter than  any of  the  foregoing. For  the purpose  of  this
calculation,  it is assumed that all dividends and distributions are reinvested.
However, average  annual total  return does  not reflect  the deduction  of  any
charges  which may be imposed on the  Contracts by the applicable Account which,
if quoted, would reduce  the performance quoted. The  formula for computing  the
average  annual  total return  involves a  percentage  obtained by  dividing the
ending redeemable value by the amount  of the initial investment, taking a  root
of  the quotient  (where the root  is equivalent to  the number of  years in the
period) and subtracting 1 from the result.

    In addition to the foregoing, the Fund may advertise the total return of the
Portfolios over  different  periods of  time  by means  of  aggregate,  average,
year-by-year or other types of total return figures. Such calculations similarly
do  not  reflect  the deduction  of  any charges  which  may be  imposed  on the
Contracts by an Account. The Fund  may also compute the aggregate total  returns
of  the Portfolios for specified periods by determining the aggregate percentage
rate which will result in the ending value of a

                                       50
<PAGE>
hypothetical $1,000 investment  made at  the beginning  of the  period. For  the
purpose  of this calculation, it is assumed that all dividends and distributions
are reinvested.  The formula  for computing  aggregate total  return involves  a
percentage  obtained by dividing the ending value (without the reduction for any
charges imposed  on the  Contracts by  the applicable  Account) by  the  initial
$1,000 investment and subtracting 1 from the result.

    The  Fund  may  also advertise  the  growth of  hypothetical  investments of
$10,000, $50,000  and $100,000  in shares  of a  Portfolio by  adding 1  to  the
Portfolio's  aggregate  total  return  to  date  (expressed  as  a  decimal) and
multiplying by $10,000, $50,000 or $100,000, as the case may be.

    The Fund  from  time to  time  may also  advertise  the performance  of  the
Portfolios  relative  to certain  performance rankings  and indexes  compiled by
independent organizations.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES OF THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Declaration of Trust permits the  Trustees to issue an unlimited  number
of  full and fractional shares  of separate Portfolios and  to divide or combine
the shares of any Portfolio  into a greater or lesser  number of shares of  that
Portfolio  without thereby  changing the  proportionate beneficial  interests in
that Portfolio.  As  discussed  in  the Prospectus,  the  shares  of  beneficial
interest of the Fund are divided into twelve separate Portfolios, and the shares
of each Portfolio have equal rights and privileges with all other shares of that
Portfolio.  Each share of a Portfolio  represents an equal proportional interest
in that Portfolio with  each other share.  Upon liquidation of  the Fund or  any
Portfolio, shareholders of a Portfolio are entitled to share pro rata in the net
assets of that Portfolio available for distribution to shareholders. Shares have
no  preemptive or conversion rights. The  right of redemption is described above
and  in  the  Prospectus.   Shares  of  each  Portfolio   are  fully  paid   and
non-assessable  by the  Fund. The Trustees  are authorized  to classify unissued
shares of the Fund by assigning them to a Portfolio for issuance.

    The Declaration of Trust permits the  Trustees to authorize the creation  of
additional  series of shares and additional classes of shares within any series,
as described in the Prospectus. Such  additional offerings would not affect  the
interests   of  the  current  shareholders   in  the  existing  Portfolios.  All
consideration received by the Fund for shares of any additional Portfolios,  and
all  assets  in  which such  consideration  is  invested, would  belong  to that
Portfolio (subject only to  the rights of  creditors of the  Fund) and would  be
subject to the liabilities related thereto. Pursuant to the Act, shareholders of
any  additional Portfolio  would normally  have to  approve the  adoption of any
management contract  relating  to such  Portfolio  and  of any  changes  in  the
investment policies related thereto.

    Shares  of each Portfolio entitle their holders  to one vote per share (with
proportionate voting for fractional shares). Shareholders have the right to vote
on the election of Trustees of the Fund  and on any and all matters on which  by
law or the provisions of the Fund's By-Laws they may be entitled to vote. To the
extent  required by law,  Hartford Life Insurance Company  and ITT Hartford Life
and Annuity Insurance Company, which are the only shareholders of the Fund, will
vote the shares of the Fund held in the Account in accordance with  instructions
from  Contract Owners, as more fully described under the caption "Voting Rights"
in the  Prospectus  for the  Variable  Annuity Contracts.  Shareholders  of  all
Portfolios  vote for a single set of  Trustees. The Trustees themselves have the
power to alter the number and the terms of office of the Trustees, and they  may
at  any time lengthen their own terms  or make their terms of unlimited duration
and appoint their own  successors, provided that always  at least a majority  of
the  Trustees has been  elected by the  shareholders of the  Fund. Under certain
circumstances the  Trustees may  be removed  by action  of the  Trustees.  Under
certain circumstances the shareholders may call a meeting to remove Trustees and
the  Fund is required  to provide assistance  in communicating with shareholders
about such a meeting.

    On any matters affecting only one  Portfolio, only the shareholders of  that
Portfolio  are entitled to vote.  On matters relating to  all the Portfolios but
affecting the Portfolios differently, separate votes by Portfolio are  required.
Approval  of  an Investment  Management Agreement  and  a change  in fundamental
policies would  be  regarded  as  matters  requiring  separate  voting  by  each
Portfolio.

                                       51
<PAGE>
    With  respect to  the submission to  shareholder vote of  a matter requiring
separate voting by Portfolio, the matter shall have been effectively acted  upon
with respect to any Portfolio if a majority of the outstanding voting securities
of  that Portfolio votes  for the approval of  the matter, notwithstanding that:
(1) the matter has  not been approved  by a majority  of the outstanding  voting
securities  of any other Portfolio; or (2) the matter has not been approved by a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The voting rights  of
shareholders  are not cumulative, so that holders of more than 50 percent of the
shares voting can, if they choose, elect all Trustees being selected, while  the
holders of the remaining shares would be unable to elect any Trustees.

    The Declaration of Trust further provides that no Trustee, officer, employee
or  agent of  the Fund is  liable to the  Fund or  to a shareholder,  nor is any
Trustee, officer, employee or  agent liable to any  third persons in  connection
with the affairs of the Fund, except as such liability may arise from his/her or
its  own bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence, or reckless disregard
of his/her or its  duties. It also  provides that all  third persons shall  look
solely  to the Fund's property for  satisfaction of claims arising in connection
with the affairs  of the Fund.  With the exceptions  stated, the Declaration  of
Trust  provides that  a Trustee,  officer, employee or  agent is  entitled to be
indemnified against all liability in connection with the affairs of the Fund.

    The Trust shall be  of unlimited duration subject  to the provisions in  the
Declaration of Trust concerning termination by action of the shareholders.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The                                                                   is the
Custodian of  the  assets of  each  Portfolio of  the  Fund. The  Custodian  has
contracted  with  various  foreign  banks  and  depositories  to  hold portfolio
securities of  non-U.S.  issuers on  behalf  of  various Portfolios.  All  of  a
Portfolio's  cash  balances  with  the  Custodian  in  excess  of  $100,000  are
unprotected by  Federal  deposit insurance.  Such  balances may,  at  times,  be
substantial.

    Dean  Witter Trust Company,  Harborside Financial Center,  Plaza Two, Jersey
City, New Jersey 07311 is the Transfer  Agent of the Fund's shares and  Dividend
Disbursing Agent for payment of dividends and distributions on Fund shares. Dean
Witter  Trust  Company is  an affiliate  of Dean  Witter InterCapital  Inc., the
Fund's Investment Manager. As Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent, Dean
Witter  Trust   Company's  responsibilities   include  maintaining   shareholder
accounts;   reinvesting  dividends;  processing  account  registration  changes;
handling  purchase  and   redemption  transactions;   tabulating  proxies;   and
maintaining  shareholder records and lists. For these services Dean Witter Trust
Company receives a fee from each Portfolio of the Fund.

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                         serves
as the  independent accountants  of the  Fund. The  independent accountants  are
responsible for auditing the annual financial statements of the Fund.

REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Statements  showing the  portfolio of  each Portfolio  and other information
will be furnished, at least semi-annually, to Contract Owners, and annually such
statements will be audited  by independent accountants  whose selection must  be
approved  annually  by  the Fund's  Trustees.  The  Fund's fiscal  year  ends on
            .

LEGAL COUNSEL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Sheldon Curtis,  Esq., who  is an  officer and  the General  Counsel of  the
Investment Manager, is an officer and the General Counsel of the Fund.

                                       52
<PAGE>
EXPERTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The  Statement  of  Assets and  Liabilities  of  the Fund  included  in this
Statement of  Additional  Information  and  incorporated  by  reference  in  the
Prospectus  has been so included  and incorporated in reliance  on the report of
               , independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This Statement of Additional Information  and the Prospectus do not  contain
all  of the  information set  forth in the  Registration Statement  the Fund has
filed with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission.  The complete  Registration
Statement  may  be obtained  from the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission upon
payment of the fee prescribed by the rules and regulations of the Commission.

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REPORT OF INDEPENDANT ACCOUNTANTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       53
<PAGE>
APPENDIX -- RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Description  of  the  highest  commercial paper,  bond  and  other short-and
long-term rating categories assigned by  Standard & Poor's Corporation  ("S&P"),
Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. ("Moody's"),  Fitch  Investors  Service, Inc.
("Fitch"), Duff and Phelps, Inc. ("Duff"),  IBCA Limited and IBCA Inc.  ("IBCA")
and Thomson BankWatch, Inc. ("Thomson"):

COMMERCIAL PAPER AND SHORT-TERM RATINGS

    The  designation A-1  by S&P indicates  that the degree  of safety regarding
timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong. Those issues determined to
possess overwhelming safety  characteristics are  denoted with a  plus sign  (+)
designation.  Capacity for timely  payment on issues with  an A-2 designation is
strong. However, the  relative degree of  safety is  not as high  as for  issues
designated A-1.

    The  rating Prime-1 (P-1) is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by
Moody's. Issuers of  P-1 paper must  have a superior  capacity for repayment  of
short-term  promissory obligations and  ordinarily will be  evidenced by leading
market positions in well established industries,  high rates of return of  funds
employed,  conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt
and ample  asset  protection,  broad  margins  in  earnings  coverage  of  fixed
financial charges and high internal cash generation, and well established access
to  a range  of financial  markets and  assured sources  of alternate liquidity.
Issues rated Prime-2 (P-2)  have a strong capacity  for repayment of  short-term
promissory  obligations.  This  ordinarily  will be  evidenced  by  many  of the
characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage
ratios,  while  sound,  will  be  more  subject  to  variation.   Capitalization
characteristics,  while  still appropriate,  may  be more  affected  by external
conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

    The rating Fitch-1 (Highest  Grade) is the  highest commercial paper  rating
assigned  by  Fitch. Paper  rated Fitch-1  is regarded  as having  the strongest
degree of assurance for timely payment. The rating Fitch-2 (Very Good Grade)  is
the  second highest commercial paper rating  assigned by Fitch which reflects an
assurance of timely  payment only  slightly less  in degree  than the  strongest
issues.

    The  rating Duff-1 is the highest  commercial paper rating assigned by Duff.
Paper rated Duff-1 is regarded as  having very high certainty of timely  payment
with  excellent  liquidity  factors  which  are  supported  by  good fundamental
protection factors. Risk factors are minor.  Duff applies the modifiers (+)  and
(-)  to  the rating  Duff-1 in  recognition  of significant  quality differences
within the highest tier. Paper rated Duff-2 is regarded as having good certainty
of timely payment, good  access to capital markets  and sound liquidity  factors
and company fundamentals. Risk factors are small.

    The  designation A1 by IBCA indicates that  the obligation is supported by a
very strong  capacity for  timely  repayment. Those  obligations rated  A1+  are
supported  by the highest  capacity for timely repayment.  The designation A2 by
IBCA indicates that the obligation is supported by a strong capacity for  timely
repayment,  although  such capacity  may be  susceptible  to adverse  changes in
business, economic, or financial conditions.

    The rating TBW-1 is  the highest short-term rating  assigned by Thomson  and
indicates  a very high degree of likelihood  that principal and interest will be
paid on  a timely  basis. The  rating TBW-2  by Thomson  is its  second  highest
rating;  while the degree of safety  regarding timely repayment of principal and
interest is strong, the relative degree of  safety is not as high as for  issues
rated TBW-1.

BOND AND LONG-TERM RATINGS

    Bonds  rated AAA are considered  by S&P to be  the highest grade obligations
and possess an extremely  strong capacity to pay  interest and repay  principal.
Bonds  rated AA by S&P are  judged by S&P to have  a very strong capacity to pay
interest and repay principal, and differ only in small degrees from issues rated
AAA.

                                       54
<PAGE>
    Bonds which are rated Aaa by Moody's  are judged to be of the best  quality.
Bonds  rated Aa by  Moody's are judged by  Moody's to be of  high quality by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as
high-grade bonds. Aa  bonds are rated  lower than Aaa  bonds because margins  of
protection  may not be as large or fluctuations of protective elements may be of
greater amplitude  or  there  may  be other  elements  present  which  make  the
long-term  risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa rated bonds. Moody's applies
numerical modifiers  1, 2  and  3 in  the Aa  rating  category. The  modifier  1
indicates  a ranking for the security in the higher end of this rating category,
the modifier 2  indicates a mid-range  ranking, and the  modifier 3 indicates  a
ranking in the lower end of the rating category.

    Bonds  rated AAA  by Fitch are  judged by  Fitch to be  strictly high grade,
broadly  marketable,  suitable   for  investment  by   trustees  and   fiduciary
institutions  and liable  to but  slight market  fluctuation other  than through
changes in the  money rate. The  prime feature of  an AAA bond  is a showing  of
earnings  several times or many times interest requirements, with such stability
of applicable  earnings  that  safety is  beyond  reasonable  question  whatever
changes  occur in conditions. Bonds rated AA by  Fitch are judged by Fitch to be
of safety virtually beyond  question and are readily  salable, whose merits  are
not unlike those of the AAA class, but whose margin of safety is less strikingly
broad.  The issue may be the obligation of a small company, strongly secured but
influenced as to rating by the lesser financial power of the enterprise and more
local type of market.

    Bonds rated AAA by Duff are considered  to be of the highest credit  quality
with negligible risk factors that are only slightly more than for risk-free U.S.
Treasury  debt. Bonds rated AA  are judged by Duff to  be of high credit quality
with strong protection factors; risk is  modest but may vary slightly from  time
to time because of economic conditions. Duff applies modifiers of (+) and (-) to
the AA category.

    Obligations  rated AAA  by IBCA  have the  lowest expectation  of investment
risk. Capacity for timely  repayment of principal  and interest is  substantial,
such  that adverse  changes in  business, economic  or financial  conditions are
unlikely to increase investment risk significantly. Obligations rated AA have  a
very  low  expectation  of investment  risk.  Capacity for  timely  repayment of
principal and interest is substantial. Adverse changes in business, economic  or
financial conditions may increase investment risk albeit not very significantly.

    IBCA  also assigns a rating to certain international and U.S. banks. An IBCA
bank rating represents IBCA's current assessment of the strength of the bank and
whether such bank would  receive support should  it experience difficulties.  In
its  assessment of  a bank, IBCA  uses a  dual rating system  comprised of Legal
Ratings and  Individual  Ratings.  In  addition,  IBCA  assigns  banks  Long-and
Short-Term  Ratings  as used  in the  corporate  ratings discussed  above. Legal
Ratings, which range  in gradation  from 1 through  5, address  the question  of
whether  the bank would receive  support by central banks  or shareholders if it
experienced difficulties, and such ratings are considered by IBCA to be a  prime
factor  in its  assessment of  credit risk.  Individual Ratings,  which range in
gradations from A through  E, represent IBCA's assessment  of a bank's  economic
merits  and address  the question  of how the  bank would  be viewed  if it were
entirely independent and could not rely on support from state authorities or its
owners.

    Companies rated  A are  considered by  Thomson to  possess an  exceptionally
strong  balance  sheet  and  earnings  record,  translating  into  an  excellent
reputation and unquestioned access to  their natural money markets; if  weakness
or  vulnerability exists in any  aspect of a company's  business, it is entirely
mitigated by the strengths of the organization. Companies rated A/B- by  Thomson
are judged by Thomson to be financially very solid with a favorable track record
and  no readily apparent  weakness; their overall risk  profiles, while low, are
not quite as favorable as for companies in the highest rating category.

                                       55
<PAGE>


                 DEAN WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES

                            PART C  OTHER INFORMATION


Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

     (a)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          None

     (b)  EXHIBITS:

1.    --  Declaration of Trust of Registrant

2.    --  By-Laws of Registrant

3.    --  None

4.    --  Not Applicable

5.(a) --  Form of Investment Management Agreement between Registrant and Dean
          Witter InterCapital Inc. *

  (b) --  Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Dean Witter InterCapital Inc.
          and TCW Funds Management, Inc. *

  (c) --  Form of Secondary Sub-Advisory Agreement between TCW Funds
          Management, Inc. and TCW Asia Limited *

  (d) --  Form of Secondary Sub-Advisory Agreement between TCW Funds
          Management, Inc. and TCW London International, Limited *
6.    --  None

7.   --   None

8.(a)--   Form of Custodian Agreement *

  (b)--   Form of Transfer Agency and Services Agreement between Registrant and
          Dean Witter Trust Company *

9.   --   Form of Services Agreement between Dean Witter InterCapital Inc. and
          Dean Witter Services Company Inc. *

10.  --   Opinion of Sheldon Curtis, Esq. *

11.  --   Consent of Independent Accountants *

12.  --   None


                                        1
<PAGE>

16   --   Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations -
          to be filed with first post-effective amendment

Other--   Powers of Attorney *

- -----------------------------
*  To be filed in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1


Item 25.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT.


     Prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, the Registrant
will sell 12,000 shares of the Money Market Portfolio and 800 shares of each of
the other eleven portfolios to Hartford Life Insurance Company., a Connecticut
corporation, for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.  ITT Corporation, a
Delaware Corporation, is the ultimate controlling parent of Hartford Life
Insurance Company.


Item 26.  NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.


     (1)                              (2)
                                     Number of Record Holders
     Title of Class                    at June 9, 1994
     --------------                  ------------------------

Shares of Beneficial Interest                None


Item 27.  INDEMNIFICATION.

     Pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Registrant's Declaration of Trust and under
Section 4.8 of the Registrant's By-Laws, the indemnification of the Registrant's
trustees, officers, employees and agents is permitted if it is determined that
they acted under the belief that their actions were in or not opposed to the
best interest of the Registrant, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding,
they had reasonable cause to believe their conduct was not unlawful.  In
addition, indemnification is permitted only if it is determined that the actions
in question did not render them liable by reason of willful misfeasance, bad
faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties or by reason of
reckless disregard of their obligations and duties to the Registrant.  Trustees,
officers, employees and agents will be indemnified for the expense of litigation
if it is determined that they are entitled to indemnification against any
liability established in such litigation.  The Registrant may also advance money
for these expenses provided that they give their undertakings to repay the
Registrant unless their conduct is later determined to permit indemnification.




                                        2
<PAGE>

     Pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Registrant's Declaration of Trust and
paragraph 8 of the Registrant's Investment Management Agreement, neither the
Investment Manager nor any trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant
shall be liable for any action or failure to act, except in the case of bad
faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties to
the Registrant.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a trustee, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant
in connection with the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted against the Registrant by such trustee, officer or controlling person
in connection with the shares being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     The Registrant hereby undertakes that it will apply the indemnification
provision of its by-laws in a manner consistent with Release 11330 of the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, so
long as the interpretation of Sections 17(h) and 17(i) of such Act remains in
effect.

     Registrant, in conjunction with the Investment Manager, Registrant's
Trustees, and other registered investment management companies managed by the
Investment Manager, maintains insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
Trustee, officer, employee, or agent of Registrant, or who is or was serving at
the request of Registrant as a trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of
another trust or corporation, against any liability asserted against him and
incurred by him or arising out of his position.  However, in no event will
Registrant maintain insurance to indemnify any such person for any act for which
Registrant itself is not permitted to indemnify him.

Item 28.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER.

     See "The Fund and Its Management" in the Prospectus regarding the business
of the investment adviser.  The following information is given regarding
officers of Dean Witter InterCapital Inc. The term "Dean Witter Funds" used
below refers to the following Funds:  (1) InterCapital Income Securities Inc.,
(2) High Income Advantage Trust,



                                        3
<PAGE>

(3) High Income Advantage Trust II, (4) High Income Advantage Trust III, (5)
Municipal Income Trust, (6) Municipal Income Trust II, (7) Municipal Income
Trust III, (8) Dean Witter Government Income Trust, (9) Municipal Premium Income
Trust, (10) Municipal Income Opportunities Trust, (11) Municipal Income
Opportunities Trust II, (12) Municipal Income Opportunities Trust III, (13)
Prime Income Trust, (14) InterCapital Insured Municipal Bond Trust, (15)
InterCapital Quality Municipal Income Trust, (16) InterCapital Quality Municipal
Investment Trust, (17) InterCapital Insured Municipal Income Trust, (18)
InterCapital California Insured Municipal Income Trust, (19) InterCapital
Insured Municipal Trust, (20) InterCapital Quality Municipal Securities (21)
InterCapital New York Quality Municipal Securities, (22) InterCapital California
Municipal Securities, (23) InterCapital Insured California Municipal Securities
and (24) InterCapital Insured Municipal Securities, registered closed-end
investment companies, and (1) Dean Witter Tax-Exempt Securities Trust, (2) Dean
Witter Tax-Free Daily Income Trust, (3) Dean Witter Dividend Growth Securities
Inc., (4) Dean Witter Convertible Securities Trust, (5) Dean Witter Liquid Asset
Fund Inc., (6) Dean Witter Developing Growth Securities Trust, (7) Dean Witter
Retirement Series, (8) Dean Witter Federal Securities Trust, (9) Dean Witter
World Wide Investment Trust, (10) Dean Witter U.S. Government Securities Trust,
(11) Dean Witter Select Municipal Reinvestment Fund, (12) Dean Witter High Yield
Securities Inc., (13) Dean Witter Intermediate Income Securities, (14) Dean
Witter New York Tax-Free Income Fund, (15) Dean Witter California Tax-Free
Income Fund, (16) Dean Witter Health Sciences Trust, (17) Dean Witter California
Tax-Free Daily Income Trust, (18) Dean Witter Managed Assets Trust, (19) Dean
Witter American Value Fund, (20) Dean Witter Strategist Fund, (21) Dean Witter
Utilities Fund, (22) Dean Witter World Wide Income Trust, (23) Dean Witter New
York Municipal Money Market Trust, (24) Dean Witter Capital Growth Securities,
(25) Dean Witter Precious Metals and Minerals Trust, (26) Dean Witter European
Growth Fund Inc., (27) Dean Witter Global Short-Term Income Fund Inc., (28) Dean
Witter Pacific Growth Fund Inc., (29) Dean Witter Multi-State Municipal Series
Trust, (30) Dean Witter Premier Income Trust, (31) Dean Witter Short-Term U.S.
Treasury Trust, (32) Dean Witter Diversified Income Trust, (33) Dean Witter U.S.
Government Money Market Trust, (34) Dean Witter Global Dividend Growth
Securities, (35) Active Assets California Tax-Free Trust, (36) Dean Witter
Natural Resource Development Securities Inc., (37) Active Assets Government
Securities Trust, (38) Active Assets Money Trust, (39) Active Assets Tax-Free
Trust, (40) Dean Witter Limited Term Municipal Trust, (41) Dean Witter Variable
Investment Series, (42) Dean Witter Value-Added Market Series, (43) Dean Witter
Global Utilities Fund, (44) Dean Witter High Income Securities, (45) Dean Witter
National Municipal Trust and (46) Dean Witter Short-Term Bond Fund, registered
open-end investment companies. InterCapital is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary
of Dean Witter, Discover & Co.  The principal address of the Dean Witter Funds
is Two World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048.  The term "TCW/DW Funds"
refers to the following Funds: (1) TCW/DW Core Equity Trust, (2) TCW/DW North
American Government Income



                                        4
<PAGE>

Trust, (3) TCW/DW Latin American Growth Fund, (4) TCW/DW Income and Growth Fund,
(5) TCW/DW Small Cap Growth Fund, (6) TCW/DW Balanced Fund, (7) TCW/DW North
American Intermediate Income Trust, registered open-end investment companies and
(8) TCW/DW Term Trust 2002, (9) TCW/DW Term Trust 2003, (10) TCW/DW Term Trust
2000, and (11) TCW/DW Emerging Markets Opportunities Trust, registered closed-
end investment companies.

                                               Other Substantial
                                             Business, Profession,
                       Position with        Vocation or Employment,
                        Dean Witter          including Name, Prin-
                       InterCapital            cipal Address and
    Name                  Inc.               Nature of Connection
    ----             ----------------        ---------------------

Charles A.           Chairman, Chief       Executive Vice
Fiumefreddo          Executive Officer     President and Director
                     and Director          of Dean Witter Reynolds Inc.
                                           ("DWR"); Chairman, Director
                                           or Trustee, President and
                                           Chief Executive Officer of
                                           the Dean Witter Funds;
                                           Chairman, Chief Executive
                                           Officer and Trustee of the
                                           TCW/DW Funds; Chairman and
                                           Director of Dean Witter
                                           Trust Company ("DWTC");
                                           Chairman, Chief Executive
                                           Officer and Director of Dean
                                           Witter Distributors
                                           Inc.("Distributors");
                                           Formerly Executive Vice
                                           President and Director of
                                           Dean Witter, Discover & Co.
                                           ("DWDC"); Director and/or
                                           officer of DWDC
                                           subsidiaries.

Philip J.            Director              Chairman, Chief Executive
  Purcell                                  Officer and Director of DWDC
                                           and DWR; Director of
                                           Distributors; Director or
                                           Trustee of the Dean Witter
                                           Funds; Director and/or
                                           officer of various DWDC
                                           subsidiaries.



                                        5
<PAGE>

                                               Other Substantial
                                             Business, Profession,
                       Position with        Vocation or Employment,
                        Dean Witter          including Name, Prin-
                       InterCapital            cipal Address and
    Name                  Inc.               Nature of Connection
    ----             ----------------        ---------------------

Richard M.           Director              President and Chief
  DeMartini                                Operating Officer of
                                           Dean Witter Capital
                                           and Director of DWSC,
                                           DWR and Distributors;
                                           Trustee of the TCW/DW Funds.

James F.             Director              President and Chief
  Higgins                                  Operating Officer of
                                           Dean Witter Financial;
                                           Director of DWSC, DWR
                                           and Distributors.

Thomas C. Schneider  Executive Vice        Executive Vice President,
                     President, Chief      Chief Financial Officer and
                     Financial Officer     Director of DWSC, DWR and
                     and Director          Distributors.


Christine A.         Director              Executive Vice
  Edwards                                  President, Secretary,
                                           General Counsel and
                                           Director of DWSC, DWR and
                                           Distributors.

Robert M. Scanlan    President and         Vice President of
                     Chief Operating       the Dean Witter Funds
                     Officer               and the TCW/DW Funds;
                                           President of DWSC;
                                           Executive Vice President of
                                           Distributors; Executive
                                           Vice President and Director
                                           of DWTC.

David A. Hughey      Executive Vice        Vice President of the
                     President and         Dean Witter Funds and
                     Chief Administrative  the TCW/DW Funds;
                     Officer               Executive Vice President,
                                           Chief Administrative
                                           Officer and Director of
                                           DWTC; Executive Vice
                                           President and Chief
                                           Administrative Officer of
                                           DWSC and Distributors.



                                        6
<PAGE>

                                               Other Substantial
                                             Business, Profession,
                       Position with        Vocation or Employment,
                        Dean Witter          including Name, Prin-
                       InterCapital            cipal Address and
    Name                  Inc.               Nature of Connection
    ----             ----------------        ---------------------

Edmund C.            Executive Vice        Vice President of the
  Puckhaber          President             Dean Witter Funds.

John Van Heuvelen    Executive Vice        President and Chief
                     President             Executive Officer of
                                           DWTC.

Sheldon Curtis       Senior Vice           Vice President,
                     President,            Secretary and
                     General Counsel       General Counsel of the
                     and Secretary         Dean Witter Funds and the
                                           TCW/DW Funds; Senior Vice
                                           President and Secretary of
                                           DWTC; Assistant Secretary
                                           of DWR and DWDC; Senior
                                           Vice President, Assistant
                                           General Counsel and
                                           Assistant Secretary of
                                           Distributors.

Peter M. Avelar      Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Mark Bavoso          Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Thomas H. Connelly   Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Edward Gaylor        Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter Funds.

Rajesh K. Gupta      Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Kenton J.            Senior Vice           Vice President of
  Hinchliffe         President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

John B. Kemp, III    Senior Vice           Director of the
                     President             Provident Savings
                                           Bank, Jersey City,
                                           New Jersey.




                                        7
<PAGE>

                                               Other Substantial
                                             Business, Profession,
                       Position with        Vocation or Employment,
                        Dean Witter          including Name, Prin-
                       InterCapital            cipal Address and
    Name                  Inc.               Nature of Connection
    ----             ----------------        ---------------------

Anita Kolleeny       Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Jonathan R. Page     Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.


Ira Ross             Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Rochelle G. Siegel   Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Paul D. Vance        Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Elizabeth A.         Senior Vice
  Vetell             President

James F. Willison    Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Ronald Worobel       Senior Vice           Vice President of
                     President             various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Thomas F. Caloia     First Vice            Treasurer of the
                     President and         Dean Witter Funds
                     Assistant Treasurer   and the TCW/DW Funds;
                                           Assistant Treasurer
                                           of DWSC; Assistant
                                           Treasurer of
                                           Distributors.

Marilyn K. Cranney   First Vice            Assistant Secretary
                     President and         of the Dean Witter
                     Assistant             Funds and the TCW/DW
                     Secretary             Funds; Vice President
                                           and Assistant
                                           Secretary of DWSC;
                                           Assistant Secretary of
                                           DWR and DWDC.



                                        8
<PAGE>

                                               Other Substantial
                                             Business, Profession,
                       Position with        Vocation or Employment,
                        Dean Witter          including Name, Prin-
                       InterCapital            cipal Address and
    Name                  Inc.               Nature of Connection
    ----             ----------------        ---------------------

Barry Fink           First Vice            Assistant Secretary
                     President             of the Dean Witter
                                           Funds and TCW/DW
                                           Funds; First Vice
                                           President and
                                           Assistant Secretary of
                                           DWSC.

Michael              First Vice            First Vice President
  Interrante         President and         and Controller of
                     Controller            DWSC; Assistant
                                           Treasurer of
                                           Distributors.

Robert Zimmerman     First Vice
                     President

Joseph Arcieri       Vice President

Mark Bavoso          Vice President

Douglas Brown        Vice President

Rosalie Clough       Vice President

B. Catherine         Vice President
  Connelly

Salavatore DeSteno   Vice President        Vice President of
                                           DWSC.

Frank J. Devito      Vice President

Dwight Doolan        Vice President

Bruce Dunn           Vice President

June Ewers           Vice President

Geoffrey D.          Vice President        Vice President of
  Flynn                                    DWSC.

Bette Freedman       Vice President

Deborah Genovese     Vice President

Peter W. Gurman      Vice President

Shant Harootunian    Vice President



                                        9
<PAGE>

                                               Other Substantial
                                             Business, Profession,
                       Position with        Vocation or Employment,
                        Dean Witter          including Name, Prin-
                       InterCapital            cipal Address and
    Name                  Inc.               Nature of Connection
    ----             ----------------        ---------------------

John Hechtlinger     Vice President

David Johnson        Vice President

Christopher Jones    Vice President

Stanley Kapica       Vice President

Konrad J. Krill      Vice President

Paula LaCosta        Vice President        Vice President of
                                           various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Lawrence S. Lafer    Vice President        Assistant Secretary
                     and Assistant         of the Dean Witter
                     Secretary             Funds and the TCW/DW
                                           Funds; Vice President
                                           and Assistant
                                           Secretary of DWSC.

Thomas Lawlor        Vice President

Lou Anne D. McInnis  Vice President        Assistant Secretary
                     and Assistant         of the Dean Witter
                     Secretary             Funds and the TCW/DW
                                           Funds; Vice President
                                           of DWSC.

Sharon K. Milligan   Vice President

James Mulcahy        Vice President

James Nash           Vice President

Hugh Rose            Vice President

Ruth Rossi           Vice President        Assistant Secretary
                     and Assistant         of the Dean Witter
                     Secretary             Funds and the TCW/DW
                                           Funds; Assistant
                                           Secretary of DWSC.

Carl F. Sadler       Vice President

Rafael Scolari       Vice President

Rose Simpson         Vice President

Stuart Smith         Vice President



                                       10
<PAGE>
                                               Other Substantial
                                             Business, Profession,
                       Position with        Vocation or Employment,
                        Dean Witter          including Name, Prin-
                       InterCapital            cipal Address and
    Name                  Inc.               Nature of Connection
    ----             ----------------        ---------------------

Diane Lisa Sobin     Vice President        Vice President of
                                           various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Susanne Stager       Vice President

Kathleen Stromberg   Vice President        Vice President of
                                           various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Vinh Q. Tran         Vice President        Vice President of
                                           various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Alice Weiss          Vice President        Vice President of
                                           various Dean Witter
                                           Funds.

Jayne M. Wolff       Vice President

Marianne Zalys       Vice President


Item 29.    PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

            None


Item 30.    LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

       All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by
Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules thereunder are
maintained by the Investment Manager at its offices, except records relating to
holders of shares issued by the Registrant, which are maintained by the
Registrant's Transfer Agent, at its place of business as shown in the
prospectus.


Item 31.    MANAGEMENT SERVICES

        Registrant is not a party to any such management-related service
contract.


Item 32.    UNDERTAKINGS

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective
amendment, using financial statements which need not be



                                       11
<PAGE>

audited, within four to six months from the effective date of the Registrant's
Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to comply with the provisions
of Section 16 (c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 with regard to
facilitating shareholder communications in the event the requisite percentage of
shareholders so requests, to the same extent as  if Registrant were subject to
the provisions of that Section.



                                       12
<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of New York and the State of New York on the 9th day of
June, 1994.

                      DEAN WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES


                              By:  /s/Sheldon Curtis
                                   --------------------------------
                                      Sheldon Curtis
                                      Trustee, Vice President and Secretary

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the date indicated.


        Signatures                 Title                                Date
        ----------                 -----                                ----

(1) Principal Executive Officer    Chairman, President,
                                   Trustee and Chief
                                   Executive Officer
By: /s/Charles A. Fiumefreddo                                         06/09/94
   ----------------------------
       Charles A. Fiumefreddo


By: /s/David A. Hughey             Trustee                            06/09/94
   ----------------------------
    David A. Hughey




By: /s/Sheldon Curtis              Trustee, Vice                      06/09/94
   ----------------------------    President and
       Sheldon Curtis              Secretary


By: /s/ Thomas F. Caloia           Treasurer, Chief                   06/09/94
   ----------------------------    Financial Officer
        Thomas F. Caloia           and Chief Accounting
                                   Officer

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


1.    --       Declaration of Trust of Registrant

2.    --       By-Laws of Registrant

3.    --       None

4.    --       Not Applicable

5.(a) --       Form of Investment Management Agreement between Registrant and
               Dean Witter InterCapital Inc. *

  (b) --       Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Dean Witter InterCapital
               Inc. and TCW Funds Management, Inc. *

  (c) --       Form of Secondary Sub-Advisory Agreement between TCW Funds
               Management, Inc. and TCW Asia Limited *

  (d) --       Form of Secondary Sub-Advisory Agreement between TCW Funds
               Management, Inc. and TCW London International, Limited *

6.    --       None

7.   --        None

8.(a)--        Form of Custodian Agreement *

  (b)--        Form of Transfer Agency and Services Agreement between Registrant
               and Dean Witter Trust Company *

9.   --        Form of Services Agreement between Dean Witter InterCapital Inc.
               and Dean Witter Services Company Inc.*

10.  --        Opinion of Sheldon Curtis, Esq. *

11.  --        Consent of Independent Accountants *

12.  --        None

13.  --        Investment Letter of Hartford Life Insurance Company *

14.  --        None

15.  --        None

16   --        Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations -
               to be filed with first post-effective amendment

Other--        Powers of Attorney *

- -----------------------------
*  To Be filed in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1


<PAGE>
                                  DEAN WITTER

                      SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES

                             TWO WORLD TRADE CENTER
                               NEW YORK, NY 10048

                              DECLARATION OF TRUST

                              DATED: JUNE 2, 1994
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                            -----------
<S>              <C>                                                                                        <C>
ARTICLE I -- NAME AND DEFINITIONS.........................................................................           2
Section 1.1      Name.....................................................................................           2
Section 1.2      Definitions..............................................................................           2

ARTICLE II -- TRUSTEES....................................................................................           3
Section 2.1      Number of Trustees.......................................................................           3
Section 2.2      Election and Term........................................................................           3
Section 2.3      Resignation and Removal..................................................................           3
Section 2.4      Vacancies................................................................................           3
Section 2.5      Delegation of Power to Other Trustees....................................................           3

ARTICLE III -- POWERS OF TRUSTEES.........................................................................           4
Section 3.1      General..................................................................................           4
Section 3.2      Investments..............................................................................           4
Section 3.3      Legal Title..............................................................................           5
Section 3.4      Issuance and Repurchase of Securities....................................................           5
Section 3.5      Borrowing Money; Lending Trust Assets....................................................           5
Section 3.6      Delegation; Committees...................................................................           5
Section 3.7      Collection and Payment...................................................................           5
Section 3.8      Expenses.................................................................................           5
Section 3.9      Manner of Acting; By-Laws................................................................           6
Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers.....................................................................           6
Section 3.11     Principal Transactions...................................................................           6
Section 3.12     Litigation...............................................................................           6

ARTICLE IV -- INVESTMENT ADVISER, DISTRIBUTOR, CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT...............................           7
Section 4.1      Investment Adviser.......................................................................           7
Section 4.2      Administrative Services..................................................................           7
Section 4.3      Distributor..............................................................................           7
Section 4.4      Transfer Agent...........................................................................           7
Section 4.5      Custodian................................................................................           7
Section 4.6      Parties to Contract......................................................................           7

ARTICLE V -- LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OF SHAREHOLDERS, TRUSTEES AND OTHERS................................           8
Section 5.1      No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.....................................           8
Section 5.2      Non-Liability of Trustees, etc...........................................................           8
Section 5.3      Indemnification..........................................................................           8
Section 5.4      No Bond Required of Trustees.............................................................           9
Section 5.5      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc...............................           9
Section 5.6      Reliance on Experts, etc.................................................................           9
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                            -----------
ARTICLE VI -- SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST...............................................................           9
<S>              <C>                                                                                        <C>
Section 6.1      Beneficial Interest......................................................................           9
Section 6.2      Rights of Shareholders...................................................................          10
Section 6.3      Trust Only...............................................................................          10
Section 6.4      Issuance of Shares.......................................................................          10
Section 6.5      Register of Shares.......................................................................          10
Section 6.6      Transfer of Shares.......................................................................          10
Section 6.7      Notices..................................................................................          11
Section 6.8      Voting Powers............................................................................          11
Section 6.9      Series or Classes of Shares..............................................................          11

ARTICLE VII -- REDEMPTIONS................................................................................          13
Section 7.1      Redemptions..............................................................................          13
Section 7.2      Redemption at the Option of the Trust....................................................          13
Section 7.3      Effect of Suspension of Determination of Net Asset Value.................................          14
Section 7.4      Suspension of Right of Redemption........................................................          14

ARTICLE VIII -- DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE, NET INCOME AND DISTRIBUTIONS............................          14
Section 8.1      Net Asset Value..........................................................................          14
Section 8.2      Distributions to Shareholders............................................................          14
Section 8.3      Determination of Net Income..............................................................          15
Section 8.4      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures.....................................................          15

ARTICLE IX -- DURATION; TERMINATION OF TRUST; AMENDMENT; MERGERS, ETC.....................................          15
Section 9.1      Duration.................................................................................          15
Section 9.2      Termination of Trust or a Series.........................................................          15
Section 9.3      Amendment Procedure......................................................................          16
Section 9.4      Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.................................................          16
Section 9.5      Incorporation............................................................................          17

ARTICLE X -- REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS......................................................................          17

ARTICLE XI -- MISCELLANEOUS...............................................................................          17
Section 11.1     Filing...................................................................................          17
Section 11.2     Resident Agent...........................................................................          17
Section 11.3     Governing Law............................................................................          18
Section 11.4     Counterparts.............................................................................          18
Section 11.5     Reliance by Third Parties................................................................          18
Section 11.6     Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations...........................................          18
Section 11.7     Use of the Name "Dean Witter"............................................................          18
Section 11.8     Principal Place of Business..............................................................          18

SIGNATURE PAGE............................................................................................          19
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>
                              DECLARATION OF TRUST
                                       OF
                DEAN WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES

                              DATED: JUNE 2, 1994

    THE  DECLARATION OF TRUST of Dean Witter Select Dimensions Investment Series
is made the 2nd day of June,  1994 by the parties signatory hereto, as  trustees
(such  persons, so long as they shall  continue in office in accordance with the
terms of this Declaration  of Trust, and  all other persons who  at the time  in
question  have been duly elected or appointed as trustees in accordance with the
provisions  of  this  Declaration  of  Trust  and  are  then  in  office,  being
hereinafter called the "Trustees").

                                  WITNESSETH:

    WHEREAS,  the  Trustees  desire to  form  a  trust fund  under  the  laws of
Massachusetts for the investment and reinvestment of funds contributed  thereto;
and

    WHEREAS,  it is provided that the beneficial interest in the trust assets be
divided into transferable shares of beneficial interest as hereinafter provided;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees  hereby declare that they  will hold in  trust,
all  money and property contributed  to the trust fund  to manage and dispose of
the same for  the benefit  of the holders  from time  to time of  the shares  of
beneficial  interest issued hereunder  and subject to  the provisions hereof, to
wit:

                                       1
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE I
                              NAME AND DEFINITIONS

    Section 1.1.   NAME.   The name  of the trust  created hereby  is the  "Dean
Witter  Select Dimensions Investment  Series," and so far  as may be practicable
the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents and sue
or be sued under  that name, which  name (and the  word "Trust" wherever  herein
used)  shall  refer to  the Trustees  as  Trustees, and  not as  individuals, or
personally,  and  shall  not  refer  to  the  officers,  agents,  employees   or
Shareholders  of the Trust. Should  the Trustees determine that  the use of such
name is not advisable, they may use such  other name for the Trust as they  deem
proper and the Trust may hold its property and conduct its activities under such
other name.

    Section  1.2.   DEFINITIONS.  Wherever  they are used  herein, the following
terms have the following respective meanings:

        (a) "BY-LAWS" means the  By-Laws referred to in  Section 3.9 hereof,  as
    from time to time amended.

        (b) the terms "COMMISSION," "AFFILIATED PERSON" and "INTERESTED PERSON,"
    have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act.

        (c)  "DECLARATION" means this Declaration of  Trust as amended from time
    to time. Reference in this Declaration of Trust to "DECLARATION,"  "HEREOF,"
    "HEREIN" and "HEREUNDER" shall be deemed to refer to this Declaration rather
    than the article or section in which such words appear.

        (d)  "DISTRIBUTOR" means the party, other  than the Trust, to a contract
    described in Section 4.3 hereof.

        (e) "FUNDAMENTAL  POLICIES"  shall  mean  the  investment  policies  and
    restrictions  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  and  Statement  of Additional
    Information and designated as fundamental policies therein.

        (f)  "INVESTMENT ADVISER"  means any party, other  than the Trust, to  a
    contract described in Section 4.1 hereof.

        (g)  "MAJORITY  SHAREHOLDER VOTE"  means the  vote of  the holders  of a
    majority of  Shares,  which shall  consist  of:  (i) a  majority  of  Shares
    represented  in person  or by  proxy and  entitled to  vote at  a meeting of
    Shareholders at  which  a  quorum,  as determined  in  accordance  with  the
    By-Laws,  is present; (ii)  a majority of Shares  issued and outstanding and
    entitled to vote when  action is taken by  written consent of  Shareholders;
    and  (iii) a "majority of the  outstanding voting securities," as the phrase
    is defined in the 1940 Act, when any  action is required by the 1940 Act  by
    such majority as so defined.

        (h)  "1940 ACT" means the  Investment Company Act of  1940 and the rules
    and regulations thereunder as amended from time to time.

        (i)     "PERSON"   means   and   includes   individuals,   corporations,
    partnerships,  trusts,  associations,  joint  ventures  and  other entities,
    whether or not legal  entities, and governments  and agencies and  political
    subdivisions thereof.

        (j)    "PROSPECTUS" means  the  Prospectus and  Statement  of Additional
    Information constituting parts  of the Registration  Statement of the  Trust
    under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  as  such Prospectus  and  Statement of
    Additional Information may  be amended  or supplemented and  filed with  the
    Commission from time to time.

        (k) "SERIES" means one of the separately managed components of the Trust
    (or,  if the Trust shall have only one such component, then that one) as set
    forth in Section  6.1 hereof or  as may be  established and designated  from
    time to time by the Trustees pursuant to that section.

        (l)  "SHAREHOLDER" means a record owner of outstanding Shares.

                                       2
<PAGE>
        (m)  "SHARES"  means the  units of  interest  into which  the beneficial
    interest in the  Trust shall  be divided from  time to  time, including  the
    shares  of any  and all series  or classes  which may be  established by the
    Trustees, and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares.

        (n) "TRANSFER  AGENT" means  the party,  other than  the Trust,  to  the
    contract described in Section 4.4 hereof.

        (o) "TRUST" means the Dean Witter Select Dimensions Investment Series.

        (p)  "TRUST  PROPERTY" means  any and  all  property, real  or personal,
    tangible or intangible, which is owned or held by or for the account of  the
    Trust or the Trustees.

        (q)  "TRUSTEES" means  the persons who  have signed  the Declaration, so
    long as they shall continue in  office in accordance with the terms  hereof,
    and  all  other  persons  who may  from  time  to time  be  duly  elected or
    appointed,  qualified  and  serving  as  Trustees  in  accordance  with  the
    provisions  hereof, and reference herein to  a Trustee or the Trustees shall
    refer to such person or persons in their capacity as trustees hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                    TRUSTEES

    Section 2.1.   NUMBER OF TRUSTEES.   The  number of Trustees  shall be  such
number  as shall be fixed from time to  time by a written instrument signed by a
majority of the Trustees, provided, however,  that the number of Trustees  shall
in no event be less than three (3) nor more than fifteen (15).

    Section 2.2.  ELECTION AND TERM.  The Trustees shall be elected by a vote of
a  majority of the  outstanding voting securities,  as defined by  the 1940 Act,
held by the initial shareholder(s) (i.e.,  the person(s) that supplied the  seed
capital  required under Section 14(a) of the  1940 Act). The Trustees shall have
the power to set and alter the terms of office of the Trustees, and they may  at
any  time lengthen or  lessen their own  terms or make  their terms of unlimited
duration, subject  to the  resignation  and removal  provisions of  Section  2.3
hereof.  Subject to Section 16(a) of the  1940 Act, the Trustees may elect their
own successors and may, pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof, appoint Trustees to fill
vacancies.  The  Trustees  shall  adopt  By-Laws  not  inconsistent  with   this
Declaration  or any  provision of  law to  provide for  election of  Trustees by
Shareholders at  such  time or  times  as the  Trustees  shall determine  to  be
necessary or advisable.

    Section  2.3.  RESIGNATION  AND REMOVAL.   Any Trustee may  resign his trust
(without need for prior  or subsequent accounting) by  an instrument in  writing
signed  by him and delivered to the other Trustees and such resignation shall be
effective upon such delivery, or at a  later date according to the terms of  the
instrument. Any of the Trustees may be removed (provided the aggregate number of
Trustees  after  such removal  shall not  be  less than  the number  required by
Section 2.1 hereof) by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees or  by
the  action of  the Shareholders of  record of  not less than  two-thirds of the
Shares outstanding (for purposes of determining the circumstances and procedures
under which such removal by the  Shareholders may take place, the provisions  of
Section  16(c) of the  1940 Act or of  the corporate or  business statute of any
state in which shares  of the Trust  are sold, shall be  applicable to the  same
extent as if the Trust were subject to the provisions of that Section). Upon the
resignation  or removal of a Trustee, or  his otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee,
he shall execute  and deliver  such documents  as the  remaining Trustees  shall
require  for the purpose of conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any
Trust Property held in the  name of the resigning  or removed Trustee. Upon  the
incapacity  or death of any Trustee,  his legal representative shall execute and
deliver on his behalf such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require  as
provided in the preceding sentence.

    Section  2.4.  VACANCIES.   The term of office  of a Trustee shall terminate
and a  vacancy shall  occur in  the event  of the  death, resignation,  removal,
bankruptcy,  adjudicated incompetence or other  incapacity to perform the duties
of the  office  of  a Trustee.  No  such  vacancy shall  operate  to  annul  the
Declaration  or to revoke any  existing agency created pursuant  to the terms of
the Declaration. In the case of an

                                       3
<PAGE>
existing vacancy existing by  reason of an increase  in the number of  Trustees,
subject  to  the provisions  of Section  16(a)  of the  1940 Act,  the remaining
Trustees shall fill such vacancy by the appointment of such other person as they
or he, in their or his discretion,  shall see fit, made by a written  instrument
signed  by a majority of the remaining  Trustees. Any such appointment shall not
become effective, however, until the person  named in the written instrument  of
appointment  shall  have  accepted in  writing  such appointment  and  agreed in
writing to be bound by the terms of the Declaration. An appointment of a Trustee
may be made in anticipation of a vacancy  to occur at a later date by reason  of
retirement,  resignation or  increase in the  number of  Trustees, provided that
such  appointment  shall  not  become   effective  prior  to  such   retirement,
resignation  or increase in  the number of  Trustees. Whenever a  vacancy in the
number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided in this
Section 2.4, the Trustees in office, regardless of their number, shall have  all
the  powers granted to the  Trustees and shall discharge  all the duties imposed
upon the  Trustees  by the  Declaration.  A written  instrument  certifying  the
existence  of  such  vacancy signed  by  a  majority of  the  Trustees  shall be
conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy.

    Section 2.5.  DELEGATION OF  POWER TO OTHER TRUSTEES.   Any Trustee may,  by
power  of attorney, delegate his power for a period not exceeding six (6) months
at any one time to any other Trustee or Trustees; provided that in no case shall
less than  two  (2) Trustees  personally  exercise  the powers  granted  to  the
Trustees under the Declaration except as herein otherwise expressly provided.

                                  ARTICLE III
                               POWERS OF TRUSTEES

    Section  3.1.   GENERAL.   The  Trustees shall  have exclusive  and absolute
control over the Trust Property and over  the business of the Trust to the  same
extent  as  if the  Trustees  were the  sole owners  of  the Trust  Property and
business in  their own  right, but  with such  powers of  delegation as  may  be
permitted  by  the Declaration.  The Trustees  shall have  power to  conduct the
business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches
and maintain offices both within and without the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts.
In  any and  all states  of the  United States  of America,  in the  District of
Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies,
possessions, agencies or instrumentalities wheresoever in the world they may  be
located  as they  deem necessary,  proper or desirable  in order  to promote the
interests of  the  Trust  although  such  things  are  not  herein  specifically
mentioned. Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust made by
the  Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive. In construing the provisions of
the Declaration, the presumption shall  be in favor of a  grant of power to  the
Trustees.

    The  enumeration  of any  specific power  herein shall  not be  construed as
limiting the  aforesaid power.  Such powers  of the  Trustees may  be  exercised
without order of or resort to any court.

    Section 3.2.  INVESTMENTS.  The Trustees shall have the power to:

        (a) conduct, operate and carry on the business of an investment company;

        (b)  subscribe  for,  invest  in,  reinvest  in,  purchase  or otherwise
    acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute, lend or
    otherwise deal in  or dispose  of negotiable  or nonnegotiable  instruments,
    obligations,   evidences  of   indebtedness,  certificates   of  deposit  or
    indebtedness, commercial  paper, repurchase  agreements, reverse  repurchase
    agreements,  options, commodities,  commodity futures  contracts and related
    options, currencies,  currency  futures  and forward  contracts,  and  other
    securities,   investment  contracts  and  other  instruments  of  any  kind,
    including, without limitation, those issued, guaranteed or sponsored by  any
    and  all  Persons  including, without  limitation,  states,  territories and
    possessions of the United  States, the District of  Columbia and any of  the
    political  subdivisions, agencies  or instrumentalities thereof,  and by the
    United States Government  or its agencies  or instrumentalities, foreign  or
    international  instrumentalities, or by any  bank or savings institution, or
    by  any   corporation  or   organization  organized   under  the   laws   of

                                       4
<PAGE>
    the  United States or of any state,  territory or possession thereof, and of
    corporations or  organizations organized  under foreign  laws, or  in  "when
    issued"  contracts for any  such securities, or retain  Trust assets in cash
    and from time to time change the investments of the assets of the Trust; and
    to exercise  any and  all  rights, powers  and  privileges of  ownership  or
    interest  in  respect of  any and  all  such investments  of every  kind and
    description,  including,  without  limitation,  the  right  to  consent  and
    otherwise  act with  respect thereto,  with power  to designate  one or more
    persons, firms, associations or corporations to exercise any of said rights,
    powers and  privileges  in respect  of  any  of said  instruments;  and  the
    Trustees  shall be deemed to  have the foregoing powers  with respect to any
    additional securities in which the  Trust may invest should the  Fundamental
    Policies be amended.

The  Trustees shall not  be limited to investing  in obligations maturing before
the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the Trustees be limited by  any
law limiting the investments which may be made by fiduciaries.

    Section  3.3.  LEGAL TITLE.  Legal title  to all the Trust Property shall be
vested in the  Trustees as  joint tenants except  that the  Trustees shall  have
power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of
one  or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust, or in the name of any
other Person as nominee, on such  terms as the Trustees may determine,  provided
that  the interest of  the Trust therein is  appropriately protected. The right,
title  and  interest  of  the  Trustees   in  the  Trust  Property  shall   vest
automatically  in  each Person  who  may hereafter  become  a Trustee.  Upon the
resignation, removal or death of a Trustee he shall automatically cease to  have
any  right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title
and interest of such Trustee in  the Trust Property shall vest automatically  in
the  remaining Trustees. Such vesting and  cessation of title shall be effective
whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered.

    Section 3.4.   ISSUANCE AND REPURCHASE  OF SECURITIES.   The Trustees  shall
have  the power  to issue,  sell, repurchase,  redeem, retire,  cancel, acquire,
hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, transfer,  and otherwise deal in Shares  and,
subject to the provisions set forth in Articles VII, VIII and IX and Section 6.9
hereof, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or
acquisition  of Shares any  funds or property  of the Trust,  whether capital or
surplus or otherwise, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the  laws
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts governing business corporations.

    Section  3.5.    BORROWING MONEY;  LENDING  TRUST  ASSETS.   Subject  to the
Fundamental Policies, the Trustee shall have power to borrow money or  otherwise
obtain  credit  and to  secure  the same  by  mortgaging, pledging  or otherwise
subjecting as  security the  assets  of the  Trust,  to endorse,  guarantee,  or
undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other
Person and to lend Trust assets.

    Section  3.6.    DELEGATION; COMMITTEES.    The Trustees  shall  have power,
consistent with their continuing exclusive authority over the management of  the
Trust  and the Trust  Property, to delegate from  time to time  to such of their
number or to officers, employees or agents of the Trust the doing of such things
and the execution of  such instruments either  in the name of  the Trust or  the
names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

    Section  3.7.  COLLECTION AND  PAYMENT.  Subject to  Section 6.9 hereof, the
Trustees shall have power to collect all  property due to the Trust; to pay  all
claims,  including  taxes, against  the  Trust Property;  to  prosecute, defend,
compromise or abandon any  claims relating to the  Trust Property; to  foreclose
any  security interest securing any obligations, by virtue of which any property
is owed  to  the  Trust;  and  to enter  into  releases,  agreements  and  other
instruments.

    Section  3.8.  EXPENSES.  Subject to  Section 6.9 hereof, the Trustees shall
have the  power to  incur and  pay  any expenses  which in  the opinion  of  the
Trustees  are necessary or  incidental to carry  out any of  the purposes of the
Declaration, and to pay reasonable compensation  from the funds of the Trust  to
themselves as Trustees. The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers,
employees and Trustees.

                                       5
<PAGE>
    Section  3.9.   MANNER  OF ACTING;  BY-LAWS.   Except as  otherwise provided
herein or in the By-Laws or by any  provision of law, any action to be taken  by
the  Trustees may be taken by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting of
Trustees (a quorum  being present),  including any meeting  held by  means of  a
conference  telephone circuit  or similar  communications equipment  by means of
which all  persons participating  in the  meeting  can hear  each other,  or  by
written  consents  of  all the  Trustees.  The  Trustees may  adopt  By-Laws not
inconsistent with this Declaration to provide for the conduct of the business of
the Trust and may amend or repeal such  By-Laws to the extent such power is  not
reserved to the Shareholders.

    Section  3.10.  MISCELLANEOUS POWERS.  The Trustees shall have the power to:
(a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem desirable  for
the  transaction of the business  of the Trust or  any Series thereof; (b) enter
into joint ventures,  partnerships and any  other combinations or  associations;
(c)  remove Trustees  or fill  vacancies in  or add  to their  number, elect and
remove such officers and appoint and terminate such agents or employees as  they
consider  appropriate, and appoint from their own number, and terminate, any one
or more committees which may exercise some or all of the power and authority  of
the  Trustees as the  Trustees may determine;  (d) purchase, and  pay for out of
Trust Property or the property of the appropriate Series of the Trust, insurance
policies insuring  the  Shareholders,  Trustees,  officers,  employees,  agents,
investment  advisers, distributors, selected  dealers or independent contractors
of the Trust against all claims arising  by reason of holding any such  position
or  by reason of any action  taken or omitted to be  taken by any such Person in
such capacity, whether  or not constituting  negligence, or whether  or not  the
Trust  would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability; (e)
establish  pension,  profit-sharing,  Share  purchase,  and  other   retirement,
incentive  and benefit plans for any Trustees, officers, employees and agents of
the Trust; (f) to the  extent permitted by law,  indemnify any person with  whom
the  Trust or any Series thereof has dealings, including any Investment Adviser,
Distributor, Transfer Agent and selected dealers, to such extent as the Trustees
shall determine;  (g)  guarantee  indebtedness  or  contractual  obligations  of
others;  (h) determine  and change the  fiscal year  of the Trust  or any Series
thereof and the method by which its accounts shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal
for the Trust but the absence of such seal shall not impair the validity of  any
instrument executed on behalf of the Trust.

    Section  3.11.  PRINCIPAL TRANSACTIONS.  Except in transactions permitted by
the 1940 Act or  any rule or  regulation thereunder, or  any order of  exemption
issued  by  the  Commission, or  effected  to  implement the  provisions  of any
agreement to which the Trust  is a party, the Trustees  shall not, on behalf  of
the  Trust, buy any securities  (other than Shares) from  or sell any securities
(other than Shares) to, or  lend any assets of the  Trust or any Series  thereof
to, any Trustee or officer of the Trust or any firm of which any such Trustee or
officer  is a  member acting as  principal, or  have any such  dealings with any
Investment Adviser, Distributor or Transfer Agent or with any Affiliated  Person
of  such Person; but the Trust or any Series thereof may employ any such Person,
or firm or  company in which  such Person  is an Interested  Person, as  broker,
legal counsel, registrar, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent or custodian
upon customary terms.

    Section  3.12.  LITIGATION.  The Trustees  shall have the power to engage in
and to prosecute,  defend, compromise,  abandon, or adjust,  by arbitration,  or
otherwise,  any  actions,  suits,  proceedings,  disputes,  claims,  and demands
relating to the Trust, and out of the assets of the Trust or any Series  thereof
to  pay  or to  satisfy any  debts,  claims or  expenses incurred  in connection
therewith, including those of litigation,  and such power shall include  without
limitation  the power of  the Trustees or any  appropriate committee thereof, in
the exercise  of their  or its  good  faith business  judgment, to  dismiss  any
action,  suit, proceeding, dispute,  claim, or demand,  derivative or otherwise,
brought by any person, including  a Shareholder in its own  name or the name  of
the  Trust,  whether or  not  the Trust  or  any of  the  Trustees may  be named
individually therein or the subject matter  arises by reason of business for  or
on behalf of the Trust.

                                       6
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV
         INVESTMENT ADVISER, DISTRIBUTOR, CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

    Section  4.1.    INVESTMENT ADVISER.    Subject  to approval  by  a Majority
Shareholder Vote, the Trustees may in  their discretion from time to time  enter
into one or more investment advisory or management contracts or, if the Trustees
establish  multiple Series, separate investment advisory or management contracts
with respect to one  or more Series  whereby the other party  or parties to  any
such  contracts  shall  undertake  to  furnish the  Trust  or  such  Series such
management, investment advisory, administration, accounting, legal,  statistical
and  research facilities and services,  promotional or marketing activities, and
such other facilities and services, if any,  as the Trustees shall from time  to
time  consider desirable and all upon such  terms and conditions as the Trustees
may in their discretion determine. The vote of the initial shareholder(s)  shall
constitute "majority shareholder vote" if such agreements are entered into prior
to  a public offering of Shares of  the Trust. Notwithstanding any provisions of
the Declaration, the Trustees may authorize  the Investment Advisers, or any  of
them, under any such contracts (subject to such general or specific instructions
as  the Trustees may from time to  time adopt) to effect purchases, sales, loans
or exchanges  of portfolio  securities and  other investments  of the  Trust  on
behalf  of the  Trustees or  may authorize any  officer, employee  or Trustee to
effect such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations  of
such  Investment Advisers, or any of them (and all without further action by the
Trustees). Any such  purchases, sales, loans  and exchanges shall  be deemed  to
have been authorized by all of the Trustees. The Trustees may, in the their sole
discretion,  call a  meeting of  Shareholders in  order to  submit to  a vote of
Shareholders at such meeting the approval or continuance of any such  investment
advisory  or management contract. If the Shareholders  of any one or more of the
Series of  the Trust  should fail  to approve  any such  investment advisory  or
management  contract, the Investment Adviser may nonetheless serve as Investment
Adviser with respect to any Series whose Shareholders approve such contract.

    Section 4.2.  ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.  The Trustees may in their discretion
from time to time contract for administrative personnel and services whereby the
other party shall  agree to  provide the  Trustees or  the Trust  administrative
personnel  and services to operate the Trust on  a daily or other basis, on such
terms and conditions  as the Trustees  may in their  discretion determine.  Such
services may be provided by one or more persons or entities.

    Section  4.3.  DISTRIBUTOR.  The Trustees  may in their discretion from time
to time enter into one  or more contracts, providing for  the sale of Shares  to
net  the Trust or the applicable Series of the Trust not less than the net asset
value per Share (as described in Article VIII hereof) and pursuant to which  the
Trust may either agree to sell the Shares to the other parties to the contracts,
or any of them, or appoint any such other party its sales agent for such Shares.
In  either case, any such contract shall be  on such terms and conditions as the
Trustees may in their discretion determine not inconsistent with the  provisions
of  Article IV, including, without limitation,  the provision for the repurchase
or sale of shares of the Trust by  such other party as principal or as agent  of
the Trust.

    Section  4.4.  TRANSFER  AGENT.  The  Trustees may in  their discretion from
time to  time enter  into a  transfer agency  and shareholder  service  contract
whereby  the other  party to such  contract shall undertake  to furnish transfer
agency and shareholder services to the Trust. The contract shall have such terms
and  conditions  as  the  Trustees   may  in  their  discretion  determine   not
inconsistent  with the Declaration. Such services may be provided by one or more
Persons.

    Section 4.5.  CUSTODIAN.  The  Trustees may appoint or otherwise engage  one
or  more banks or trust companies, each having an aggregate capital, surplus and
undivided profits  (as shown  in its  last published  report) of  at least  five
million  dollars ($5,000,000) to serve as Custodian with authority as its agent,
but subject to such restrictions, limitations and other requirements, if any, as
may be contained in the By-Laws of the Trust.

    Section 4.6.  PARTIES TO CONTRACT.  Any contract of the character  described
in  Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of this Article IV and any other contract
may be entered into with any Person, although one or

                                       7
<PAGE>
more of the  Trustees or  officers of  the Trust  may be  an officer,  director,
trustee, shareholder, or member of such other party to the contract, and no such
contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable by reason of the existence of
such  relationship; nor  shall any  Person holding  such relationship  be liable
merely by reason of such relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under
or by reason of such contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or
indirectly therefrom,  provided that  the  contract when  entered into  was  not
inconsistent  with the provisions of this Article IV. The same Person may be the
other party to any  contracts entered into pursuant  to Sections 4.1, 4.2,  4.3,
4.4  or 4.5 above or otherwise, and any individual may be financially interested
or otherwise  affiliated with  Persons who  are parties  to any  or all  of  the
contracts mentioned in this Section 4.6.

                                   ARTICLE V
                   LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OF SHAREHOLDERS,
                              TRUSTEES AND OTHERS

    Section  5.1.   NO PERSONAL  LIABILITY OF  SHAREHOLDERS, TRUSTEES,  ETC.  No
Shareholder shall be subject to any personal liability whatsoever to any  Person
in  connection with Trust  Property or the  acts, obligations or  affairs of the
Trust. No Trustee, officer, employee or agent  of the Trust shall be subject  to
any  personal liability whatsoever  to any Person,  other than the  Trust or its
Shareholders, in connection with the Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust,
save only that arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence  or
reckless  disregard for his duty to such Person; and all such Persons shall look
solely to the Trust Property, or to the Property of one or more specific  Series
of  the Trust  if the claim  arises from  the conduct of  such Trustee, officer,
employee or agent with respect to  only such Series, for satisfaction of  claims
of  any  nature arising  in connection  with the  affairs of  the Trust.  If any
Shareholder, Trustee, officer, employee or agent, as such, of the Trust is  made
to  any  suit or  proceeding to  enforce any  such liability,  he shall  not, on
account thereof, be held  to any personal liability.  The Trust shall  indemnify
out  of the property  of the Trust  and hold each  Shareholder harmless from and
against all claims and liabilities, to which such Shareholder may become subject
by reason of his being  or having been a  Shareholder, and shall reimburse  such
Shareholder  for  all legal  and other  expenses reasonably  incurred by  him in
connection with any  such claim or  liability; provided that,  in the event  the
Trust shall consist of more than one Series, Shareholders of a particular Series
who  are faced with  claims or liabilities  solely by reason  of their status as
Shareholders of that Series shall  be limited to the  assets of that Series  for
recovery of such loss and related expenses. The rights accruing to a Shareholder
under  this  Section  5.1  shall  not exclude  any  other  right  to  which such
Shareholder may  be  lawfully  entitled, nor  shall  anything  herein  contained
restrict  the right of the Trust to  indemnify or reimburse a Shareholder in any
appropriate situation even though not specifically provided herein.

    Section 5.2.  NON-LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES, ETC.  No Trustee, officer, employee
or agent of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust, its Shareholders, or to  any
Shareholder,  Trustee, officer,  employee, or  agent thereof  for any  action or
failure to act (including  without limitation the failure  to compel in any  way
any former or acting Trustee to redress any breach of trust) except for this own
bad  faith, willful misfeasance,  gross negligence or  reckless disregard of his
duties.

    Section  5.3.    INDEMNIFICATION.    (a)  The  Trustees  shall  provide  for
indemnification  by the  Trust, or by  one or  more Series thereof  if the claim
arises from his or her conduct with  respect to only such Series, of any  person
who  is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust against
all liability and  against all expenses  reasonably incurred or  paid by him  in
connection  with  any claim,  action,  suit or  proceeding  in which  he becomes
involved as  a party  or otherwise  by  virtue of  his being  or having  been  a
Trustee,  officer, employee or agent and against amounts paid or incurred by him
in the settlement thereof, in such manner as the Trustees may provide from  time
to time in the By-Laws.

    (b)  The words "claim," "action," "suit," or "proceeding" shall apply to all
claims,  actions,  suits or  proceedings (civil,  criminal, or  other, including
appeals), actual or threatened; and  the words "liability" and "expenses"  shall
include,  without limitation, attorneys' fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in
settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.

                                       8
<PAGE>
    Section 5.4.  NO BOND REQUIRED OF  TRUSTEES.  No Trustee shall be  obligated
to  give any  bond or other  security for the  performance of any  of his duties
hereunder.

    Section 5.5.    NO  DUTY  OF INVESTIGATION;  NOTICE  IN  TRUST  INSTRUMENTS,
ETC.   No  purchaser, lender,  transfer agent or  other Person  dealing with the
Trustees or any  officer, employee or  agent of  the Trust or  a Series  thereof
shall  be bound to make  any inquiry concerning the  validity of any transaction
purporting to be made by the Trustees  or by said officer, employee or agent  or
be  liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned or delivered to
or on the order  of the Trustees  or of said officer,  employee or agent.  Every
obligation,  contract,  instrument, certificate,  Share,  other security  of the
Trust or  a  Series  thereof  or  undertaking, and  every  other  act  or  thing
whatsoever  executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively presumed
to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as
officers, employees or agents  of the Trust or  a Series thereof. Every  written
obligation,  contract,  instrument, certificate,  Share,  other security  of the
Trust or undertaking made or issued by  the Trustees shall recite that the  same
is  executed  or  made by  them  not  individually, but  as  Trustees  under the
Declaration, and that the obligations of the Trust or a Series thereof under any
such instrument  are not  binding  upon any  of  the Trustees  or  Shareholders,
individually,  but bind only the Trust Estate  (or, in the event the Trust shall
consist of  more than  one Series,  in the  case of  any such  obligation  which
relates to a specific Series, only the Series which is a party thereto), and may
contain  any further  recital which  they or  he may  deem appropriate,  but the
omission of  such recital  shall not  affect the  validity of  such  obligation,
contract  instrument, certificate, Share, security  or undertaking and shall not
operate to bind the Trustees or Shareholders individually. The Trustees shall at
all times  maintain insurance  for the  protection of  the Trust  Property,  its
Shareholders,  Trustees, officers,  employees and agents  in such  amount as the
Trustees shall deem adequate  to cover possible tort  liability, and such  other
insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable.

    Section  5.6.   RELIANCE  ON  EXPERTS, ETC.    Each Trustee  and  officer or
employee of the  Trust shall, in  the performance  of his duties,  be fully  and
completely  justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act
resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records
of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel,  or upon reports made to the Trust  by
any  of its  officers or  employees or  by any  Investment Adviser, Distributor,
Transfer Agent, selected  dealers, accountants, appraisers  or other experts  or
consultants selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees
of  the  Trust, regardless  of  whether such  counsel or  expert  may also  be a
Trustee.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                         SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

    Section 6.1.    BENEFICIAL INTEREST.    The interest  of  the  beneficiaries
hereunder  shall be divided  into transferable shares  of beneficial interest of
$.01 par value.  The number  of such  shares of  beneficial interest  authorized
hereunder  is unlimited. The  Trustee shall have the  authority to establish and
designate one or  more Series of  classes or  shares. Each share  of any  Series
shall  represent an equal proportionate share in  the assets of that Series with
each other Share in that Series. The  Trustees may divide or combine the  shares
of  any Series into a greater or lesser  number of shares in that Series without
thereby changing the proportionate interests in  the assets of that Series.  The
Trustees  hereby establish and designate the  following twelve Series: the Money
Market Portfolio,  the  North  American  Government  Securities  Portfolio,  the
Diversified  Income Portfolio, the Balanced  Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio,
the Dividend Growth Portfolio, the Value-Added Market Portfolio, the Core Equity
Portfolio, the  American  Value  Portfolio, the  Global  Equity  Portfolio,  the
Developing  Growth Portfolio and the Emerging  Markets Portfolio. Subject to the
provisions of Section 6.9 hereof, the  Trustees may also authorize the  creation
of  additional  series of  shares  (the proceeds  of  which may  be  invested in
separate, independently  managed portfolios)  and additional  classes of  shares
within  any series. All  Shares issued hereunder  including, without limitation,
Shares issued in  connection with a  dividend in  Shares or a  split in  Shares,
shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

                                       9
<PAGE>
    Section  6.2.  RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS.   The ownership of the Trust Property
of every  description  and  the  right  to  conduct  any  business  hereinbefore
described  are vested  exclusively in the  Trustees, and  the Shareholders shall
have no interest therein other than  the beneficial interest conferred by  their
Shares,  and they shall have  no right to call for  any partition of division of
any property, profits, rights or interests of  the Trust nor can they be  called
upon  to assume any losses of  the Trust or suffer an  assessment of any kind by
virtue of  their ownership  of Shares.  The Shares  shall be  personal  property
giving  only the  rights in the  Declaration specifically set  forth. The Shares
shall not entitle the holder to preference, preemptive, appraisal, conversion or
exchange rights, except as the Trustees may determine with respect to any series
of Shares.

    Section 6.3.  TRUST  ONLY.  It  is the intention of  the Trustees to  create
only  the relationship of Trustees and beneficiary between the Trustees and each
Shareholder from time to time. It is not the intention of the Trustee to  create
a   general   partnership,   limited  partnership,   joint   stock  association,
corporation, bailment or  any form  of legal  relationship other  than a  trust.
Nothing  in the Declaration shall be  construed to make the Shareholders, either
by themselves  or  with the  Trustees,  partners or  members  of a  joint  stock
association.

    Section  6.4.  ISSUANCE OF  SHARES.  The Trustees,  in their discretion may,
from time to time without vote of the Shareholders, issue Shares of any  Series,
in  addition to the  then issued and  outstanding Shares and  Shares held in the
treasury,  to  such  party  or  parties   and  for  such  amount  and  type   of
consideration,  including cash or  property, at such  time or times  and on such
terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in such manner acquire other assets
(including the acquisition  of assets  subject to,  and in  connection with  the
assumption  of liabilities) and  businesses. In connection  with any issuance of
Shares, the Trustees may issue fractional Shares. The Trustees may from time  to
time  divide or combine the Shares of any Series into a greater or lesser number
without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interests in that  Series.
Contributions to the Trust may be accepted for, and Shares shall be redeemed as,
whole Shares and/or fractions of a Share as described in the Prospectus.

    Section  6.5.  REGISTER OF  SHARES.  A register shall  be kept in respect of
each Series at the principal office of the Trust or at an office of the Transfer
Agent which shall contain  the names and addresses  of the Shareholders and  the
number  of Shares of each  Series held by them respectively  and a record of all
transfers thereof.  Such register  may be  in  written form  or any  other  form
capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time for visual
inspection.  Such register shall be conclusive as  to who are the holders of the
Shares and  who shall  be  entitled to  receive  dividends or  distributions  or
otherwise  to exercise or enjoy the rights of Shareholders. No Shareholder shall
be entitled to  receive payment  of any dividend  or distribution,  nor to  have
notice given to him as herein or in the By-Laws provided, until he has given his
address  to the Transfer Agent or such other officer or agent of the Trustees as
shall keep the  said register  for entry thereon.  It is  not contemplated  that
certificates  will be  issued for  the Shares;  however, the  Trustees, in their
discretion, may  authorize the  issuance of  Share certificates  and  promulgate
appropriate rules and regulations as to their use.

    Section  6.6.   TRANSFER OF  SHARES.   Shares shall  be transferable  on the
records of the Trust only  by the record holder or  by his agent thereunto  duly
authorized  in writing, upon delivery to the Trustees or the Transfer Agent of a
duly executed  instrument  of  transfer,  together with  such  evidence  of  the
genuineness of each such execution and authorization and of other matters as may
reasonably be required. Upon such delivery the transfer shall be recorded on the
register  of the  Trust. Until  such record is  made, the  Shareholder of record
shall be deemed to be the holder  of such Shares for all purposes hereunder  and
neither  the  Trustees nor  any  Transfer Agent  or  registrar nor  any officer,
employee or agent of the Trust shall  be affected by any notice of the  proposed
transfer.

    Any  person becoming  entitled to  any Shares  in consequence  of the death,
bankruptcy, or incompetence  of any  Shareholder, or otherwise  by operation  of
law,  shall be recorded on  the register of Shares as  the holder of such Shares
upon production of the proper evidence  thereof to the Trustees or the  Transfer
Agent,  but until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed
to be the  holder of  such Shares  for all  purposes hereunder  and neither  the
Trustees nor any Transfer Agent or registrar nor any

                                       10
<PAGE>
officer  or agent of  the Trust shall be  affected by any  notice of such death,
bankruptcy or incompetence, or other operation  of law, except as may  otherwise
be provided by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

    Section  6.7.  NOTICES.  Any and all notices to which any Shareholder may be
entitled and any and all communications shall be deemed duly served or given  if
mailed,  postage prepaid,  addressed to  any Shareholder  of record  at his last
known address as recorded on the register of the Trust. Annual reports and proxy
statements need not be sent to a shareholder if: (i) an annual report and  proxy
statement  for two consecutive annual  meetings, or (ii) all,  and at least two,
checks (if sent by  first class mail)  in payment of  dividends or interest  and
shares  during  a twelve  month period  have been  mailed to  such shareholder's
address and have  been returned  undelivered. However, delivery  of such  annual
reports  and proxy statements shall resume  once a Shareholder's current address
is determined.

    Section 6.8.  VOTING POWERS.  The Shareholders shall have power to vote only
(i) for the election of Trustees as provided in Section 2.2 hereof, (ii) for the
removal of Trustees as provided in Section 2.3 hereof, (iii) with respect to any
investment advisory or management contract as provided in Section 4.1, (iv) with
respect to termination of the Trust as provided in Section 9.2, (v) with respect
to any amendment of  the Declaration to  the extent and  as provided in  Section
9.3,  (vi)  with respect  to  any merger,  consolidation  or sale  of  assets as
provided in Section 9.4, (vii) with respect to incorporation of the Trust to the
extent and  as  provided in  Section  9.5, (viii)  to  the same  extent  as  the
stockholders  of a  Massachusetts business  corporation as  to whether  or not a
court action, proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or  maintained
derivatively  or as a  class action on  behalf of the  Trust or the Shareholders
(provided that Shareholders of a Series  are not entitled to vote in  connection
with  the bringing of  a derivative or  class action with  respect to any matter
which only affects another Series or its Shareholders), (ix) with respect to any
plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (or  any successor rule) under the 1940  Act
and  (x) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be
required by law, the Declaration, the  By-Laws or any registration of the  Trust
with  the Commission (or any successor agency) or  any state, or as and when the
Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. Each whole Share shall be  entitled
to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional
Share  shall be entitled to a  proportionate fractional vote, except that Shares
held in  the treasury  of the  Trust as  of the  record date,  as determined  in
accordance  with the By-Laws, shall  not be voted. On  any matter submitted to a
vote of Shareholders, all Shares shall be voted by individual Series except  (1)
when required by the 1940 Act, Shares shall be voted in the aggregate and not by
individual  Series; and  (2) when the  Trustees have determined  that the matter
affects only the interests of one or more Series, then only the Shareholders  of
such  Series shall be entitled to vote thereon. The Trustees may, in conjunction
with the establishment of any further Series or any classes of Shares, establish
conditions under  which the  several  series or  classes  of Shares  shall  have
separate  voting rights or no voting rights. There shall be no cumulative voting
in the election of Trustees. Until Shares are issued, the Trustees may  exercise
all  rights  of  Shareholders and  may  take  any action  required  by  law, the
Declaration or the By-Laws to be taken by Shareholders. The By-Laws may  include
further provisions for Shareholders' votes and meetings and related matters.

    Section  6.9.  SERIES  OR CLASSES OF  SHARES.  The  following provisions are
applicable regarding the Series  of Shares of the  Trust established in  Section
6.1  hereof and shall  be applicable if the  Trustees shall establish additional
Series or shall divide the shares of  any Series into two or more classes,  also
as  provided in  Section 6.1  hereof, and all  provisions relating  to the Trust
shall apply equally to each Series thereof except as the context requires:

        (a) The number  of authorized shares  and the number  of shares of  each
    Series  or of each class that may be issued shall be unlimited. The Trustees
    may classify  or reclassify  any unissued  shares or  any shares  previously
    issued  and reacquired of any Series or class into one or more Series or one
    or more classes that  may be established and  designated from time to  time.
    The  Trustees may hold as treasury shares  (of the same or some other Series
    or class), reissue  for such  consideration and on  such terms  as they  may
    determine, or cancel any shares of any Series or any class reacquired by the
    Trust at their discretion from time to time.

                                       11
<PAGE>
        (b)  The power of the Trustees to invest and reinvest the Trust Property
    shall be governed by Section 3.2 of this Declaration with respect to any one
    or more Series  which represents the  interests in the  assets of the  Trust
    immediately  prior to  the establishment  of any  additional Series  and the
    power of the Trustees to invest and reinvest assets applicable to any  other
    Series  shall be as set forth in the instrument of the Trustees establishing
    such series which is hereinafter described.

        (c) All consideration  received by the  Trust for the  issue or sale  of
    shares  of a particular  Series or class  together with all  assets in which
    such consideration is invested or reinvested, all income, earnings, profits,
    and proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange
    or liquidation of such  assets, and any funds  or payments derived from  any
    reinvestment  of  such proceeds  in  whatever form  the  same may  be, shall
    irrevocably belong to that Series or class for all purposes, subject only to
    the rights of creditors, and shall be so recorded upon the books of  account
    of  the Trust.  In the  event that there  are any  assets, income, earnings,
    profits, and  proceeds thereof,  funds,  or payment  which are  not  readily
    identifiable  as belonging  to any particular  Series or  class, the Trustee
    shall allocate  them  among  any  one  or more  of  the  Series  or  classes
    established  and designated  from time  to time in  such manner  and on such
    basis as they, in their sole discretion, deem fair and equitable. Each  such
    allocation  by  the  Trustees  shall  be  conclusive  and  binding  upon the
    shareholders of all Series or classes for all purposes. No holder of  Shares
    of  any Series shall have  any claim on or right  to any assets allocated or
    belonging to any other Series.

        (d) The assets belonging to each particular Series shall be charged with
    the liabilities of  the Trust in  respect of that  Series and all  expenses,
    costs,  charges and reserves  attributable to that  Series. All expenses and
    liabilities incurred or arising in  connection with a particular Series,  or
    in  connection with the  management thereof, shall be  payable solely out of
    the assets of  that Series  and creditors of  a particular  Series shall  be
    entitled  to look solely to the property  of such Series for satisfaction of
    their claims. Any general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or  reserves
    of  the  Trust  which  are  not readily  identifiable  as  belonging  to any
    particular Series shall  be allocated  and charged  by the  Trustees to  and
    among  any one or more of the series established and designated from time to
    time in  such  manner and  on  such basis  as  the Trustees  in  their  sole
    discretion   deem  fair  and  equitable.  Each  allocation  of  liabilities,
    expenses, costs, charges and  reserves by the  Trustees shall be  conclusive
    and  binding upon the holders  of all Series for  all purposes. The Trustees
    shall have full  discretion, to the  extent not inconsistent  with the  1940
    Act,  to determine which items shall be treated as income and which items as
    capital; and each such determination and allocation shall be conclusive  and
    binding upon the shareholders.

        (e)  The power of  the Trustees to pay  dividends and make distributions
    shall be governed by Section 8.2 of this Declaration with respect to any one
    or more Series or  classes which represents the  interests in the assets  of
    the Trust immediately prior to the establishment of any additional Series or
    classes.   With  respect  to  any  other  Series  or  class,  dividends  and
    distributions on shares  of a particular  Series or class  may be paid  with
    such  frequency  as  the  Trustees  may determine,  which  may  be  daily or
    otherwise, pursuant to  a standing  resolution or  resolutions adopted  only
    once  or with such frequency as the Trustee may determine, to the holders of
    shares of that Series or class, from  such of the income and capital  gains,
    accrued  or realized, from the assets belonging  to that Series or class, as
    the  Trustees  may  determine,  after  providing  for  actual  and   accrued
    liabilities   belonging  to  that   Series  or  class.   All  dividends  and
    distributions on shares of a particular Series or class shall be distributed
    pro rata to the holders of that Series or class in proportion ot the  number
    of  shares of that Series or class held by such holders at the date and time
    of record established for the payment of such dividends or distributions.

        (f)  The Trustees  shall have the power  to determine the  designations,
    preferences,  privileges,  limitations  and  rights,  including  voting  and
    dividend rights, of each class and Series of Shares.

                                       12
<PAGE>
        (g) Subject to  compliance with the  requirements of the  1940 Act,  the
    Trustees  shall have the authority to provide  that the holders of Shares of
    any Series or class shall have the right to convert or exchange said  Shares
    into  Shares  of  one or  more  Series  of Shares  in  accordance  with such
    requirements and procedures as may be established by the Trustees.

        (h) The establishment and designation of  any Series or class of  shares
    in  addition to those  established in Section 6.1  hereof shall be effective
    upon the  execution by  a majority  of the  then Trustees  of an  instrument
    setting  forth such establishment  and designation and  the relative rights,
    preferences, voting  powers,  restrictions,  limitations  as  to  dividends,
    qualifications,  and terms  and conditions of  redemption of  such Series or
    class, or as otherwise provided in  such instrument. At any time that  there
    are  no  shares outstanding  of any  particular  Series or  class previously
    established or designated, the  Trustee may by an  instrument executed by  a
    majority  of their number abolish that Series or class and the establishment
    and designation thereof. Each instrument referred to in this paragraph shall
    have the status of an amendment to this Declaration.

        (i)  Shareholders of a Series shall not be entitled to participate in  a
    derivative  or class  action with respect  to any matter  which only affects
    another Series or its Shareholders.

        (j)  Each Share of  a Series of the  Trust shall represent a  beneficial
    interest in the net assets of such Series. Each holder of Shares of a Series
    shall  be entitled to receive his pro  rata share of distributions of income
    and capital gains  made with respect  to such  Series. In the  event of  the
    liquidation  of a particular  Series, the Shareholders  of that Series which
    has been established and designated and  which is being liquidated shall  be
    entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Trustees, the excess of the
    assets  belonging  to that  Series over  the  liabilities belonging  to that
    Series. The holders of Shares of any Series shall not be entitled hereby  to
    any  distribution  upon  liquidation  of any  other  Series.  The  assets so
    distributable to the Shareholders of  any Series shall be distributed  among
    such  Shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares of that Series held
    by them and  recorded on  the books  of the  Trust. The  liquidation of  any
    particular  Series  in  which  there  are  Shares  then  outstanding  may be
    authorized by  an instrument  in writing,  without a  meeting, signed  by  a
    majority  of  the Trustees  then in  office,  subject to  the approval  of a
    majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Series, as that phrase
    is defined in the 1940 Act.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                  REDEMPTIONS

    Section 7.1.  REDEMPTIONS.   Each Shareholder of  a particular Series  shall
have  the right at  such times as may  be permitted by the  Trust to require the
Trust to redeem all or any part of  his Shares of that Series, upon and  subject
to  the terms and conditions provided in this Article VII. The Trust shall, upon
application  of  any   Shareholder  or  pursuant   to  authorization  from   any
Shareholder,  redeem or repurchase from  such Shareholder outstanding shares for
an amount per share determined by the Trustees in accordance with any applicable
laws and regulations; provided that (a)  such amount per share shall not  exceed
the  cash equivalent of the proportionate interest of each share or of any class
or Series of shares in the assets of the Trust at the time of the redemption  or
repurchase  and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at any time
and from time to time charge  fees for effecting such redemption or  repurchase,
at  such rates  as the Trustees  may establish,  as and to  the extent permitted
under the 1940  Act and the  rules and regulations  promulgated thereunder,  and
may,  at any time and from time to time, pursuant to such Act and such rules and
regulations, suspend such right of redemption. The procedures for effecting  and
suspending redemption shall be as set forth in the Prospectus from time to time.
Payment will be made in such manner as described in the Prospectus.

    Section  7.2.   REDEMPTION AT THE  OPTION OF THE  TRUST.  Each  Share of the
Trust or any Series of the Trust shall be subject to redemption at the option of
the Trust at the redemption price which would be applicable if such Shares  were
then being redeemed by the Shareholder pursuant to Section 7.1: (i) at any time,
if the Trustees determine in their sole discretion that failure to so redeem may
have materially

                                       13
<PAGE>
adverse consequences to the holders of the Shares of the Trust or of any Series,
or  (ii) upon such  other conditions with respect  to maintenance of Shareholder
accounts of a  minimum amount  as may  from time to  time be  determined by  the
Trustees  and set forth in  the then current Prospectus  of the Trust. Upon such
redemption the holders  of the Shares  so redeemed shall  have no further  right
with respect thereto other than to receive payment of such redemption price.

    Section 7.3.  EFFECT OF SUSPENSION OF DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE.  If,
pursuant  to Section 7.4 hereof, the Trustees  shall declare a suspension of the
determination of net asset value with respect  to Shares of the Trust or of  any
Series  thereof,  the rights  of Shareholders  (including  those who  shall have
applied for redemption pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof but who shall not yet have
received payment) to have Shares redeemed and paid for by the Trust or a  Series
thereof shall be suspended until the termination of such suspension is declared.
Any  record holder who shall have his  redemption right so suspended may, during
the period of such  suspension, by appropriate written  notice of revocation  at
the  office or  agency where  application was  made, revoke  any application for
redemption not honored and withdraw any certificates on deposit. The  redemption
price of Shares for which redemption applications have not been revoked shall be
the  net asset value of such Shares next  determined as set forth in Section 8.1
after the termination of such suspension, and payment shall be made within seven
(7) days after  the date upon  which the  application was made  plus the  period
after  such application  during which the  determination of net  asset value was
suspended.

    Section 7.4.  SUSPENSION OF  RIGHT OF REDEMPTION.   The Trust may declare  a
suspension  of  the right  of  redemption or  postpone  the date  of  payment or
redemption for the whole or any part of any period (i) during which the New York
Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and holiday closings, (ii)
during which trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted, (iii)  during
which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by the Trust or a Series
thereof  of securities owned  by it is  not reasonably practicable  or it is not
reasonably practicable for the Trust or a Series thereof fairly to determine the
value of its net assets, or (iv) during any other period when the Commission may
for the protection of security holders  of the Trust by order permit  suspension
of  the  rights  of  redemption  or  postponement  of  the  date  of  payment or
redemption; provided that  applicable rules  and regulations  of the  Commission
shall  govern as  to whether  the conditions prescribed  in (ii),  (iii) or (iv)
exist. Such suspension shall take effect at such time as the Trust shall specify
but not later than the close of business on the business day next following  the
declaration  of suspension, and thereafter there shall be no right of redemption
or payment on redemption until the Trust shall declare the suspension at an end,
except that the  suspension shall terminate  in any  event on the  first day  on
which said stock exchange shall have reopened or the period specified in (ii) or
(iii)  shall have expired (as  to which in the absence  of an official ruling by
the Commission, the determination of the Trust shall be conclusive). In the case
of a suspension of  the right of redemption,  a Shareholder may either  withdraw
his  request for  redemption or  receive payment  based on  the net  asset value
existing after the termination of the suspension.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                       DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE,
                          NET INCOME AND DISTRIBUTIONS

    Section 8.1.   NET ASSET VALUE.   The  net asset value  of each  outstanding
Share  of each Series of the Trust shall  be determined on such days and at such
time or times as the Trustees may determine. The method of determination of  net
asset value shall be determined by the Trustees and shall be as set forth in the
Prospectus.  The power and duty to make the daily calculations may be designated
by the Trustees to any Investment Adviser, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent  or
such  other person as the Trustees by resolution may determine. The Trustees may
suspend the daily determination  of net asset value  to the extent permitted  by
the 1940 Act.

    Section  8.2.  DISTRIBUTIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS.   The Trustees shall from time
to time distribute ratably among the Shareholders of the Trust or of any  Series
such  proportion of the net income, earnings, profits, gains, surplus (including
paid-in surplus), capital,  or assets of  the Trust  or of such  Series held  by

                                       14
<PAGE>
the  Trustees as they may deem proper. Such  distribution may be made in cash or
property (including without limitation any type  of obligations of the Trust  or
of  such Series or any assets thereof),  and the Trustees may distribute ratably
among the Shareholders of the Trust or of that Series additional Shares issuable
hereunder in such manner, at such times,  and on such terms as the Trustees  may
deem  proper.  Such  distributions  may  be  among  the  Shareholders  of record
(determined in accordance with the Prospectus) of the Trust or of such Series at
the time of declaring a distribution or among the Shareholders of record of  the
Trust  or of such Series at such later date as the Trustees shall determine. The
Trustees may always retain  from the net income,  earnings, profits or gains  of
the  Trust or of such Series  such amount as they may  deem necessary to pay the
debts or expenses of the Trust or of  such Series or to meet obligations of  the
Trust  or of such Series, or as they may deem desirable to use in the conduct of
its affairs or to retain for future requirements or extensions of the  business.
The  Trustees may adopt and offer to Shareholders  of the Trust or of any Series
such dividend reinvestment plans, cash dividend payout plans or related plans as
the Trustees deem appropriate.

    Inasmuch as the computation of net  income and gains for Federal income  tax
purposes  may  vary  from  the  computation  thereof  on  the  books,  the above
provisions shall  be  interpreted  to  give the  Trustees  the  power  in  their
discretion  to  distribute for  any  fiscal year  as  ordinary dividends  and as
capital gains  distributions,  respectively, additional  amounts  sufficient  to
enable the Trust to avoid or reduce liability for taxes.

    Section  8.3.   DETERMINATION OF  NET INCOME.   The Trustees  shall have the
power to determine the net  income of any Series of  the Trust and from time  to
time  to distribute such net income  ratably among the Shareholders as dividends
in  cash  or  additional   Shares  of  such   Series  issuable  hereunder.   The
determination  of net income and the resultant declaration of dividends shall be
as set  forth in  the Prospectus.  The Trustees  shall have  full discretion  to
determine whether any cash or property received by any Series of the Trust shall
be  treated as income or  as principal and whether any  item of expense shall be
charged to the income or the principal account, and their determination made  in
good  faith shall  be conclusive  upon the  Shareholders. In  the case  of stock
dividends received, the Trustees shall have full discretion to determine, in the
light of the particular  circumstances, how much, if  any, of the value  thereof
shall be treated as income, the balance, if any, to be treated as principal.

    Section  8.4.  POWER TO MODIFY FOREGOING PROCEDURES.  Notwithstanding any of
the foregoing provisions of  this Article VIII, the  Trustees may prescribe,  in
their  absolute discretion, such  other bases and times  for determining the per
Share net  asset value  of the  Shares or  net income,  or the  declaration  and
payment  of dividends and distributions, as they may deem necessary or desirable
to enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act, or any rule or
regulation thereunder,  including any  rule or  regulation adopted  pursuant  to
Section  22 of  the 1940  Act by  the Commission  or any  securities association
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any order of  exemption
issued  by  said  Commission, all  as  in  effect now  or  hereafter  amended or
modified. Without limiting  the generality  of the foregoing,  the Trustees  may
establish classes or additional Series of Shares in accordance with Section 6.9.

                                   ARTICLE IX
            DURATION; TERMINATION OF TRUST; AMENDMENT; MERGERS, ETC.

    Section 9.1.  DURATION.  The Trust shall continue without limitation of time
but subject to the provisions of this Article IX.

    Section  9.2.   TERMINATION OF TRUST.   (a) The  Trust or any  Series may be
terminated (i) by a Majority Shareholder Vote at any meeting of Shareholders  of
the  Trust or the appropriate Series thereof,  (ii) by an instrument in writing,
without a meeting, signed by  a majority of the Trustees  and consented to by  a
Majority  Shareholder Vote of the Trust or the appropriate Series thereof, or by
such other vote as may be established by the Trustees with respect to any  class
or  Series of Shares, or  (iii) with respect to a  Series as provided in Section
6.9(h). Upon the termination of the Trust or the Series:

                                       15
<PAGE>
         (i) The Trust or the Series shall  carry on no business except for  the
    purpose of winding up its affairs.

        (ii)  The Trustee shall proceed  to wind up the  affairs of the Trust or
    the Series and  all of  the powers of  the Trustees  under this  Declaration
    shall  continue until  the affairs  of the Trust  shall have  been wound up,
    including the power to  fulfill or discharge the  contracts of the Trust  or
    the  Series, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, transfer or
    otherwise dispose of  all or  any part of  the remaining  Trust Property  or
    Trust  Property allocated or belonging to such Series to one or more persons
    at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in
    part of cash, securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its
    liabilities, and to do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business;
    provided that any sale, conveyance, assignment, exchange, transfer or  other
    disposition of all or substantially all the Trust Property or Trust Property
    allocated  or belonging to such Series shall require Shareholder approval in
    accordance with Section 9.4 hereof.

        (iii) After  paying  or adequately  providing  for the  payment  of  all
    liabilities,  and upon receipt  of such releases,  indemnities and refunding
    agreements, as they deem  necessary for their  protection, the Trustees  may
    distribute  the  remaining Trust  Property  or Trust  Property  allocated or
    belonging to such  Series, in  cash or  in kind  or partly  each, among  the
    Shareholders of the Trust according to their respective rights.

    Section 9.3.  AMENDMENT PROCEDURE.  (a) This Declaration may be amended by a
Majority  Shareholder Vote, at a meeting  of Shareholders, or by written consent
without a meeting. The Trustees may also amend this Declaration without the vote
or consent of Shareholders (i) to change the name of the Trust or any Series  or
classes  of Shares, (ii) to supply any  omission, or cure, correct or supplement
any ambiguous, defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) if they deem it
necessary to conform this Declaration to the requirements of applicable  federal
or  state laws or regulations or the  requirements of the Internal Revenue Code,
or to eliminate or reduce any federal, state or local taxes which are or may  by
the  Trust or the Shareholders, but the Trustees shall not be liable for failing
to do so,  or (iv) for  any other purpose  which does not  adversely affect  the
rights  of any Shareholder with respect to which the amendment is or purports to
be applicable.

        (b) No amendment may be made  under this Section 9.3 which would  change
    any  rights with respect to any Shares of  the Trust or of any Series of the
    Trust by reducing the amount payable  thereon upon liquidation of the  Trust
    or  of such Series of the Trust  or by diminishing or eliminating any voting
    rights pertaining thereto, except with the vote or consent of the holders of
    two-thirds of the  Shares of  the Trust or  of such  Series outstanding  and
    entitled  to  vote, or  by  such other  vote as  may  be established  by the
    Trustees with respect to any Series or class of Shares. Nothing contained in
    this Declaration shall permit  the amendment of  this Declaration to  impair
    the  exemption  from  personal  liability  of  the  Shareholders,  Trustees,
    officers, employees and agents  of the Trust or  to permit assessments  upon
    Shareholders.

        (c)  A  certificate signed  by  a majority  of  the Trustees  or  by the
    Secretary or  any  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Trust,  setting  forth  an
    amendment  and reciting that it  was duly adopted by  the Shareholders or by
    the Trustees as  aforesaid or  a copy of  the Declaration,  as amended,  and
    executed  by a majority of the Trustees or certified by the Secretary or any
    Assistant Secretary  of the  Trust,  shall be  conclusive evidence  of  such
    amendment  when lodged among the records of the Trust. Unless such amendment
    or such certificate sets forth some later time for the effectiveness of such
    amendment, such amendment shall be  effective when lodged among the  records
    of the Trust.

    Notwithstanding   any  other  provision   hereof,  until  such   time  as  a
Registration Statement under the  Securities Act of  1933, as amended,  covering
the  first  public  offering  of  securities  of  the  Trust  shall  have become
effective, this Declaration may be terminated  or amended in any respect by  the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the Trustees  or by an instrument signed by a
majority of the Trustees.

    Section 9.4.  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION  AND SALE OF ASSETS.   The Trust or  any
Series thereof may merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association,
trust or other organization or may sell,

                                       16
<PAGE>
lease  or  exchange all  or substantially  all  of the  Trust Property  or Trust
Property allocated or belonging  to such Series, including  its good will,  upon
such  terms and conditions and for such consideration when and as authorized, at
any meeting of Shareholders called for  the purpose, by the affirmative vote  of
the  holders of  not less  than two-thirds of  the Shares  of the  Trust or such
Series outstanding and entitled to vote,  or by an instrument or instruments  in
writing  without  a  meeting, consented  to  by  the holders  of  not  less than
two-thirds of such Shares, or  by such other vote as  may be established by  the
Trustees with respect to any series or class of Shares; provided, however, that,
if  such merger,  consolidation, sale, lease  or exchange is  recommended by the
Trustees, a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be sufficient authorization; and any
such merger, consolidation,  sale, lease  or exchange  shall be  deemed for  all
purposes  to  have been  accomplished  under and  pursuant  to the  laws  of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

    Section 9.5.  INCORPORATION.  With approval of a Majority Shareholder  Vote,
or  by such other vote as may be established by the Trustees with respect to any
Series or class of Shares, the Trustees  may cause to be organized or assist  in
organizing  a corporation or corporations under  the laws of any jurisdiction or
any other trust, partnership, association or other organization to take over all
of the  Trust Property  or the  Trust Property  allocated or  belonging to  such
Series  or  to  carry on  any  business in  which  the Trust  shall  directly or
indirectly have  any  interest, and  to  sell,  convey and  transfer  the  Trust
Property or the Trust Property allocated or belonging to such Series to any such
corporation, trust, partnership, association or organization in exchange for the
shares  or securities thereof or otherwise, and  to lend money to, subscribe for
the shares  or  securities  of, and  enter  into  any contracts  with  any  such
corporation,  trust, partnership, association or organization in which the Trust
or such Series holds or  is about to acquire shares  or any other interest.  The
Trustees  may also  cause a  merger or  consolidation between  the Trust  or any
successor thereto and any such  corporation, trust, partnership, association  or
other  organization if and to the extent permitted by law, as provided under the
law then in  effect. Nothing contained  herein shall be  construed as  requiring
approval  of Shareholders for  the Trustees to organize  or assist in organizing
one  or  more   corporations,  trusts,  partnerships,   associations  or   other
organizations  and selling,  conveying or  transferring a  portion of  the Trust
Property to such organization or entities.

                                   ARTICLE X
                            REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

    The Trustees shall at  least semi-annually submit or  cause the officers  of
the  Trust to  submit to  the Shareholders  a written  financial report  of each
Series of  the  Trust,  including  financial statements  which  shall  at  least
annually be certified by independent public accountants.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

    Section  11.1.  FILING.  This Declaration and any  amendment hereto shall be
filed in the office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and in
such other places as  may be required  under the laws  of Massachusetts and  may
also be filed or recorded in such other places as the Trustees deem appropriate.
Each  amendment  so  filed shall  be  accompanied  by a  certificate  signed and
acknowledged by a Trustee or by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of  the
Trust  stating that such  action was duly  taken in a  manner provided herein. A
restated Declaration, integrating into a single instrument all of the provisions
of the Declaration which are then in effect and operative, may be executed  from
time  to time  by a  majority of the  Trustees and  shall, upon  filing with the
Secretary of the Commonwealth  of Massachusetts, be  conclusive evidence of  all
amendments  contained therein and may  thereafter be referred to  in lieu of the
original Declaration and the various amendments thereto.

    Section 11.2.  RESIDENT AGENT.  The Prentice-Hall Corporation System,  Inc.,
84  State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 is the resident agent of the Trust
in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                                       17
<PAGE>
    Section 11.3.  GOVERNING LAW. This  Declaration is executed by the  Trustees
and  delivered in  the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts and with  reference to the
laws thereof and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction  of
every  provision hereof shall be subject to  and construed according to the laws
of said State.

    Section 11.4.  COUNTERPARTS. The Declaration may be simultaneously  executed
in  several counterparts, each of  which shall be deemed  to be an original, and
such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, which
shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.

    Section 11.5.   RELIANCE BY THIRD  PARTIES. Any certificate  executed by  an
individual  who, according to the records of  the Trust, appears to be a Trustee
hereunder, or Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Trust, certifying to:  (a)
the number or identity of Trustees or Shareholders, (b) the due authorization of
the execution of any instrument or writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a
meeting of Trustees or Shareholders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or
Shareholders  present  at  any  meeting  or  executing  any  written  instrument
satisfies the requirements  of this  Declaration, (e)  the form  of any  By-Laws
adopted  by or the identity of any officers  elected by the Trustees, or (f) the
existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of  the
Trust,  shall be conclusive evidence as to  the matters so certified in favor of
any Person dealing with the Trustees and their successors.

    Section 11.6.   PROVISIONS  IN CONFLICT  WITH LAW  OR REGULATIONS.  (a)  The
provisions  of  the  Declaration  are  severable,  and  if  the  Trustees  shall
determine, with  the  advice of  counsel,  that nay  of  such provisions  is  in
conflict  with the 1940 Act, the  regulated investment company provisions of the
Internal Revenue  Code  or  with  other applicable  laws  and  regulations,  the
conflicting  provisions shall be deemed superseded  by such law or regulation to
the extent necessary to  eliminate such conflict;  provided, however, that  such
determination   shall  not  affect  any  of  the  remaining  provisions  of  the
Declaration or render invalid or improper  any action taken or omitted prior  to
such determination.

    (b)   If  any  provision  of  the  Declaration  shall  be  held  invalid  or
unenforceable in  any jurisdiction,  such invalidity  or unenforceability  shall
pertain  only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner
affect such provision in  any other jurisdiction or  any other provision of  the
Declaration in any jurisdiction.

    Section  11.7.   USE OF  THE NAME "DEAN  WITTER." Dean  Witter Reynolds Inc.
("DWR") has consented  to the use  by the  Trust of the  identifying name  "Dean
Witter,"  which is  a property right  of DWR. The  Trust will only  use the name
"Dean Witter" as a component of its name and for no other purpose, and will  not
purport  to grant to any third party the right to use the name "Dean Witter" for
any purpose. DWR, or any  corporate affiliate of the parent  of DWR, may use  or
grant  to others the right to use the  name "Dean Witter", or any combination or
abbreviation thereof, as all or a portion of a corporate or business name or for
any commercial purpose, including a grant of such right to any other  investment
company. At the request of DWR or its parent, the Trust will take such action as
may  be required to provide its consent to the  use by DWR or its parent, or any
corporate affiliate of DWR's parent, or by any person to whom DWR or its  parent
or  an affiliate of DWR's parent shall have granted the right to the use, of the
name "Dean  Witter,"  or  any  combination or  abbreviation  thereof.  Upon  the
termination  of any investment advisory  or investment management agreement into
which DWR and the Trust may enter, the  Trust shall, upon request by DWR or  its
parent,  cease to  use the name  "Dean Witter" as  a component of  its name, and
shall not use the name,  or any combination or  abbreviation thereof or for  any
other   commercial  purpose,  and   shall  cause  its   officers,  trustees  and
shareholders to take any and all actions which DWR or its parent may request  to
effect  the foregoing and to reconvey to DWR or its parent any and all rights to
such name.

    Section 11.8.  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS. The principal place of  business
of  the Trust shall be Two World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, or such
other location as the Trustees may designate from time to time.

                                       18
<PAGE>
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Declaration of  Trust
this 1st day of June, 1994.

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
- --------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------------
         Charles A. Fiumefreddo, as                         David A. Hughey, as
        Trustee and not individually                   Trustee and not individually
           Two World Trade Center                         Two World Trade Center
          New York, New York 10048                       New York, New York 10048

- --------------------------------------------
         Sheldon Curtis, as Trustee
            and not individually
           Two World Trade Center
          New York, New York 10048
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
STATE OF NEW YORK        ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK
</TABLE>

    On  this 1st day of June, 1994,  DAVID A. HUGHEY, CHARLES A. FIUMEFREDDO and
SHELDON CURTIS, known to me and known to be the individuals described in and who
executed the  foregoing  instrument,  personally appeared  before  me  and  they
severally acknowledged the foregoing instrument to be their free act and deed.

                                          ______________________________________
                                                      Notary Public

My commission expires: _____________________

                                       19
<PAGE>
    IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the  undersigned has executed  this instrument this 2nd
day of June, 1994.

                                          --------------------------------------
                                              Joseph F. Mazzella, as Trustee
                                                   and not individually
                                                    101 Federal Street
                                                     Boston, MA 02110

                         COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

    Suffolk, SS.                                                      Boston, MA
                                                          [____________], 199[_]

    Then personally appeared before me the above-named
[________________________] who acknowledged the  foregoing instrument to be  his
free act and deed.

                                          ______________________________________
                                                      Notary Public

My commission expires: _____________________

M6167

                                       20

<PAGE>
                                    BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                DEAN WITTER SELECT DIMENSIONS INVESTMENT SERIES

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS

    The  terms "COMMISSION", "DECLARATION", "DISTRIBUTOR", "INVESTMENT ADVISER",
"MAJORITY SHAREHOLDER  VOTE",  "1940 ACT",  "SHAREHOLDER",  "SHARES",  "TRANSFER
AGENT",  "TRUST", "TRUST PROPERTY", and  "TRUSTEES" have the respective meanings
given them  in  the  Declaration  of Trust  of  Dean  Witter  Select  Dimensions
Investment Series dated June 2, 1994.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                    OFFICES

    SECTION  2.1.    PRINCIPAL  OFFICE.   Until  changed  by  the  Trustees, the
principal office of the Trust in  the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall be  in
the City of Boston, County of Suffolk.

    SECTION  2.2.  OTHER  OFFICES.  In  addition to its  principal office in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the  Trust may have an  office or offices in  the
City of New York, State of New York, and at such other places within and without
the Commonwealth as the Trustees may from time to time designate or the business
of the Trust may require.

                                  ARTICLE III
                             SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS

    SECTION  3.1.  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of Shareholders shall be held at
such place,  within or  without the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts, as  may  be
designated from time to time by the Trustees.

    SECTION 3.2.  MEETINGS.  Meetings of Shareholders of the Trust shall be held
whenever  called by  the Trustees  or the  President of  the Trust  and whenever
election of a Trustee or Trustees by Shareholders is required by the  provisions
of  Section 16(a) of  the 1940 Act,  for that purpose.  Meetings of Shareholders
shall also be called by the Secretary upon the written request of the holders of
Shares entitled to vote as otherwise required  by Section 16(c) of the 1940  Act
and  to the extent required by the corporate or business statute of any state in
which the Shares of the Trust are sold,  as made applicable to the Trust by  the
provisions  of  Section 2.3  of the  Declaration. Such  request shall  state the
purpose or purposes  of such meeting  and the  matters proposed to  be acted  on
thereat.  Except to the extent  otherwise required by Section  16(c) of the 1940
Act, as made applicable  to the Trust  by the provisions of  Section 2.3 of  the
Declaration,  the  Secretary shall  inform such  Shareholders of  the reasonable
estimated cost of  preparing and mailing  such notice of  the meeting, and  upon
payment  to the Trust of such costs, the Secretary shall give notice stating the
purpose or purposes of the meeting to  all entitled to vote at such meeting.  No
meeting  need be called  upon the request  of the holders  of Shares entitled to
cast less than a majority of all votes  entitled to be cast at such meeting,  to
consider  any matter which is  substantially the same as  a matter voted upon at
any meeting of Shareholders held during the preceding twelve months.

    SECTION 3.3.   NOTICE  OF MEETINGS.    Written or  printed notice  of  every
Shareholders'  meeting stating the place, date, and purpose or purposes thereof,
shall be given by the Secretary not less than ten (10) nor more than ninety (90)
days before such meeting to each  Shareholder entitled to vote at such  meeting.
Such  notice shall  be deemed to  be given  when deposited in  the United States
mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Shareholder at his address as it  appears
on the records of the Trust.

    SECTION  3.4.   QUORUM  AND ADJOURNMENT  OF MEETINGS.   Except  as otherwise
provided by law,  by the Declaration  or by  these By-Laws, at  all meetings  of
Shareholders  the holders of a majority of the Shares issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or  represented by proxy, shall  be
requisite  and shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the
absence of  a quorum,  the  Shareholders present  or  represented by  proxy  and
entitled    to    vote   thereat    shall    have   power    to    adjourn   the
<PAGE>
meeting from  time to  time. Any  adjourned  meeting may  be held  as  adjourned
without  further notice.  At any  adjourned meeting at  which a  quorum shall be
present, any business  may be  transacted as  if the  meeting had  been held  as
originally called.

    SECTION 3.5.  VOTING RIGHTS, PROXIES.  At each meeting of Shareholders, each
holder  of record of  Shares entitled to  vote thereat shall  be entitled to one
vote in person or by proxy, executed  in writing by the Shareholder or his  duly
authorized  attorney-in-fact, for each Share of beneficial interest of the Trust
and for the fractional portion of one vote for each fractional Share entitled to
vote so registered in his name on the records of the Trust on the date fixed  as
the  record date for the determination of  Shareholders entitled to vote at such
meeting. No  proxy shall  be valid  after eleven  months from  its date,  unless
otherwise  provided in  the proxy. At  all meetings of  Shareholders, unless the
voting is conducted by inspectors,  all questions relating to the  qualification
of  voters and the validity of proxies  and the acceptance or rejection of votes
shall be decided by the chairman of  the meeting. Pursuant to a resolution of  a
majority  of the Trustees, proxies  may be solicited in the  name of one or more
Trustees or Officers of the Trust.

    SECTION 3.6.  VOTE REQUIRED.   Except as otherwise  provided by law, by  the
Declaration  of Trust, or by  these By-Laws, at each  meeting of Shareholders at
which a quorum is present, all matters shall be decided by Majority  Shareholder
Vote.

    SECTION  3.7.    INSPECTORS OF  ELECTION.    In advance  of  any  meeting of
Shareholders, the Trustees  may appoint  Inspectors of  Election to  act at  the
meeting  or  any  adjournment thereof.  If  Inspectors  of Election  are  not so
appointed, the chairman of any meeting  of Shareholders may, and on the  request
of  any Shareholder or  his proxy shall,  appoint Inspectors of  Election of the
meeting. In case any person appointed as  Inspector fails to appear or fails  or
refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees in
advance  of the convening of the meeting or  at the meeting by the person acting
as chairman. The  Inspectors of Election  shall determine the  number of  Shares
outstanding,  the Shares represented at the  meeting, the existence of a quorum,
the authenticity, validity and effect  of proxies, shall receive votes,  ballots
or  consents, shall hear and  determine all challenges and  questions in any way
arising in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
or consents, determine the results, and do  such other acts as may be proper  to
conduct  the election or vote  with fairness to all  Shareholders. On request of
the chairman of the meeting, or of any Shareholder or his proxy, the  Inspectors
of  Election shall  make a  report in  writing of  any challenge  or question or
matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found  by
them.

    SECTION 3.8.  INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.  Shareholders shall have such
rights and procedures of inspection of the books and records of the Trust as are
granted to Shareholders under Section 32 of the Corporations Law of the State of
Massachusetts.

    SECTION  3.9.  ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS  WITHOUT MEETING.  Except as otherwise
provided by  law,  the provisions  of  these  By-Laws relating  to  notices  and
meetings to the contrary notwithstanding, any action required or permitted to be
taken  at  any meeting  of  Shareholders may  be taken  without  a meeting  if a
majority of the  Shareholders entitled to  vote upon the  action consent to  the
action  in writing and  such consents are  filed with the  records of the Trust.
Such consent shall be treated for all purposes  as a vote taken at a meeting  of
Shareholders.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    TRUSTEES

    SECTION  4.1.    MEETINGS  OF  THE TRUSTEES.    The  Trustees  may  in their
discretion provide  for regular  or special  meetings of  the Trustees.  Regular
meetings  of  the Trustees  may  be held  at  such time  and  place as  shall be
determined from time  to time by  the Trustees without  further notice.  Special
meetings of the Trustees may be called at any time by the President and shall be
called by the President or the Secretary upon the written request of any two (2)
Trustees.

    SECTION  4.2.    NOTICE OF  SPECIAL  MEETINGS.   Written  notice  of special
meetings of the  Trustees, stating the  place, date and  time thereof, shall  be
given   not   less   than   two   (2)  days   before   such   meeting   to  each

                                       2
<PAGE>
Trustee, personally, by  telegram, by  mail, or by  leaving such  notice at  his
place  of residence or usual place of  business. If mailed, such notice shall be
deemed to be given  when deposited in the  United States mail, postage  prepaid,
directed  to the  Trustee at  his address as  it appears  on the  records of the
Trust. Subject to the  provisions of the  1940 Act, notice  or waiver of  notice
need not specify the purpose of any special meeting.

    SECTION  4.3.  TELEPHONE  MEETINGS.  Subject  to the provisions  of the 1940
Act, any Trustee, or any  member or members of  any committee designated by  the
Trustees,  may participate in a meeting of  the Trustees, or any such committee,
as the case may be, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications
equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the
same time. Participation  in a meeting  by these means  constitutes presence  in
person at the meeting.

    SECTION  4.4.  QUORUM, VOTING AND ADJOURNMENT  OF MEETINGS.  At all meetings
of the Trustees,  a majority of  the Trustees  shall be requisite  to and  shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is present, the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the Trustees  present shall be the act of the
Trustees, unless the concurrence of  a greater proportion is expressly  required
for  such action by law, the Declaration or  these By-Laws. If at any meeting of
the Trustees there be less than  a quorum present, the Trustees present  thereat
may   adjourn  the  meeting  from  time  to  time,  without  notice  other  than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall have been obtained.

    SECTION 4.5.  ACTION BY TRUSTEES  WITHOUT MEETING.  The provisions of  these
By-Laws  covering  notices and  meetings  to the  contrary  notwithstanding, and
except as required by law, any action  required or permitted to be taken at  any
meeting  of the Trustees may be taken without  a meeting if a consent in writing
setting forth the action shall be signed by all of the Trustees entitled to vote
upon the  action  and  such  written  consent  is  filed  with  the  minutes  of
proceedings of the Trustees.

    SECTION  4.6.  EXPENSES AND FEES.   Each Trustee may be allowed expenses, if
any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Trustees, and each
Trustee who is  not an officer  or employee of  the Trust or  of its  investment
manager  or underwriter  or of  any corporate affiliate  of any  of said persons
shall receive for services rendered as a Trustee of the Trust such  compensation
as  may be fixed by the Trustees. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to
preclude any Trustee from serving the Trust in any other capacity and  receiving
compensation therefor.

    SECTION  4.7.  EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS  AND DOCUMENTS AND SIGNING OF CHECKS
AND OTHER  OBLIGATIONS AND  TRANSFERS.   All  instruments, documents  and  other
papers  shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Trust and all checks,
notes, drafts and other obligations for the payment of money by the Trust  shall
be  signed, and  all transfer of  securities standing  in the name  of the Trust
shall be executed, by the President, any  Vice President or the Treasurer or  by
any  one or more officers or agents of the Trust as shall be designated for that
purpose by vote of the Trustees.

    SECTION  4.8.    INDEMNIFICATION   OF  TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  EMPLOYEES   AND
AGENTS.   (a) The Trust shall  indemnify any person who was  or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party  to any threatened, pending, or completed  action,
suit  or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal, administrative  or investigative
(other than an action  by or in the  right of the Trust)  by reason of the  fact
that  he is  or was  a Trustee, officer,  employee, or  agent of  the Trust. The
indemnification shall be against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments,
fines, and amounts paid in settlement,  actually and reasonably incurred by  him
in  connection with the action,  suit, or proceeding, if  he acted in good faith
and in a  manner he  reasonably believed to  be in  or not opposed  to the  best
interests  of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,
had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination  of
any  action, suit or  proceeding by judgment,  order, settlement, conviction, or
upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the person did not act in  good faith and in a manner which  he
reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust,
and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause  to
believe that his conduct was unlawful.

    (b)  The  Trust shall  indemnify any  person who  was  or is  a party  or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action  or
suit by or on behalf of the Trust to obtain a judgment or decree in its favor by
reason  of the fact that he is or  was a Trustee, officer, employee, or agent of
the Trust.

                                       3
<PAGE>
The  indemnification  shall  be  against  expenses,  including  attorneys'  fees
actually  and  reasonably incurred  by  him in  connection  with the  defense or
settlement of the action or suit, if he  acted in good faith and in a manner  he
reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust;
except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue,  or
matter  as to which the person has been  adjudged to be liable for negligence or
misconduct in the performance  of his duty  to the Trust,  except to the  extent
that  the court in which the action or suit was brought, or a court of equity in
the county  in  which  the  Trust has  its  principal  office,  determines  upon
application  that,  despite the  adjudication of  liability but  in view  of all
circumstances of  the case,  the person  is fairly  and reasonably  entitled  to
indemnity  for those expenses  which the court shall  deem proper, provided such
Trustee, officer, employee or agent  is not adjudged to  be liable by reason  of
his  willful misfeasance, bad  faith, gross negligence  or reckless disregard of
the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

    (c) To the extent that a Trustee,  officer, employee, or agent of the  Trust
has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or
proceeding  referred to  in subsection (a)  or (b)  or in defense  of any claim,
issue or matter  therein, he  shall be indemnified  against expenses,  including
attorneys'   fees,  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him  in  connection
therewith.

    (d) (1)
          Unless a court orders otherwise, any indemnification under subsections
          (a) or (b) of this section may be made by the Trust only as authorized
in the specific case after a determination that indemnification of the  Trustee,
officer,  employee, or agent is  proper in the circumstances  because he has met
the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) or (b).

        (2) The determination shall be made:

           (i) By the Trustees, by a majority vote of a quorum which consists of
       Trustees who were not parties to the action, suit or proceeding; or

           (ii) If the  required quorum  is not obtainable,  or if  a quorum  of
       disinterested  Trustees  so directs,  by independent  legal counsel  in a
       written opinion; or

          (iii) By the Shareholders.

        (3) Notwithstanding any provision of  this Section 4.8, no person  shall
    be entitled to indemnification for any liability, whether or not there is an
    adjudication  of liability,  arising by  reason of  willful misfeasance, bad
    faith, gross negligence,  or reckless  disregard of duties  as described  in
    Section  17(h) and  (i) of  the Investment  Company Act  of 1940 ("disabling
    conduct"). A  person shall  be  deemed not  liable  by reason  of  disabling
    conduct if, either:

           (i)  a final decision on the merits is  made by a court or other body
       before whom the proceeding was brought that the person to be  indemnified
       ("indemnitee") was not liable by reason of disabling conduct; or

           (ii)  in the absence of such  a decision, a reasonable determination,
       based upon a review of the facts,  that the indemnitee was not liable  by
       reason of disabling conduct, is made by either--

               (A)   a  majority  of  a  quorum  of  Trustees  who  are  neither
           "interested persons" of the Trust, as defined in Section 2(a)(19)  of
           the  Investment Company Act of 1940,  nor parties to the action, suit
           or proceeding, or

               (B) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

    (e) Expenses, including  attorneys' fees,  incurred by  a Trustee,  officer,
employee  or agent of the Trust in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
proceeding may be paid by the Trust in advance of the final disposition  thereof
if:

        (1) authorized in the specific case by the Trustees; and

        (2)  the Trust receives an  undertaking by or on  behalf of the Trustee,
    officer, employee or agent of  the Trust to repay the  advance if it is  not
    ultimately  determined that such person is entitled to be indemnified by the
    Trust; and

                                       4
<PAGE>
        (3) either, (i) such person provides a security for his undertaking, or

           (ii) the Trust  is insured  against losses  by reason  of any  lawful
       advances, or

          (iii)  a determination, based on a  review of readily available facts,
       that there is reason to believe that such person ultimately will be found
       entitled to indemnification, is made by either--

               (A) a majority  of a quorum  which consists of  Trustees who  are
           neither  "interested  persons" of  the Trust,  as defined  in Section
           2(a)(19) of  the  1940  Act,  nor parties  to  the  action,  suit  or
           proceeding, or

               (B) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

    (f)  The  indemnification  provided  by this  Section  shall  not  be deemed
exclusive of  any other  rights to  which a  person may  be entitled  under  any
by-law,  agreement, vote of Shareholders or disinterested Trustees or otherwise,
both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another  capacity
while holding the office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be
a  Trustee, officer, employee, or  agent and inure to  the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such person; provided that no person may satisfy
any right of indemnity  or reimbursement granted  herein or to  which he may  be
otherwise  entitled except out of the property  of the Trust, and no Shareholder
shall  be  personally  liable  with  respect  to  any  claim  for  indemnity  or
reimbursement or otherwise.

    (g)  The Trust may purchase  and maintain insurance on  behalf of any person
who is or was a Trustee, officer,  employee, or agent of the Trust, against  any
liability  asserted against  him and  incurred by him  in any  such capacity, or
arising out of his status as such. However, in no event will the Trust  purchase
insurance  to indemnify any officer or Trustee against liability for any act for
which the Trust itself is not permitted to indemnify him.

    (h) Nothing contained  in this  Section shall  be construed  to protect  any
Trustee  or officer of  the Trust against any  liability to the  Trust or to its
security holders to  which he would  otherwise be subject  by reason of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence or  reckless disregard  of the duties
involved in the conduct of his office.

                                   ARTICLE V
                                   COMMITTEES

    SECTION 5.1.  EXECUTIVE AND OTHER  COMMITTEES.  The Trustees, by  resolution
adopted  by a  majority of  the Trustees,  may designate  an Executive Committee
and/or other committees, each  committee to consist  of two (2)  or more of  the
Trustees  of the  Trust and  may delegate to  such committees,  in the intervals
between meetings of the Trustees,  any or all of the  powers of the Trustees  in
the  management of the business and affairs of  the Trust. In the absence of any
member of  any such  committee,  the members  thereof  present at  any  meeting,
whether  or not they constitute a quorum, may  appoint a Trustee to act in place
of such  absent  member.  Each  such  committee  shall  keep  a  record  of  its
proceedings.

    The  Executive Committee and any other committee  shall fix its own rules or
procedure, but the presence of  at least fifty percent  (50%) of the members  of
the  whole committee shall in  each case be necessary  to constitute a quorum of
the committee and the  affirmative vote of  the majority of  the members of  the
committee present at the meeting shall be necessary to take action.

    All  actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Trustees at
the meeting thereof next succeeding to the taking of such action.

    SECTION 5.2.   ADVISORY COMMITTEE.   The  Trustees may  appoint an  advisory
committee  which shall be composed of persons who  do not serve the Trust in any
other capacity  and which  shall have  advisory functions  with respect  to  the
investments  of the Trust  but which shall  have no power  to determine that any
security or other investment shall be  purchased, sold or otherwise disposed  of
by  the Trust.  The number of  persons constituting any  such advisory committee
shall   be   determined   from   time    to   time   by   the   Trustees.    The

                                       5
<PAGE>
members  of  any  such advisory  committee  may receive  compensation  for their
services and  may  be allowed  such  fees and  expenses  for the  attendance  at
meetings as the Trustees may from time to time determine to be appropriate.

    SECTION  5.3.   COMMITTEE ACTION WITHOUT  MEETING.  The  provisions of these
By-Laws covering  notices  and meetings  to  the contrary  notwithstanding,  and
except  as required by law, any action required  or permitted to be taken at any
meeting of any Committee  of the Trustees appointed  pursuant to Section 5.1  of
these  By-Laws may be  taken without a  meeting if a  consent in writing setting
forth the action shall  be signed by  all members of  the Committee entitled  to
vote  upon the action and such written consent  is filed with the records of the
proceedings of the Committee.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                    OFFICERS

    SECTION 6.1.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.  The executive officers of the Trust shall
be a Chairman,  a President,  one or  more Vice  Presidents, a  Secretary and  a
Treasurer.  The Chairman shall be  selected from among the  Trustees but none of
the other executive  officers need be  a Trustee. Two  or more officers,  except
those  of President and any Vice President, may  be held by the same person, but
no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than  one
capacity.  The executive officers of the Trust  shall be elected annually by the
Trustees and  each executive  officer so  elected shall  hold office  until  his
successor is elected and has qualified.

    SECTION 6.2.  OTHER OFFICERS AND AGENTS.  The Trustees may also elect one or
more  Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant  Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers
and may elect, or may delegate to the President the power to appoint, such other
officers and agents as the Trustees shall at any time or from time to time  deem
advisable.

    SECTION  6.3.  TERM  AND REMOVAL AND  VACANCIES.  Each  officer of the Trust
shall hold office until his successor is elected and has qualified. Any  officer
or  agent  of  the Trust  may  be removed  by  the Trustees  whenever,  in their
judgment, the  best interests  of the  Trust will  be served  thereby, but  such
removal  shall be without  prejudice to the  contractual rights, if  any, of the
person so removed.

    SECTION 6.4.  COMPENSATION  OF OFFICERS.  The  compensation of officers  and
agents  of the Trust shall be fixed by  the Trustees, or by the President to the
extent provided  by the  Trustees  with respect  to  officers appointed  by  the
President.

    SECTION  6.5.  POWER AND  DUTIES.  All officers and  agents of the Trust, as
between themselves and  the Trust, shall  have such authority  and perform  such
duties in the management of the Trust as may be provided in or pursuant to these
By-Laws, or to the extent not so provided, as may be prescribed by the Trustees;
provided, that no rights of any third party shall be affected or impaired by any
such By-Law or resolution of the Trustees unless he has knowledge thereof.

    SECTION  6.6.  THE CHAIRMAN.  The  Chairman shall preside at all meetings of
the Shareholders and of  the Trustees, shall  be a signatory  on all Annual  and
Semi-Annual  Reports as may be  sent to shareholders, and  he shall perform such
other duties as the Trustees may from time to time prescribe.

    SECTION 6.7.  THE PRESIDENT.  (a) The President shall be the chief executive
officer of  the  Trust; he  shall  have general  and  active management  of  the
business of the Trust, shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Trustees
are  carried into effect,  and, in connection therewith,  shall be authorized to
delegate to one or more  Vice Presidents such of his  powers and duties at  such
times and in such manner as he may deem advisable.

    (b)  In the  absence of  the Chairman,  the President  shall preside  at all
meetings of the  shareholders and the  Board of Trustees;  and he shall  perform
such ohter duties as the Board of Trustees may from time to time prescribe.

                                       6
<PAGE>
    SECTION  6.8.  THE  VICE PRESIDENTS.   The Vice Presidents  shall be of such
number and shall have such titles as may be determined from time to time by  the
Trustees. The Vice President, or, if there be more than one, the Vice Presidents
in  the order of their seniority  as may be determined from  time to time by the
Trustees or the President, shall, in the absence or disability of the President,
exercise the powers  and perform the  duties of  the President, and  he or  they
shall  perform such other duties as the  Trustees or the President may from time
to time prescribe.

    SECTION 6.9.  THE ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Assistant Vice  President,
or, if there be more than one, the Assistant Vice Presidents, shall perform such
duties  and have such  powers as may be  assigned them from time  to time by the
Trustees or the President.

    SECTION 6.10.  THE  SECRETARY.  The Secretary  shall attend all meetings  of
the Trustees and all meetings of the Shareholders and record all the proceedings
of the meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees in a book to be kept for
that  purpose, and  shall perform like  duties for the  standing committees when
required. He shall give,  or cause to  be given, notice of  all meetings of  the
Shareholders  and special meetings of the Trustees, and shall perform such other
duties and have such powers as the Trustees, or the President, may from time  to
time prescribe. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Trust and affix or
cause  the  same to  be affixed  to any  instrument requiring  it, and,  when so
affixed, it  shall be  attested  by his  signature or  by  the signature  of  an
Assistant Secretary.

    SECTION  6.11.  THE ASSISTANT SECRETARIES.   The Assistant Secretary, or, if
there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the
Trustees or the President, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary,
perform the duties and  exercise the powers of  the Secretary and shall  perform
such duties and have such other powers as the Trustees or the President may from
time to time prescribe.

    SECTION  6.12.  THE TREASURER.   The Treasurer shall  be the chief financial
officer of  the Trust.  He shall  keep or  cause to  be kept  full and  accurate
accounts  of receipts and disbursements in books  belonging to the Trust, and he
shall render to the Trustees and the President, whenever any of them require it,
an account of his  transactions as Treasurer and  of the financial condition  of
the  Trust;  and he  shall perform  such other  duties as  the Trustees,  or the
President, may from time to time prescribe.

    SECTION 6.13.  THE  ASSISTANT TREASURERS.  The  Assistant Treasurer, or,  if
there  shall be more than one, the  Assistant Treasurers in the order determined
by the Trustees or  the President, shall,  in the absence  or disability of  the
Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall
perform  such other duties  and have such  other powers as  the Trustees, or the
President, may from time to time prescribe.

    SECTION 6.14.   DELEGATION  OF DUTIES.   Whenever  an officer  is absent  or
disabled,  or whenever for  any reason the  Trustees may deem  it desirable, the
Trustees may delegate the  powers and duties  of an officer  or officers to  any
other officer or officers or to any Trustee or Trustees.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                          DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

    Subject  to any applicable provisions of  law and the Declaration, dividends
and distributions  upon the  Shares may  be declared  at such  intervals as  the
Trustees  may determine, in cash, in securities or other property, or in Shares,
from any sources permitted by law, all  as the Trustees shall from time to  time
determine.

    Inasmuch  as the computation of net income  and net profits from the sale of
securities or other properties for federal income tax purposes may vary from the
computation thereof on the records of the Trust, the Trustees shall have  power,
in  their  discretion, to  distribute as  income dividends  and as  capital gain
distributions, respectively, amounts sufficient to enable the Trust to avoid  or
reduce liability for federal income taxes.

                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                             CERTIFICATES OF SHARES

    SECTION  8.1.   CERTIFICATES  OF SHARES.   Certificates  for Shares  of each
series or class  of Shares  shall be  in such  form and  of such  design as  the
Trustees shall approve, subject to the right of the Trustees to change such form
and design at any time or from time to time, and shall be entered in the records
of   the  Trust  as  they  are  issued.  Each  such  certificate  shall  bear  a
distinguishing number; shall exhibit the holder's name and certify the number of
full Shares owned by such holder; shall be signed by or in the name of the Trust
by the President, or a Vice President, and countersigned by the Secretary or  an
Assistant  Secretary or the  Treasurer and an Assistant  Treasurer of the Trust;
shall be  sealed with  the  seal; and  shall contain  such  recitals as  may  be
required  by law. Where  any certificate is signed  by a Transfer  Agent or by a
Registrar, the signature of such officers and the seal may be facsimile, printed
or engraved. The Trust may, at its option, determine not to issue a  certificate
or certificates to evidence Shares owned of record by any Shareholder.

    In  case any officer or  officers who shall have  signed, or whose facsimile
signature or signatures shall  appear on, any  such certificate or  certificates
shall  cease to  be such officer  or officers  of the Trust,  whether because of
death, resignation or otherwise, before  such certificate or certificates  shall
have  been  delivered  by the  Trust,  such certificate  or  certificates shall,
nevertheless, be adopted by the Trust and be issued and delivered as though  the
person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile
signature  or signatures shall appear therein had  not ceased to be such officer
or officers of the Trust.

    No certificate shall be issued for any share until such share is fully paid.

    SECTION 8.2.   LOST,  STOLEN,  DESTROYED AND  MUTILATED CERTIFICATES.    The
Trustees  may direct a new certificate or  certificates to be issued in place of
any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Trust alleged to  have
been  lost, stolen or destroyed, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft, or
destruction; and the Trustees may, in their discretion, require the owner of the
lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or  his legal representative, to give  to
the  Trust and to such Registrar, Transfer Agent and/or Transfer Clerk as may be
authorized or required to  countersign such new  certificate or certificates,  a
bond  in such sum and of  such type as they may  direct, and with such surety or
sureties, as they may direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be against
them or any of them on account of or in connection with the alleged loss,  theft
or destruction of any such certificate.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   CUSTODIAN

    SECTION 9.1.  APPOINTMENT AND DUTIES.  The Trust shall at all times employ a
bank  or trust company having capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least
five million dollars ($5,000,000) as custodian with authority as its agent,  but
subject to such restrictions, limitations and other requirements, if any, as may
be contained in these By-Laws and the 1940 Act:

        (1)  to receive and hold  the securities owned by  the Trust and deliver
    the same upon written order;

        (2) to receive and receipt for any  moneys due to the Trust and  deposit
    the  same in  its own  banking department or  elsewhere as  the Trustees may
    direct;

        (3) to disburse such funds upon orders or vouchers;

all upon such basis of compensation as  may be agreed upon between the  Trustees
and  the custodian. If so directed by a Majority Shareholder Vote, the custodian
shall deliver and pay over all property of the Trust held by it as specified  in
such vote.

    The  Trustees  may  also  authorize  the custodian  to  employ  one  or more
sub-custodians from time to time to perform such of the acts and services of the
custodian and upon such terms and conditions  as may be agreed upon between  the
custodian and such sub-custodian and approved by the Trustees.

                                       8
<PAGE>
    SECTION   9.2.    CENTRAL  CERTIFICATE  SYSTEM.    Subject  to  such  rules,
regulations and orders as the Commission may adopt, the Trustees may direct  the
custodian  to deposit all or any part of  the securities owned by the Trust in a
system for  the  central  handling  of  securities  established  by  a  national
securities  exchange or  a national  securities association  registered with the
Commission under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  or such other person  as
may  be permitted by  the Commission, or  otherwise in accordance  with the 1940
Act, pursuant to which system all  securities of any particular class or  series
of  any issuer deposited  within the system  are treated as  fungible and may be
transferred or pledged by  bookkeeping entry without  physical delivery of  such
securities,  provided that all such deposits shall be subject to withdrawal only
upon the order of the Trust.

                                   ARTICLE X
                                WAIVER OF NOTICE

    Whenever any  notice  of  the time,  place  or  purpose of  any  meeting  of
Shareholders,  Trustees,  or  of  any  committee  is  required  to  be  given in
accordance with law or under the provisions of the Declaration or these By-Laws,
a waiver thereof in writing,  signed by the person  or persons entitled to  such
notice  and filed with the  records of the meeting,  whether before or after the
holding thereof, or actual attendance  at the meeting of Shareholders,  Trustees
or  committee, as the case may be, in  person, shall be deemed equivalent to the
giving of such notice to such person.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 11.1.  LOCATION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The books and records of  the
Trust  may be kept  outside the Commonwealth  of Massachusetts at  such place or
places as the  Trustees may  from time to  time determine,  except as  otherwise
required by law.

    SECTION  11.2.  RECORD DATE.  The Trustees  may fix in advance a date as the
record date for the purpose of  determining Shareholders entitled to notice  of,
or  to vote at, any meeting of Shareholders, or Shareholders entitled to receive
payment of any dividend or  the allotment of any rights,  or in order to make  a
determination  of Shareholders for  any other proper purpose.  Such date, in any
case, shall be  not more  than ninety (90)  days, and  in case of  a meeting  of
Shareholders  not less than ten (10) days, prior to the date on which particular
action requiring such determination of Shareholders  is to be taken. In lieu  of
fixing  a record date the Trustees may  provide that the transfer books shall be
closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, twenty (20) days.  If
the  transfer  books  are closed  for  the purpose  of  determining Shareholders
entitled to notice of a vote at  a meeting of Shareholders, such books shall  be
closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting.

    SECTION  11.3.  SEAL.   The Trustees shall  adopt a seal,  which shall be in
such form and shall have such inscription thereon as the Trustees may from  time
to  time provide. The seal of the Trust  may be affixed to any document, and the
seal and its attestation may be  lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed  on
any  document with  the same force  and effect as  if it had  been imprinted and
attested manually in the same  manner and with the same  effect as if done by  a
Massachusetts business corporation under Massachusetts law.

    SECTION  11.4.  FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Trust shall end on such
date as  the  Trustees  may by  resolution  specify,  and the  Trustees  may  by
resolution change such date for future fiscal years at any time and from time to
time.

    SECTION  11.5.  ORDERS FOR PAYMENT OF MONEY.  All orders or instructions for
the payment  of  money  of the  Trust,  and  all notes  or  other  evidences  of
indebtedness issued in the name of the Trust, shall be signed by such officer or
officers  or such other person or persons as  the Trustees may from time to time
designate, or as may be  specified in or pursuant  to the agreement between  the
Trust and the bank or trust company appointed as Custodian of the securities and
funds of the Trust.

                                       9
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE XII
                      COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Trustees are hereby empowered to take such action as they may deem to be
necessary,  desirable  or  appropriate so  that  the  Trust is  or  shall  be in
compliance with any  federal or  state statute,  rule or  regulation with  which
compliance by the Trust is required.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                   AMENDMENTS

    These  By-Laws may be amended,  altered, or repealed, or  new By-Laws may be
adopted, (a) by a Majority Shareholder  Vote, or (b) by the Trustees;  provided,
however,  that no By-Law may be amended,  adopted or repealed by the Trustees if
such amendment, adoption or repeal  requires, pursuant to law, the  Declaration,
or  these By-Laws, a  vote of the  Shareholders. The Trustees  shall in no event
adopt By-Laws  which are  in conflict  with the  Declaration, and  any  apparent
inconsistency  shall  be construed  in favor  of the  related provisions  in the
Declaration.

                                  ARTICLE XIV
                              DECLARATION OF TRUST

    The  Declaration  of  Trust  establishing  Dean  Witter  Select   Dimensions
Investment  Series, dated June 2, 1994, a copy of which is on file in the office
of the Secretary of  the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,  provides that the  name
Dean Witter Select Dimensions Investment Series refers to the Trustees under the
Declaration  collectively as Trustees, but not as individuals or personally; and
no Trustee,  Shareholder,  officer, employee  or  agent of  Dean  Witter  Select
Dimensions  Investment Series shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall
resort be had to their private  property for the satisfaction of any  obligation
or claim or otherwise, in connection with the affairs of said Dean Witter Select
Dimensions Investment Series, but the Trust Estate only shall be liable.

M6169

                                       10


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission